Order Pre / 2049 / 2015, Of 1 Of October, By Which Is Updated Eleven Qualifications Professional Of The Family Professional Wood, Furniture And Cork, Collected In The Catalogue National Of Qualifications Professional, Established By Royal Decree 295...

Original Language Title: Orden PRE/2049/2015, de 1 de octubre, por la que se actualizan once cualificaciones profesionales de la familia profesional Madera, Mueble y Corcho, recogidas en el Catálogo Nacional de Cualificaciones Profesionales, establecidas por Real Decreto 295...

Read the untranslated law here: http://www.boe.es/buscar/doc.php?id=BOE-A-2015-10770

Organic law 5/2002, of 19 June, qualifications and vocational training, aims in the management of an integrated system of vocational training, qualifications and accreditation, to respond with efficiency and transparency to the social and economic demands through training practices. To do so, creates the national system of qualifications and vocational training, defining it in article 2.1 as a set of instruments and actions necessary to promote and develop the integration of offers of training, through the national catalogue of professional qualifications, as well as the evaluation and accreditation of the corresponding professional skills, in such a way that it promotes professional and social development of the people and the needs of the production system are covered.

The national catalogue of professional qualifications, according to article 7.1, is created with the purpose of facilitating the integrated nature and the adequacy between vocational training and the labour market, as well as lifelong training, the mobility of workers and the labour market unit. This catalogue is constituted by the qualifications identified in the productive system and the training associated with them, which is organised in training modules.

Article 5.3 of the organic law 5/2002, of 19 June, attributed to the National Institute of qualifications, the responsibility to define, develop and keep updated the national catalogue of professional qualifications, in his capacity as technical support body to the Council General of vocational training, whose regulatory development contained in article 9(2) of the Royal Decree 1128 / 2003 , 5 September, which regulates the national catalogue of professional qualifications, establishing in its article 9.4, the obligation to keep it permanently updated through periodic review which, in any case, must be made within a period not exceeding five years from the date of inclusion of the qualification in the catalog.

This order is issued pursuant to the Royal Decree 817/2014, of 26 September, which lays down the specific aspects of professional qualifications for as amended, procedure of approval and effects is therefore implementation article 7.3 of the organic law 5/2002, of 19 June, qualifications and vocational training who in their processing obtained opinion of the Council of State number 618/2014, July 23, 2014.

So, in the present order is updated, by replacement full of their annexes, eleven qualifications professional of the family professional wood, furniture and Cork that have with an antique in the catalogue national of qualifications professional upper to five years, to which les is of application the Real Decree 817 / 2014, of 26 of September.

In the process of elaboration of this order the autonomous communities have been consulted and they have issued report the General Council for vocational training and the State School Board.

In his virtue, a joint proposal from the Minister of education, culture and sport and Minister of employment and Social Security, have: article 1. Object and scope of application.

This ministerial order aims to update eleven family professional wood, furniture and Cork vocational qualifications, leading to the replacement of annexes corresponding, in application of Royal Decree 817/2014, of 26 September, which establishes the specific aspects of professional qualifications for as amended, procedure of approval and effects is article 7.3(a) of the organic law 5/2002 19 June, qualifications and vocational training.

Up-to-date professional qualifications are valid and are applicable throughout the national territory and do not constitute a regulation of professional practice.

Article 2. Update of certain professional qualifications of family professional wood, furniture and Cork, established by Royal Decree 295/2004, of 20 February, which establishes certain professional qualifications that are included in the national catalogue of professional qualifications, as well as its relevant training modules which are incorporated into the Modular catalogue of vocational training.

Pursuant to the sole additional provision of Royal Decree 295/2004 of 20 February, we proceed to update professional skills, whose specifications are contained in annexes LVII, LIX, LX, LXI, LXII, and LXIII of the aforementioned Royal Decree: one. A new wording is given at Annex LVII, professional qualification «Manufacture of Cork Stoppers». Level 1. MAM057_1, which appears as annex I of this order.

Two. A new wording is given at Annex LIX, professional qualification 'Installation of furniture'. Level 2. MAM059_2, which appears as annex II to this order.

3. A new wording is given at Annex LX, professional qualification «Woodworking and furniture finish». Level 2. MAM060_2, which appears as annex III to the present order.

Four. A new wording is given at Annex LXI, professional qualification «Sawmilling». Level 2. MAM061_2, which appears as annex IV of this order.

5. A new wording is given at Annex LXII, professional qualification «Assembly of furniture and carpentry items». Level 2. MAM062_2, which appears as annex V of the present order.

6. A new wording is given to annex LXIII, professional qualification «Woodworking and furniture projects». Level 3. MAM063_3, which appears as annex VI to the present order.

Article 3. Update of certain qualifications professionals in family professional wood, furniture and Cork, established by Royal Decree 1228 / 2006 of 27 October, which complemented the national catalogue of professional qualifications, through the establishment of certain professional qualifications, as well as its relevant training modules which are incorporated into the Modular catalogue of vocational training.

Pursuant to the sole additional provision of the Royal Decree 1228 / 2006, on 27 October, proceeds to update professional skills, whose specifications are contained in annexes CCXII, CCXIII, and CCXIV of the aforementioned Royal Decree: one. A new wording is given at Annex CCXII, professional qualification «Manufacture of Cork». Level 1. MAM212_1, which appears as annex VII of this order.

Two. A new wording is given at Annex CCXIII, professional qualification «Getting veneers, plywood and veneered boards». Level 2. MAM213_2, which appears as annex VIII of this order.

3. A new wording is given at Annex CCXIV, professional qualification «Manufacture of particle board and fibreboard». Level 2. MAM214_2, which appears as annex IX of this order.

Article 4. Update of certain professional qualifications established by Royal Decree 1136 / 2007 of 31 August, whereby the national catalogue of professional qualifications, is complemented by the establishment of three professional qualifications of the professional wood family, furniture, and Cork.

Pursuant to the sole additional provision of the Royal Decree 1136 / 2007 August 31, we proceed to update professional skills, whose specifications are contained in annexes CCLXXV and CCLXXVI of the Royal Decree: one. A new wording is given at Annex CCLXXV, professional qualification «Application of varnishes and lacquers in carpentry and furniture elements». Level 1. MAM275_1, which appears as annex X of this order.

Two. A new wording is given to annex CCLXXVI, professional qualification «Woodworking and furniture works». Level 1. MAM276_1, which appears as annex XI of this order.

First final provision. Skill-related title.

This order is issued in virtue of the powers that he attributes to the State the article 149.1. 1st and 30th of the Constitution, on regulation of the basic conditions that guarantee the equality of all Spaniards in the exercise of rights and in the fulfilment of the constitutional duties, and for the regulation of the conditions of procurement, issuance and recognition of academic and professional qualifications.

Second final provision. Entry into force.

This order shall enter into force the day following its publication in the "Official Gazette".

Madrid, from October 1, 2015.-the Vice-President of the Government and Minister of the Presidency, Soraya Sáenz de Santamaría Antón.

Annex I professional qualification: CORK Stoppers manufacturing family professional: wood, furniture, and Cork level: 1 code: MAM057_1 general competence: perform the operations of preparation, control, cleaning and maintenance of first level of machines, tools and equipment for manufacturing Stoppers and disks of natural cork and agglomerate, in conditions of security in accordance with the procedures and criteria of quality.

Units of competency: UC0157_1: manufacture caps and UC0158_1 natural cork disks: manufacture UC0159_1 agglomerated Cork Stoppers: finish the corks environment professional: scope professional:


It develops its activity in the production department in connection with the maintenance, in the area of first transformations of the wood and Cork professional, dedicated to the manufacture of corks, in medium-sized and small enterprises, normally self-employed, engaged in the manufacture of different types of Stoppers. It develops its activity depending on your case, functional and/or hierarchical from a superior. In the development of the professional activity apply the principles of universal accessibility in accordance with the applicable legislation.

Productive sectors: It is located in the sector of manufacture of articles of Cork, Stoppers manufacturing sub-sector.

Occupations and relevant jobs: the terms of the following list of occupations and jobs are used with generic and all-inclusive nature of women and men.

Preparers of materials for the manufacture of caps: Mechanizers of plugs and array operators of finish of plugs workers in the treatment of Cork, in general operators of machines for manufacturing Stoppers training associate (420 hours) training modules: MF0157_1: manufacture of plugs and discs of natural cork (150 hours) MF0158_1: manufacture of corks, agglomerate (150 hours) MF0159_1 : Completion of corks (120 hours) unit of competition 1: manufacture caps and discs of CORK NATURAL level: 1 code: UC0157_1 realizations professionals and criteria of performance: RP 1: perform basic operations of first level and tuning of equipment in the manufacture of plugs, disks and multipiezas of natural cork Stoppers, to keep them operational, compliance with the applicable rules of occupational risk safety and environment, according to instructions.

CR 1.1 basic maintenance operations, are performed with the plugs, disks and multipiezas of natural cork Stoppers manufacturing equipments, such as: boiler for cooking Cork, presses, transportation, among others, in accordance with the form and periodicity specified equipment.

CR 1.2 tools, materials, and accessories usable in machine or equipment of manufacture of plugs, disks and multipiezas of natural cork Stoppers, prepare, making simple assemblies, keeping them operational, according to indications.

1.3 CR simple and interchangeable elements of the machine or equipment of manufacture of plugs, disks and multipiezas of natural cork Stoppers: gouges, knives, saws, axes, cranks, suction tubes, and others, fit, checking that slack there is no.

1.4 CR interchangeable elements of the machine or plugs, disks and multipiezas of natural cork Stoppers manufacturing equipment: electric motors, pulleys, wheels, transmitters, and others, are cleaned, making sure that there are no remains of dirt.

1.5 CR the functioning of machines or equipment, used in the manufacture of plugs, disks and multipiezas of natural cork Stoppers: boiler for cooking Cork, presses, transportation equipment, among others are proven, detecting any anomalies, informing the upper head, before possible anomalies in each shift, day or change of lots.

CR 1.6 tools and working equipment used in the cleaning and maintenance as rags, spatulas, spanners, screwdrivers, oil, grease, and others, are ordered according to the established order.

1.7 CR tuning machines of sliced and drilled is carried out, whereas the selection of tools, its sharpening and setting parameters depending on the product to get.

1.8 CR records and annotations of maintenance in equipment used in the manufacture of plugs, disks and plugs multipiezas are made in the established support.

2 RP: Carry out the collection, download and stacking of bales or pallets prepared Cork (which has undergone a first firing), for the manufacture of plugs, disks and multipiezas of natural cork Stoppers, identifying possible non-compliant materials, compliance with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment, according to instructions.

2.1 CR packages or pallets of Cork, prepared, used in the manufacture of caps and natural cork disks, will collect, in accordance with the characteristics of the order, scoring entry and exit movements.

CR 2.2 possible damaged items received materials, which do not meet the requirements of: quality and quantity, established are detected, rejecting them.

CR 2.3 packages or pallets prepared Cork, used in the manufacture of plugs, disks and plugs multipiezas of natural cork, are downloaded with teams established for that purpose, stacking them in the places allocated in warehouse, controlling do not damage the material.

CR 2.4 them materials downloads are marked with labels for their identification and control immediate.

2.5 CR downloads materials are stored, stacking them in containers or areas willing to effect and localizable.

CR 2.6 conditions of temperature, humidity, lighting and time of the warehouse are checked, informing the person in immediate charge, any possible existing diversion.

CR 2.7 records and annotations of receive operations are carried out in the support of established, following instructions.

3 RP: Carry second cooking of bales or Cork pallets prepared for the manufacture of plugs, disks and multipiezas of natural cork Stoppers, fulfilling applicable regulatory safety and occupational hazards, according to instructions.

3.1 CR packages or pallets of Cork are immersed in the boiler of Cook, second Cook, using media, equipment and required mechanisms, preventing the same floating.

CR 3.2 Cork is fired, in Kettle cooked, controlling parameters (temperature, conditions of water and cooking time, among others), adjusting them according to instructions, checking the values of parameters.

CR 3.3 replacement of cooking of the bales of Cork and the cleaning of the boiler water is conducted periodically in continuous operation and after each stop.

CR 3.4 changes of water of the boiler and its consumption are recorded, according to support established in the production process.

CR 3.5 the cooked bundles of Cork are placed in the place of rest with equipment, required, checking that it is a covered, clean and airy place, adjusting the parameters (temperature and humidity), as set out in the production process.

4 RP: Perform machining operations and drilling of plates of Cork's second cooking to make corks natural, complying with the applicable rules, following instructions.

CR 4.1 Cork planks are cut into cross sections, obtaining a width determined by the length of the plug to get slices, adjusting the parameters of the machine (slicer) the conditions established, following instructions.

CR 4.2 slices of Cork are drilled, by cutting with gouge, obtaining plugs in the direction of the width of the slice.

CR 4.3 obtained natural cork Stoppers are selected, rejecting those who have firewood or other defects, reusing the generated waste.

CR 4.4 semi-finished natural cork plugs, are obtained by mechanical operations of notch on the ends and polished side.

CR 4.5 of natural cork Stoppers are obtained, dry, by heat treatment, reduces the level of humidity.

CR 4.6 the chosen natural cork Stoppers are stored according to instructions and environmental conditions and required cleaning.

RP 5: Carry out operations of machining of fibreboard and laminate, for discs of natural cork (or washer), complying with the applicable rules, following instructions.

CR 5.1 prepared Cork planks are cut, in cross-sections, obtaining slices, adjusting the parameters of the machine in the required conditions and manufacturer's instructions.

CR 5.2 prepared Cork slices are laminated with blades, to the thick set, eliminating the scrapes and the belly, obtaining sheets of Cork.

CR 5.3 obtained Cork sheets are crushed, by the operation of chopped with gouge, obtaining natural cork discs.

CR 5.4 semi-finished products, natural cork disks are obtained by mechanical operations of straightening faces, through grinding discs.

CR 5.5 natural cork disks obtained, dries out, by heat treatment, reduces the level of humidity.

CR 5.6 chosen natural cork disks are stored according to instructions and environmental conditions and required cleaning.

6 RP: Carry out machining and gluing operations for manufacturing Stoppers multipiezas, complying with the applicable rules, following instructions.

CR 6.1 them plates of Cork prepared is cut, in sections transverse in slices, of a width determined by the length of the plug that is want to get of them, adjusting them parameters of the machine in them conditions required and them instructions of manufacturing.

CR 6.2 them slices of Cork prepared is laminated with blades, until the thickness desired, eliminating the scraping and the belly, adjusting is to it established in the process productive.

CR 6.3 queues applies in parts with the amount required per unit area, checking the time elapsed since its preparation.

CR 6.4 glued parts are pressed, by controlling the pressure and time parameters.


CR 6.5 Cork sheets are crushed with gouge, product plugs in the direction of the width of the slices attached, following instructions.

6.6 CR caps deformed, broken, Woody and the pieces are rejected, spreading of obtained plugs.

CR 6.7 them plugs multi-piece semi-finished of Cork natural, is obtained, through operations mechanical of recess of the ends and polishing of side, following instructions.

CR 6.8 obtained plugs dry, reducing the moisture level by heat treatment, following instructions.

CR 6.9 selected multi-piece plugs are stored according to instructions and environmental conditions and required cleaning.

Professional context: means of production: boiler to boil the Cork. Forklift trucks. Conveyor. Press for baling. Sharpening of knives, slicing machine, drilling machine manual and automatic equipment. Machine remove bellies and backs, laminating. Food-quality plastic containers.

Products and results: maintenance of machines for manufacture of caps and natural cork disks, made. Collection of prepared Cork plates. Second baking sheets of Cork, controlled. Machining of the Cork plates. Natural cork, discs and caps multipiezas caps.

Used or generated information: manuals, books, codes, magazines and catalogues, technical sheets preparation machines; Work instructions. With applicable rules of risk prevention and occupational and environmental health. Maintenance sheets. International legislation of taponeras practices.

Unit 2 competition: Manufacture level agglomerated CORK Stoppers: 1 code: UC0158_1 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: run the basic operations of cleaning, maintenance of first level support operations and set-up of equipment in the manufacture of agglomerate corks, for its operation, complying with the applicable rules, following instructions.

CR 1.1 tools, materials, and accessories can be used in machine or agglomerated Cork Stoppers manufacturing equipment, prepare, keeping them in terms of use.

CR 1.2 the basic operations of cleaning and maintenance, agglomerated Cork Stoppers manufacturing equipments, such as: rolling mills, machines for cutting bars, machine guns, among others, is carried out, in accordance with the form and periodicity specified.

CR 1.3 machines or equipment used in the manufacture of agglomerated Cork Stoppers are checked, on each day, at the end of turn or change of lots, identifying possible anomalies and informing the responsible superior.

CR 1.4 tools and working equipment used in the work of cleaning and maintenance: rags, spatulas, spanners, screwdrivers, oil, grease, and others, are ordered according to the established order.

1.5 CR records and annotations of the operations of maintenance of equipment used in the manufacture of agglomerated Cork Stoppers are made in the established support.

1.6 CR simple and interchangeable elements of machines or manufacturing equipments of agglomerated Cork Stoppers: gouges, knives, saws, axes, cranks, suction pipes, pulleys, wheels, transmitters and others fit, avoiding gaps, using established tools.

CR 1.7 simple and interchangeable elements of the machine or agglomerated Cork Stoppers manufacturing equipment, cleaned, with the products listed, checking that there are no remains of dirt.

2 RP: Carried out the collection and storage of materials for the manufacture of granules of Cork, complying with the applicable rules, following instructions.

2.1 CR materials for the manufacture of granules of Cork: I waste and cooked pieces, from Cork Stoppers and disks preparation cuts, receive, in accordance with the characteristics of the order, scoring entry and exit movements.

CR 2.2 possible anomalies of the orders, are detected, rejecting the materials that do not meet the characteristics required of: quality, quantity and measures, following instructions.

CR 2.3 materials manufacture of granules of Cork, are downloaded with the discharging equipment, distributing them in the places allocated in warehouse: in silos or sacks synthetic, controlling do not damage the material according to instructions.

CR 2.4 downloads materials are marked with labels for identification and control.

2.5 CR downloaded materials, are stored, identified in containers or areas willing to effect and localizable.

CR 2.6 conditions of temperature, humidity and time, among others, the warehouse are checked, informing the person in immediate charge, any possible existing diversion.

3 RP: Obtain granules of Cork, through crushed in Mills for the manufacture of caps, complying with the applicable rules, following instructions.

CR 3.1 Cork crushed in Mills obtaining crushed Cork.

CR 3.2 crushed Cork is granulated according to the dimensions and specified forms, with fine mills.

CR 3.3 the Cork granules are classified by their dimension, using sieves.

CR 3.4 the Cork granules are classified by density, through densimetric separation, depending on its density and speed of the table separator, controlling the outputs.

CR 3.5 sniffed the powder of Cork produced during manufacturing and stored for later use.

CR 3.6 the granules of Cork dries out, making sure that moisture does not has been removed completely, if they are destined for storage.

CR 3.7 the different granules are stored on premises and under the specified conditions, following instructions.

4 RP: Manufacture sausages (cylindrical piece of agglomerated Cork), mangoes (cylinder of natural cork), and caps of one or several pieces of Cork by agglomeration, by extrusion, to obtain quality products, complying with the applicable rules, following instructions.

CR 4.1 required for Cork agglomerate additives and adhesives are prepared in the established proportions.

CR 4.2 additives, glues and agglomerated Cork mingle in the dose and time specified, using tails authorized sanitary and environmental conditions established, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 4.3 specified quantities of cola and granules are deposited in machine gluing to the level of filling, dosing tail according to the dimensions of the surface to be glued and controlling the time between application of the glue and pressing.

CR 4.4 mixture of cola and grain, are extruded, depositing the resultant mixture in individual molds of the machine by agglutination of the granules of Cork with binders and additives, and curing in hot, controlling parameters of: time, permanence, pressure and temperature, within established limits.

CR 4.5 blocks obtained moulds, emptied, controlling the cooling of the same, with the resources required, subsequently obtaining: sausages, handles and caps.

CR 4.6 the sausages (cylindrical piece of agglomerated Cork), are obtained by extrusion cutting obtained blocks, setting the distance of cutting equipment, according to the dimensions specified.

CR 4.7 handles and caps are obtained by mechanical operations of bevel, recess ends and polishing of sides, the obtained block, according to specifications.

4.8 CR handles and obtained plugs, are drying by heat treatment, reduces the level of humidity.

4.9 CR handles, sausages and obtained plugs, are stored according to instructions and environmental conditions and required cleaning.

5 RP: Manufacturing Stoppers agglomerated with natural cork disks, by independent moulding, pressing and gluing, for quality products, complying with the applicable rules, instructions.

CR 5.1 disks required in obtaining plugs agglomerate (sparkling), are selected according to specifications.

CR 5.2 the / disk/s are press/n to handle or plug, controlling force applied and time pressure.

CR-5.3 the / attached disk/s / s to handle or plug dries / n in the drying kilns, controlling time, temperature and air humidity.

CR 5.4 mechanical operations of bevel, recess ends and polishing on either side of the caps, are performed according to specifications.

CR 5.5 Stoppers agglomerated with natural cork disks obtained by independent moulding, are selected according to specifications.

CR 5.6 Stoppers agglomerated with natural cork disks, selected, are stored according to instructions and environmental conditions and required cleaning.

Professional context: means of production: forklifts for cargo transport. Conveyor. Equipment for sharpening blades, slicer, manual and automatic drilling machine, extrusion machine and manufacture of agglomerated Cork bars. Machine cut bars of agglomerated Cork. Mixer, mill, or disposer. Machine manufacture Cork handles. Conveyor, separator, molding table. Caps plastic food container. Mixing machine, moulds, press and stove for the manufacture of caps by individual molding.

Products and results: simple operations of adjustment, mounting elements and maintenance on machines, carried out. Cork Stoppers agglomerated with or without disks in natural cork, sausages, plugs and handles of Cork Stoppers agglomerated with natural cork discs.


Used or generated information: manuals, books, codes, legislation, journals and catalogues. Technical specifications of applicable machines regulation preparation of risk prevention and occupational and environmental health. Maintenance sheets. Instructions. Technical specifications. International legislation of taponeras practices.

Unit 3 competition: Complete the level corks: 1 code: UC0159_1 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: tasks of the basic operations of cleaning, maintenance of first level support and tuning equipment at the completion of corks, for its operation, complying with the applicable rules, following instructions.

CR 1.1 basic operations of cleaning and maintenance, on the completion of Cork Stoppers, are carried out, in accordance with the form and periodicity specified.

1.2 CR machines or equipment, used in the completion of corks on each end of the day, day or change of lots, is checked, verifying that they are in State of use, identifying possible anomalies and informing the responsible superior.

CR 1.3 tools and working equipment used in the work of cleaning and maintenance: rags, spatulas, spanners, screwdrivers, oil, grease, and others, are ordered according to the instructions received.

CR 1.4 records and annotations of maintenance in equipment used in the completion of Cork Stoppers are made in the established support.

CR 1.5 tools, materials, and usable accessories on the machine or equipment of completion of Cork Stoppers are prepared, keeping them in terms of use, following the instructions of the head of the machine.

CR 1.6 them elements simple e interchangeable of the machine and equipment of termination of plugs of Cork: resistances electrical, rosettes porta-tapones, pellets abrasive, axes, bands of sanded, stones abrasive, drums cylindrical of colmatar and of wash, cells photoelectric, injectors of gas and others between others, is fit, following them indications of the responsible of the machine.

CR 1.7 simple and interchangeable elements of the machine or equipment of completion of Cork Stoppers, are cleaned with the products listed, checking that there are no remains of dirt.

2 RP: Ensure the semi-finishing of Cork Stoppers, to obtain final products with established quality, complying with the applicable rules, following instructions.

CR 2.1 dissolution of the plug cleaner is preparing the dose required to clean surface and improve its appearance, following instructions.

CR 2.2 plugs are washed with the solution prepared by the washing equipment, dosing the water inlet, controlling the components and the process time to ensure the cleaning, dust removal and disinfection of the plugs.

CR 2.3 washed caps are dried with the drying equipment, programming the temperature and relative humidity getting plugs with specified moisture content.

CR 2.4 mixture consisting of dust coming from the rectification of plugs and washers of natural cork, and food use glue, is prepared in the proportions required to obtain plugs colmatados, meeting the applicable environmental conditions.

CR 2.5 colmatados plugs are obtained by adjusting parameters (time, temperature, among others), in the measuring devices of the hype of colmatar, in such a way that the natural plugs lenticels are filled with the preparation for the obturation of pores of the plugs.

CR 2.6 colmatados plugs are of depositing a coating, Pigmented or not, on the surface of them.

CR 2.7 plugs are classified according to their visual appearance, porosity, color, among others, through systems, manual or automatic, according to specifications.

CR 2.8 cabezudos plugs are obtained by gluing the heads to the bodies of the plugs.

3 RP: Carry out surface treatment of plugs, marking, counting and treatment of surface and marketing, fulfilling the applicable standard in counting, packing and protection caps for transportation, according to instructions.

CR 3.1 inks for marking are prepared, complying with the applicable rules of products in contact with food.

3.2 CR text, logo or image is printed on the surface of the plugs with ink to fire or fire directly (in the case of Stoppers for cava or champagne), adjusting the buffer machine mark, according to the customer's specifications.

CR 3.3 the CAP surface is coated with a layer of paraffin or silicone to lubricate the plug and facilitate their introduction into the neck of the bottle.

CR 3.4 plugs are fed into the machine for previously scheduled to your count.

CR 3.5 numbered caps are packed in polyethylene bags, controlling the atmosphere and by injecting a guard at the specified dose.

CR 3.6 packaged earplugs are subsequently entered into cardboard boxes to ensure the conditions in their displacement or expedition.

Professional context: means of production: machine to glue Cork discs with handles. Polishing. Hype colmatar, caps, plugs, surface treatment drum dryer washing machine. Electronic sorter. Tape selection of plugs. Marker to fire, marker ink. Accountant. Lifting platforms.

Products and results: preparation and maintenance of equipment and installations of termination of caps of Cork. Natural corks, of natural cork multi-piece, of Cork, agglomerated with natural cork disks.

Used or generated information: manuals, books, codes, legislation, journals and catalogues. Technical preparation of machines. With applicable rules of risk prevention and occupational and environmental health. Maintenance sheets. Instructions. Technical specifications. International legislation of taponeras practices.

TRAINING module 1: manufacture of PLUGS and level NATURAL CORK disks: 1 code: MF0157_1 associated with the UC: manufacturing plugs and long natural cork disks: 150 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: carry out the operations of cleaning, preparation and maintenance of first level of machinery and equipment used in making plugs, disks and multipiezas of natural cork Stoppers machines.

CE1.1 recognize the operation, Constitution and safety devices on machinery and equipment used in the manufacture of plugs, disks and multipiezas of natural cork Stoppers.

CE1.2 identify first-level equipment maintenance operations and execute them according to relevant manuals or instructions.

CE1.3 adapt production equipment to the requirements of the process to run.

CE1.4 explain anomalies or major operating problems more frequently during the use of the equipment used in the manufacture of plugs, disks and multipiezas of natural cork Stoppers, identifying the correction indicated in each case.

CE1.5 in a practical course of maintenance of equipment in the manufacture of caps, discs and caps multipiezas of natural cork, from given conditions:-replace items of equipment and installations at the time and condition marked by the maintenance plan.

-Carry out the maintenance of use and replace elements of the different teams and motion systems and materials.

-Keep the conditions of cleaning and environmental protection of the different spaces.

-Cleaning of machines, equipment and areas, achieving levels required in plugs, disks and multipiezas of natural cork Stoppers manufacturing machines.

C2: Describe the process of manufacture of caps and natural cork discs.

CE2.1 relate the different phases of the manufacturing processes of natural corks, with the products of input and output and the operations carried out in each phase.

CE2.2 describe sequences of operation (preparation of machines and tooling, power, control, verification and maintenance) that characterize the process, related to the machines and equipment.

CE2.3 describe the risks and typical errors in the manufacturing process, as well as the necessary means of personal protection.

C3: Control stock of plates of natural cork, through their movements in and out of store, specifying its characteristics, types and status through parameters.

CE3.1 identify defects and pathologies of the natural cork, describing the methods and means used in its protection.

CE3.2 in a practical course of inventory control of plates, with a few conditions:-carry out the heavy, sizing and cubage of items from Cork plates.

-Calculate the degree of humidity of batches of sheets of Cork, through handling and reading of the necessary instruments.

-Classify pieces of Cork depending on its caliber and/or defects.

-Register operations, according to established criteria.

C4: Describe the loading and unloading of natural cork.

CE4.1 describe conditions of stacking of Cork, to ensure their conservation.

CE4.2 describe discharging equipment and stacking sheets of Cork, indicating their suitability based on parts to be handled.

CE4.3 defined as the discharge would take place and stacking sheets of Cork.


C5: Control boilers and other equipment for plates of Cork stew, fulfilling the applicable standard in the manufacture of Cork.

CE5.1 describe the materials and mechanisms of boilers and other equipment, as well as tooling and tools required for Cork plates stew.

CE5.2 define the use and the appropriate characteristics of boiled Cork sheets storage places.

CE5.3 describe the inherent risks associated with the Cork plates fired process.

CE5.4 in a practical course of baking sheets of Cork, before established conditions:-operate with mechanisms to introduce and maintain submerged sheets of Cork.

-Check temperature, conditions and times of cooking of the Cork plates, according to certain conditions.

-Make water changes and cleaning of Cork plates cooking boilers, registering necessary water consumption, as well as setting criteria for the replacement of water and cleaning.

-Trade mechanisms to extract the boiler and store cooked sheets of Cork.

C6: Specify the Cork plates cutting operations, operating with rollers and cutters, as well as the rest of the equipment, fulfilling the applicable standard in the manufacture of Cork.

CE6.1 describe the operations inherent to natural cork sheets cutting, specifying factors in sharpening blades, as well as thickness of parts to get.

CE6.2 describe the operations of maintenance and periodic replacement of elements of laminators and slitter.

CE6.3 describe the inherent risks associated with the lamination process.

C7: Get plugs multipiezas, operating on parts of natural cork.

CE7.1 in a practical course of obtaining plugs multi-piece, face established conditions:-prepare tailed in the proportions and required conditions.

-Apply glues in the amount appropriate per surface unit, controlling the time between preparation and its application.

-Pressing the pieces glued by controlling the time and pressure, in accordance with established criteria.

-Standards of occupational health, prevention of existing labor and environmental risks inherent in the process.

C8: Be the I rebaneo Cork planks and drilling of the slices and the sanding of the plugs using the machinery specified.

CE8.1 describe the risks associated with the rebaneo of plates and the drilling of the slices and the sanding of them plugs.

CE8.2 in a practical course of rebaneo, drilling and sanding sheets, with established conditions:-select the cut in terms of correct sharpening tools, installing them properly in the slicer.

-Operate the slicer to get slices of Cork with defined dimensions, by adjusting the position of the blades.

-Select bits in correct sharpening and conservation conditions, installing them in the drill.

-Obtain corks with the specified diameter, adjusting the blades of the rock drill.

-Separate quality of those with wood plugs or faulty.

-Manipulate machines Beveling and polishing of corks, according to criteria of length and diameter established.

C9: Manufacture rectified sparkling wine Stoppers disks, operating with specific machines.

CE9.1 describe the process of disk grinding for sparkling wine Stoppers, evaluating: factors of sharpening knives, as well as thickness and quality of the parts to get.

CE9.2 explain the risks associated with the manufacture of rectified disk.

CE9.3 in a practical course for obtaining ground discs to given conditions:-install tools for cutting, adjusting them in conditions of sharp, placing them in the slicer.

-Feed the rolling machines of Cork, in accordance with established criteria of thickness.

-Feeding machines to obtain disks for Stoppers for sparkling wines, in accordance with criteria established in terms of dimensions and thickness.

-Separate disks of wines, sparkling quality of those with wood or defective plugs.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.5; C3 on CE3.2; C5, regarding CE5.4; Complete C7; C8 to CE8.2; C9 CE9.3 respect.

Other skills: be responsible for the work that develops.

Comply with the rules of production set by the organization.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Respect the procedures and the internal rules of the organization.

Get used to the pace of work of the organization.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Contents: 1. Cork. Features concept. Structure. Composition. Physical properties and chemical defects. Diseases and pathologies. Types. Classification. Humidity of the Cork: concept. Methods of calculation. Measuring instruments.

2. simple operations of adjustment and Assembly of interchangeable elements and maintenance of manufacturing of corks preparation machines: gouges, knives, saws, axes, connecting rods, suction tubes, and others.

Cleaning of the equipment of manufacture of Cork Stoppers.

Mount items.

Measuring equipment and control parameters.

Maintenance of first level of machinery and equipment required in the manufacture of caps. Operating anomalies. Features.

Typology of faults.

Different causes that determine problems in systems.

Detection of worn or damaged elements.

Correction of simple anomalies.

Replacement of simple elements.

Lubrication and cleaning; Regulation and adjustment.

Put on the verge of machines.

3. operations of stock of materials and for the manufacture of Cork reception and storage of the raw material and protective products of Cork Stoppers. Features.

Cubage of the Cork.

Downloading materials. Precautions.

Completion of them records of entry of matter material and products protective. Conformity of the reception. Cases of non conformity and performances.

Characteristics of the Cork (origin, appearance, humidity, among others).

Classification of materials and products of reception.

Processes of cubing and heavy of the Cork.

Distribution and location.

Stacking of Cork. Conditions of the facilities.

Protection of groups or piles of Cork. Means of protection.

Quality control of Cork.

Singularities and defects in parts of Cork.

Procedures of quality control and classification of Cork.

The humidity of the Cork control procedures.

Operations of handling and transport of the material.

Media handling and transport of the piles and piles of Cork in bulk.

4. operations of second cooked sheets of Cork obtaining plugs, disks and multipiezas of natural cork Stoppers. Features.

Second cooking.

Boilers and equipment of Cork stew. Types, uses, applications and maintenance.

Application of the controls required to obtain optimum quality during boiling. Control plans.

Use of different machines and tools, and execution of the technical elements suitable for boiling.

Methods of verification and control of the humidity of the Cork.

Transport and stabilization of Cork: manipulation and transportation systems. Types, applications and uses.

Stabilization of the raw material. Basis and purpose.

5. manufacture of corks natural handling of the various machines and tools of natural cork Stoppers manufacturing.

Obtaining of natural cork Stoppers manufacturing. Characteristics and key points.

Cork quality. Concept, rationale and purposes.

Quality controls during processing.

I rebaneo: machines and equipment used in the rebaneo of sheets of Cork.

Technical specifications of the rebaneo (dimensions, moisture and direction of the slice).

Drilling. Machines and equipment used in drilling.

Technical specifications of the bore (dimensions and moisture).

Desleñado (or chosen preliminary). Machines and equipment used in desleñado.

Technical specifications (alterations and defects, and criteria for classification of plugs).

Drying. Machines and equipment used in drying.

Technical specifications of drying (temperature, air flow, humidity and time).

Dimensional correction.

Machines and equipment used in dimensional rectification (ends recess, beveled and polished body). Technical specifications of the dimensional rectification (dimensions, moisture, finish).

6 plugs multipiezas and natural cork discs. Regulations applicable to the manufacture of Cork Stoppers multipiezas of natural cork. Description.

Methods of verification and control of the humidity of the Cork.

Applications. Methods.

Sliced. Cork laminate.

Gluing. Glued parts. Picado.

Natural cork discs. Description.

Sliced. Gluing stung. Drying. Polished.

Treatment, disposal and utilization of waste.

Regulations applicable to the manufacture of corks.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer:


1 domain of knowledge and techniques related to manufacturing Stoppers and disks of natural cork, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 2: level agglomerated CORK Stoppers manufacturing: 1 code: MF0158_1 associated with UC: manufacturing Stoppers agglomerated Cork duration: 150 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: describe the manufacturing process of agglomerated Cork Stoppers.

CE1.1 relate the various phases of the processes of manufacturing conglomerate, with products from entry and exit Stoppers and the operations carried out in each phase.

CE1.2 describe the sequences of operation (preparation of machines and tooling, power, control, verification and maintenance) that characterize the process, related to the machines and equipment.

CE1.3 describe the risks and typical errors in the manufacturing process as well as means of personal protection.

C2: Carry out the operations of cleaning, preparation and maintenance of first level of machinery and equipment used in agglomerated Cork Stoppers manufacturing machines.

CE2.1 recognize the operation, Constitution and safety devices on machinery and equipment used in the manufacture of plugs, disks and multipiezas of natural cork Stoppers.

CE2.2 explain anomalies or major operating problems more frequently, during operation of the equipment used in the manufacture of agglomerated Cork Stoppers, identifying the correction indicated in each case.

CE2.3 identify first-level equipment maintenance operations and execute them according to relevant manuals or instructions.

CE2.4 in a practical course of maintenance of equipment in the manufacture of agglomerate corks from given conditions:-replace items of equipment and installations at the time and condition marked by the maintenance plan.

-Cleaning of machines, equipment and areas, achieving levels required in agglomerated Cork Stoppers manufacturing machines.

-Carry out the maintenance of use and replace elements of the different teams and motion systems and materials.

-Keep the conditions of cleaning and environmental protection of the different spaces.

-Adapt production equipment to the requirements of the process to run.

C3: Get granular Cork, operating with granules, according to specifications obtaining equipment, complying with the applicable rules.

CE3.1 describe the process of obtaining of the agglomerated Cork, distinguishing employees to obtain the types and qualities.

CE3.2 evaluate split of Cork for the granulated (through its heavy, dimensioning and cubing), calculating and describing the level of stocks determined in each time.

CE3.3 make parts of record of stock of granules of Cork, interpreting them and filling them in accordance with established criteria.

CE3.4 describe the inherent risks associated with the process of granules of Cork.

CE3.5 describe conditions of storage of granulated Cork, referring to necessary temperature and humidity.

CE3.6 in a practical course of granulates, from given conditions obtain:-classify various items of Cork chipboard in accordance with criteria of location, timing of use.

-Manipulate mills for crushing of Cork, in accordance with certain specifications.

-Handling mechanisms of aspiration of powdered Cork, according to certain specifications.

-Manipulate granulated Cork sieving equipment, according to criteria of size, density, shape and speed of the process.

C4: Applied techniques of agglomerated Cork bars, controlling parameters, complying with the applicable rules.

CE4.1 describe the process of agglomerated Cork bar, according to criteria of use and characteristics of the granulate, glues and additives.

CE4.2 describe the operations of maintenance and periodic replacement of elements of the processing machinery.

CE4.3 describe the inherent risks associated with the process of agglomerated Cork bars.

CE4.4 specify the technique and purpose of the cooling of the obtained handles when cutting bars of agglomerated Cork.

CE4.5 in a practical course for obtaining of bars of agglomerated Cork, from given conditions:-get sanitary composition for gluing adhesive mixtures, using equipment of mixing, controlling especially the time between preparation and start-up pressure of the parts to be glued.

-Feed hoppers and manipulate controls of extrusion machines, programming with criteria laid down the speed of the engine, the pressure and temperature, as well as tubes of expulsion of bars with the requested diameter.

-Choose and adjust the sierras of the cutting mechanisms of bars of agglomerated Cork, according to certain specifications.

C5: Obtain units of agglomerated Cork stopper, complying with the applicable rules.

CE5.1 describe the process of agglomerated Cork Stoppers, according to criteria of use and characteristics of the granulate, glues and additives.

CE5.2 calculate amounts of granulated Cork, glues and additives, according to proportions determined between these elements, for feeding the machines, mixers.

CE5.3 specify the differences between extrusion and molding in the obtaining of agglomerated stopper CE5.4 in a practical course for obtaining units of agglomerated Cork, from given conditions:-get sticky mixtures suitable for gluing sanitary composition, using mixing equipment, controlling especially the time between preparation and start-up pressure of the parts to be glued.

-Feed the molds and manipulate controls of extrusion machines, programming with criteria laid down the speed of the motor, pressure and temperature, as well as vacuum molds blocks.

-Describe and act on the operations of maintenance and periodic replacement of elements of the processing machinery.

C6: Carry out the operations of gluing and pressing in the obtaining of handles or agglomerated Cork Stoppers, controlling them mixtures of adhesives and parameters of thought.

CE6.1 specify the risks associated with the gluing and pressing in obtaining plugs.

CE6.2 in a practical course of obtaining handles or agglomerate corks from given conditions:-prepare the mixtures in adequate proportions, using tails authorized sanitary.

-Place the tail according to the dimensions of the surface to be glued, controlling the time between preparation and implementation.

-Press disc to handle or plug, controlling pressure and time in accordance with established criteria.

-Describe and act on the operations of maintenance and periodic replacement of elements of the processing machinery.

C7: Get ground Stoppers, operating with grinding machines, complying with the applicable rules.

CE7.1 describe the operation of the grinding machines of Cork Stoppers.

CE7.2 describe the operations of maintenance and periodic replacement of elements of the processing machinery.

CE7.3 in a practical course for obtaining ground plugs, face established conditions:-feed grinding machines, controlling the amount of incoming materials.

-Manipulate controls of the grinding machines, according to certain specifications.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C2 with respect to CE2.4; C3 on CE3.6; C4 on CE4.5; C5 regarding CE5.4; C6 regarding CE6.2; C7 with respect to CE7.3.

Other skills: be responsible for the work that develops.

Comply with the rules of production set by the organization.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Respect the procedures and the internal rules of the organization.

Get used to the pace of work of the organization.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Contents: 1. granulated Cork manufacturing techniques. Refining of granulate. Drying of granules. Cubing and classification of granules of Cork: techniques. Calculation of the necessary parameters. Calculation of stock and completion of necessary documents.

Crushing of the Cork. Concept. Purpose. Methods. Equipment and maintenance services.

Sieving. Concept. Purpose. Methods. Equipment and maintenance services.

Storage of granulated Cork. Concept. Purpose. Conditions. Equipment and maintenance services.

2. simple operations of adjustment and Assembly of interchangeable elements and maintenance of preparation of interchangeable machine elements agglomerated Cork Stoppers manufacturing machines: electric motors, pulleys, wheels, transmitters.

Agglomerated Cork Stoppers manufacturing equipments cleaning.

Mount items.

Measuring equipment and control parameters.


Maintenance of first level of machinery and equipment required in the manufacture of agglomerate corks.

Operating anomalies. Features.

Typology of faults.

Different causes that determine problems in systems.

Detection of worn or damaged elements.

Correction of simple anomalies affecting the operation.

Replacement of damaged or worn simple elements.

Lubrication and cleaning; Regulation and adjustment.

Put on the verge of machines.

3 reception and storage of the raw material and protective products downloading materials. Precautions.

Conformity of the reception. Cases of non conformity and performances.

Characteristics of the Cork (origin, appearance, humidity, among others).

Classification of materials and products of reception.

Processes of cubing and heavy of the Cork.

Coding and marking of materials and products received.

Systems.

Calculation and control of the stocks through the implementation of the protocols or guidelines established. Distribution and location, stack of Cork. Conditions of the facilities.

Protection of groups or piles of Cork. Media.

4 granulated Cork crushed granulated Cork screening mechanisms.

Systems of granules of crushed Cork, according to specified dimensions and density.

Equipment and applications thereof.

Uses and applications of equipment for refining of particles of Cork.

5. drying of granules of Cork machines and equipment used. Tooling. Means of production.

Adjustment of parameters (temperature, relative humidity of the air and the time).

Drying programmes. Types. Uses and applications.

Control of the humidity of each piece.

The process conditions.

6 agglomerated Cork concept. Structure. Characteristics of used Cork as a raw material. Techniques. Types and qualities.

Cork powder aspiration. Concept. Applications. Methods. Equipment and maintenance services.

Agglomerated Cork bars. Concept. Features. Process of obtaining. Methods. (Obtaining, cutting and sanding). Equipment and maintenance services.

Independent caps mould.

Extrusion of granulated Cork. Concept. Methods. Process parameters. Equipment and maintenance services.

Glues and additives: features. Applications. Dosage for preparing adhesive mixtures.

Quality control in process of obtaining of agglomerated Cork Stoppers. Factors of influence in relation to the product and processes.

Legislation in the obtaining of granules.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the manufacture of Cork Stoppers agglomerated, that will be credited by using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 3: completion of corks level: 1 code: MF0159_1 associated with UC: finish the corks duration: 120 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: carry out the operations of cleaning, preparation and maintenance of first level of machinery and equipment used in machines of termination of Cork Stoppers.

CE1.1 recognize the operation, Constitution and safety devices on machinery and equipment used in the completion of corks CE1.2 describe the operations of maintenance and periodic replacement of elements of the processing machinery.

CE1.3 identify first-level equipment maintenance operations and execute them according to relevant manuals or instructions.

CE1.4 describe the operations of maintenance and periodic replacement of elements of the machinery in the process of washing and drying of Cork Stoppers.

CE1.5 cleaning of machines, equipment and areas, achieving levels required at completion of corks machines.

CE1.6 explain anomalies or major operating problems more frequently, during operation of the equipment used in the completion of Cork Stoppers, identifying the correction indicated in each case.

CE1.7 in a practical course of maintenance of equipment in the manufacture of caps, discs and caps multipiezas of natural cork, from given conditions:-replace items of equipment and installations at the time and condition marked by the maintenance plan.

-Carry out the maintenance of use and replace elements of the different teams and motion systems and materials.

-Keep the conditions of cleaning and environmental protection of the different spaces.

-Adapt production equipment to the requirements of the process to run.

C2: Define characteristics of the equipment of compressed Cork Stoppers, according to quality criteria and characteristics of Stoppers, glues and additives.

CE2.1 calculate quantities of Cork Stoppers at colmatar, glues and powdered Cork, on the basis of proportions determined between these elements, to feed colmatadoras machines.

CE2.2 describe the process of compressed Cork Stoppers, according to quality criteria and characteristics of Stoppers, glues and additives.

CE2.3 specify the inherent risks associated with the process of compressed Cork Stoppers.

C3: Carry out operations of washing and drying of Cork Stoppers, operating with the specific equipment.

CE3.1 describe the process of washing and drying of Cork Stoppers, according to established norms, products and their solutions to use as well as of the same time.

CE3.2 explain the risks associated with the operations of washing and drying of Cork Stoppers.

CE3.3 in a practical course of washing and drying of Cork Stoppers; from given conditions:-obtain appropriate solutions of cleaning of Cork Stoppers established products.

-Manipulate controls of machines for the washing of corks, according to criteria of dissolution and set times.

-Manipulate controls of drying equipment of corks, according to criteria set in terms of temperature and relative humidity.

C4: Classify plugs for its subsequent packaging and dispatch, complying with the applicable rules.

CE4.1 describe the process of classification and marking of plugs, products to use, according to their characteristics of manufacturing as well as the customer's request.

CE4.2 manual sorting caps by their types and characteristics, in accordance with the corresponding note of order, rejecting those who do not comply.

CE4.3 determine the risks inherent in the process of classification and marking of caps CE4.4 in a practical course of classification, marking and surface treatment of Cork Stoppers; from given conditions - feed and handle caps sorters, programming his performance depending on orders.

-Manipulate machines marked or stained caps, in accordance with conditions laid down.

-Manipulating machines of lubricated plugs, in accordance with conditions laid down.

C5: Describe the performance of Accountants of plugs packing machines.

CE5.1 describe the process of packing and counted plugs, evaluating conditions of packed and protection.

CE5.2 specify the operation of caps, in accordance with conditions laid down packing machines.

CE5.3 specify Stoppers packaging process inherent risks and environmental protection.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.7; C3 on CE3.3; C4 on CE4.4.

Other skills: be responsible for the work that develops.

Comply with the rules of production set by the organization.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Respect the procedures and the internal rules of the organization.

Get used to the pace of work of the organization.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Contents: 1. simple operations of adjustment and Assembly of interchangeable elements and maintenance of machines of completion of corks adjustment of interchangeable elements: drums cylindrical colmatar and washing, electric motor, photoelectric cells, gas injectors, electric resistances, porta-tapones rosettes, abrasive pellets, shafts, bands of sand, abrasive stones.

Completion of corks equipment cleaning Protocol.

Mount items.

Measuring equipment and control parameters.

Maintenance of equipment, machines and facilities, most common problems in the process of semi-finishing of caps Cork.

Operating anomalies. Features.

Typology of faults.

Different causes that determine problems in systems.

Detection of worn or damaged elements.


Correction of simple anomalies affecting the operation.

Replacement of damaged or worn simple elements.

Lubrication and cleaning; Regulation and adjustment.

Put on the verge of machines.

2. previous completion of corks washing and drying operations. Machines and equipment used in the washing and drying of Cork Stoppers.

Technical specifications of the washing and drying.

Compressed. Concept. Purpose. Methods. Machines and equipment used in the compressed plugs.

Technical specifications of the at.

Coating.

Machines and equipment used in the coating. Technical specifications of the coating.

Chosen. Machines and equipment used in the chosen.

Technical specifications of the chosen (coating defects).

Stuck heads (for big heads plugs).

Machines and equipment used in the bonding of heads. Technical specifications of the bonding of the heads.

3. plugs plugs marking surface treatment and finishing operations. Machines and equipment used in the markup. Products to use: ink and fire. Types, uses and applications.

Surface treatment of the plugs. Machines and equipment used in surface treatment. Technical specifications (paraffin and silicone).

Counting and packaging, and transport of plugs. Machines and equipment used in counting and packing and transportation of plugs.

Technical specifications in the counting and packing and transportation of plugs. Inventory control. Control plans.

Management of waste and effluents.

Cork dust extraction systems. Equipment and applications thereof.

Transport and treatment of waste and effluents. Applicable environmental plan.

Quality control in process of completion of Cork Stoppers. Factors of influence in relation to the product and processes. Regulations applicable to the finished Cap.

Products in contact with food regulations.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the completion of corks, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

Annex II professional skill: Installation of furniture family professional: wood, furniture, and Cork level: 2 code: MAM059_2 general competence: install modular and custom furniture planning works and performing installation, and finishing operations on location with the quality required under conditions of safety, occupational health and environmental protection.

Units of competency: UC0163_2: planning system, collection of materials, machines and tools UC0164_2: compose and fix the furniture and make complementary facilities UC0165_2: check the performance and ensure the setting and finishing environment professional: scope professional: develops his professional activity in the production department, dedicated to marketing and installation of furniture, in entities of a private nature , in large companies, medium-sized, small, by employed or self-employed person. It develops its activity depending on, where appropriate, functional and/or hierarchical from a superior. You may have staff occasionally, seasonally or stable. In the development of the professional activity apply the principles of universal accessibility in accordance with the applicable legislation.

Productive sectors: It is located in the productive sector of the wood, in the Assembly and installation of joinery and furniture subsectors.

Occupations and relevant jobs: the terms of the following list of occupations and jobs are used with generic and all-inclusive nature of women and men.

Assemblers of similar materials and wood products assemblers: Cabinet-makers and related workers assemblers installers of furniture as and cabinets installers fitters of furniture of kitchen and bathrooms adjusters furniture repair technicians in management and planning of furniture training associate (540 hours) training modules: MF0163_2: installation of furniture (150 hours) MF0164_2 projects: facilities of furniture (270 hours) MF0165_2 : Fit and finish of furniture (120 hours) unit of competition 1 facilities: installation planning, collection of materials, machines and tools level: 2 code: UC0163_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: obtain sketches, plans and templates from the measurements made to define the installation of furniture and auxiliaries.

CR 1.1 data required for drawing the sketch, definition drawings or templates to develop are obtained from measurements, using the tools established for that purpose.

1.2 CR required information (simple drawings, sketches, diagrams with measurements, construction solutions, listing requests of the customer, among others) is obtained from measurements taken in accordance with the tastes of the client, to define the installation of furniture solutions.

1.3 CR drawings and templates, are drawn with obtained data and measures to produce furniture and auxiliaries installation solutions.

CR 1.4 definition of installation and simple complementary planes, are drawn so that they collect data, measurements and details (location of elements, constructive solutions), which enable decision-making and prior approval of the customer.

CR 1.5 installation to be carried out, is determined from information obtained from levels of definition of furniture and auxiliaries, and depending on the type of installation (kitchen, bathroom, custom cabinet, furniture for public spaces, among others).

CR 1.6 required templates, are drawn, made drawings and installation needs, addressing mounting installation demanded by the customer, collecting measures, differences and curvatures among others.

CR 1.7 installation data are gathered, planning it according to the typology (kitchen, bathroom, custom cabinet, furniture for public spaces, among others), complying with the applicable rules of occupational safety.

CR 1.8 listing of the installation media is made based on the requirements and needs of the installation mounting.

2 RP: Prepare materials and tools, making maintenance and equipment according to established criteria for the installation of furniture and auxiliaries.

CR 2.1 templates are produced from the sketch, in carton or wooden ocumen, by machining real scale.

CR 2.2 notebooks and tools required for the installation are selected according to the type of installation (kitchen, bathroom, custom cabinet, furniture for public spaces, among others) and the characteristics of the same (space, environmental features, access, among others).

CR 2.3 maintenance of first level of machinery and equipment used in the installation of furniture and auxiliaries, is conducted in the manner and frequency indicated in the user manual, provided by the manufacturer, following the guidelines set in the maintenance card, performing security, labor, environmental health and quality standards.

CR 2.4 materials required for the installation of furniture and auxiliaries, is selected based on the use and functionality, according to technical criteria, required by the client, as specified in the installation project.

CR 2.5 list of expendable materials, tools and equipment for the installation of furniture and auxiliaries, is made from the forecast, according to the type of installation, taking into account anticipated needs and the request made to the suppliers ensuring not omitted anything.

CR 2.6 list of parts and materials that make up the installation of furniture, is elaborated, taking into account anticipated needs and the request made to the suppliers, including the furniture and pieces of what is installed.

CR 2.7 the collection of materials, tools and equipment specified, is carried out taking into account the lists of parts, materials, tools and equipment.

3 RP: Carry out transportation of furniture, tools and equipment to the place of installation media established, depending on the material to be transported, accordance with applicable environmental and labour risk prevention.

CR 3.1 means of transport are selected, responding to criteria of ability, safety and access to the place of installation.


CR 3.2 furniture, equipment and tools are charged with the handling of loads media established, taking into account the order of discharge and balance of volumes and weights.

CR 3.3 load is fixed, whereas the route, the type of material and its physical and surface properties.

CR 3.4 load is transported in accordance with the same planning, meeting schedules and the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention.

3.5 CR furniture, equipment and tools are downloaded with the media's handling of loads, positioning them in the established place, taking into account the requirements of the installation, complying with the rules of environmental and labour risk prevention.

CR 3.6 load, download and transport are carried out with the use of equipment of protection individual (PPE) and required conditions of safety, occupational health and environmental protection.

Professional context: means of production: tools and utensils drawing and layout. Equipment and tools for data collection, measurement. Hardware and software computer for generation of plans and sketches. Basic tools for the production of templates. Useful for the maintenance and implementation of tools. Elements of transport and handling of loads. Personal protective equipment.

Products and results: sketches, drawings and templates from measurements. Tools and materials ready. Transportation of furniture, tools and equipment to the place of installation.

Used or generated information: projects, drawings and technical manuals of products. Catalogues. Lists of supplies and tools. Lists of furniture and ancillaries and parts of issues orders. Documentation of means of transport and handling of cargo. Applicable risk prevention, and environmental standards.

Unit 2 competition: COMPOSE and set the furniture and make the facilities complementary level: 2 code: UC0164_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: rethink the installation of furniture and auxiliary elements, at the place of location, to make supplementary facilities.

CR 1.1 checking the place of installation (location, measurements, components), is made by considering the fulfilment of the conditions of the project.

CR 1.2 the reconsideration of the installation is controlled depending on the type of furniture (kitchen, bathroom, custom cabinet, furniture for public spaces, among others), correcting possible deviations and noting possible incidents.

CR 1.3 review of complementary facilities (location, powers, skills), is controlled, checking the coincidence with reflected in the project.

RP 2: Locate the furniture in the intended location, according to specifications laid down in the installation project, to carry out supplementary facilities, security, labor, environmental health applicable standards.

2.1 CR protections and packaging are removed, checking the State of furniture and auxiliary elements and noting possible incidents.

CR 2.2 protections are removed by grouping them by type of material (plastic, cardboard, among others), for recycling and disposal.

CR 2.3 the required installation, furniture components are positioned near the place of final location, taking into account architectural features, facilities and which hinders not the post-installation tasks.

CR 2.4 elements of the furniture are placed on floors and walls free of dirt, in optimal conditions (without humidity, cracks, leaks), taking into account the Assembly drawing and specifications.

CR 2.5 location of pipes (electricity, water, air, telephony, data network, piped music) is carried out with the technical means and devices to avoid incidents during the positioning of fastenings (plugs, brackets, among others).

3 RP: Secure elements of carpentry and furniture, to conform to the installation drawing and to the memory of qualities, depending on the type of furniture (kitchen, bathroom, custom home, furniture for public spaces, among others) for the installation of additional facilities, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 3.1 wall mounting systems are determined, considering the support base, as plates, plasterboard, brick, tile, plaster, concrete, among others, and the type of furniture.

CR 3.2 different parts of the installation are unite, following the order established with the required attachments, according to the features of the unit, using established tools, applying pressure and taking into account, resistance load, mobility and deformations in its structural elements.

CR 3.3 mounting and fixing elements of carpentry and furniture is made, depending on the type of installation (kitchen, bathroom, custom cabinet, furniture for public spaces, among others), using the techniques for each type.

3.4 CR linear elements (countertop, socket, Crest, portaluz, cornices, among others) and the decorative (moldings, sconces, among others) are attached to the installation, adapting to the furniture.

CR 3.5 fixing of elements of carpentry and furniture operations, are performed without that architectural elements and facilities suffer damage, allowing repairs and subsequent revisions.

3.6 CR elements of carpentry and mueblen are set, using the (PPE) personal protective equipment required and complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational and environmental health.

4 RP: Prepare the furniture for external mounting of the complementary elements, in collaboration with other facilities, following the techniques of each process, complying with the applicable rules.

4.1 CR installations that require specific qualifications (basic kitchen appliances, tv, video, sound, telephone, equipment among others), other than that is collected in this, are undertaken by the specialist personnel, depending on the type of installation, although if help in simple activities.

CR 4.2 furniture that requires complementary facilities (kitchen appliances, recessed downlights health, equipment tv, video, audio, telephony, among others) is prepared according to the requirements of the project, allowing repairs and hotfix using (PPE) personal protective equipment, fulfilling the applicable safety standards.

CR 4.3 the external Assembly of additional elements (kitchen appliances, sanitary recessed downlights, among others), is carried out, in collaboration with other facilities, complying with the rules, according to the requirements of the project.

5 RP: Prepare the furniture, according to Assembly instructions, to place the fittings and accessories, security, labor, environmental health applicable standards.

CR 5.1 installed furniture items are prepared according to a project for the placement of fittings and accessories (handles, glass, among others) required.

CR 5.2 tools used in the placement of fittings and accessories are selected according to established requirements.

CR 5.3 hardware and accessories at the furniture, are mounted according to Assembly instructions without causing damage to the components of the mounted installation, using (PPE) personal protective equipment, fulfilling the applicable safety standards.

Professional context: means of production: hand and electro-portable tools. Sets and prefabricated subassemblies. Fasteners, fittings & hardware. Optical, laser and detectors of electrical installations, water pipes and other levels.

Products and results: reconsideration of the installation of furniture and auxiliaries, carried out. Location of the furniture in the intended place. Elements of carpentry and furniture, are fixed. Made preparation of the furniture to the outside mount of the complementary elements.

Used or generated information: projects, drawings and installation manuals. Incidents and installation sheet. Rules applicable for prevention of risks, and environmental.

UNIT of competition 3: check the operation and make them operations of adjustment and finished level: 2 code: UC0165_2 realizations professional and criteria of realization: RP 1: adjust them components assembled and hardware in the installation of the furniture, for get the fixing of them elements, fulfilling them standards of safety, health labor, environmental applicable.

CR 1.1 them tools and media used in the operations of adjustment, assembled and finished, are selected according to criteria established.

CR 1.2 the components of the installation of the furniture is adjusted, acquiring them tolerances maximum indicated in the project.

CR 1.3 them hardware installed in the furniture is fit, checking the operation of those mechanisms.

CR 1.4 them components of the installation of the furniture, is verified in set, observing that is get the aesthetic to the rest of the project, according to requirements.

RP 2: review the installation of furniture, verifying the adjustment and Assembly to check the performance of the furniture installed.

CR 2.1 parts which form part of the furniture are checked, verifying Assembly and its adjustment to the established in the project.

CR 2.2 installation of furniture moving parts are checked, checking its operation and its setting with the characteristics defined in the project's closing, opening, separation, adjustment and linearity, among others.


3 RP: Carried out checks on the installation of furniture, verifying that they are reached the benefits described in the project, carry out the final review of the finish, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 3.1 installed elements are retouched manually, getting fit, performance and finish, according to the final termination described in the project.

CR 3.2 potentially toxic finish products are prepared in the place required, complying with the rules of labor and environmental risk prevention.

CR 3.3 setting the area restored with respect to adjacent areas, checks, verifying parameters of vivacity, clarity and tone adjustment, applying the final finish, if there is no harmony in the whole.

CR 3.4 reviewing the damage sustained in installation of furniture elements for transportation and installation is done, reaching benefits and design established initially in the project.

CR 3.5 incidents detected, due to transport and installation, are recorded on the sheet of incidences for the assessment by the head.

CR 3.6 delivery and compliance with the installation, as well as the satisfaction survey notes are signed and/or they completed by the customer, after the detailed explanation of the same and the verification of the correspondence with the project.

Professional context: means of production: checking and adjusting tools. Markers and repairers. Varnishes of wrist, brushes, rags, sandpaper and aluminum or steel wool pads. Wax colours and dyes Basic, useful, products and elements for manual application.

Products and results: operations of fit and finish. Review of installation of furniture. Checks carried out for the review of the finish.

Used or generated information: safety of finishing products and technical sheets. With rules of safety for additional facilities. Summary of installation work file. Technical specifications of the applied products. Sheet of incidents. Satisfaction survey. Delivery notes and notes and conformity. Applicable risk prevention, and environmental standards.

TRAINING module 1: installation of furniture level projects: 2 code: MF0163_2 associated with UC: planning the system, collection of materials, machines and tools duration: 150 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: describing the processes of the project of installation of furniture, according to the phases of installation.

CE1.1 recognize the different types of installations of furniture that can be (kitchen, bathroom, home and wardrobe made-to-measure furniture for public spaces).

CE1.2 describe the different phases of the project, linking them together.

CE1.3 relate the media involved in the installation of furniture.

CE1.4 Recognizing the importance of the different phases of the installation of furniture (taking data, design, transport, installation and adjustment).

C2: Interpret drawings, representing and characterizing the space where is carried out in the installation of furniture and perform the necessary data collection.

CE2.1 interpret sketches, drawings to scale, and distributions to infer the type of installation.

CE2.2 identify signs and conventional symbols used in the representation of electrical installations, gas and plumbing.

CE2.3 in a practical course of elaboration of sketches, starting from a given project:-sizing up the insides of walls, voids and pillars.

-Sized devices or elements to integrate into the construction or installation (radiators, electrical appliances, decorative items).

-Set angles, curves and surface irregularities.

-Position the elements of the installation (light points, switches, outlets, faucets, drains, vents).

-Obtain other data necessary for the preparation of proposals, such as color of the walls, wood's existing carpentry, plaster mouldings, as well as possibilities of fixing elements.

CE2.4 make life-size templates playing forms, details and complicated angles.

CE2.5 draw maps to scale (floor, elevation, sections, details) needed to define the space.

C3: Planning the system, determining processes and defining constructive solutions on plane.

CE3.1 prepare Workstreams (layout, preparation of equipment, installation, adjustment and locking operations) characterizing the process, relating them with portable machines, tools and helpful employees.

CE3.2 in a practical course of planning system, starting from a given conditions:-select the type of installation (kitchen, bathroom, home and wardrobe made-to-measure furniture for public spaces).

-Justify the proposed solution.

-Carry out the design and style.

-Determine the basic characteristics and qualities of the materials to be used.

-Determine the surface finish, the installation system and the duration of the works.

CE3.3 define the most suitable installation system for the solution adopted.

CE3.4 achieve optimal times of execution, and human resources.

CE3.5 define the hardware and accessories according to the purpose, use and aesthetics of the project.

C4: Analyzing the collection of materials, making the list of cutting enabling your manufacturing or supply outside.

CE4.1 request orders of material by setting deadlines.

CE4.2 make lists of cutting on the basis to the family of products or by-products.

CE4.3 select suppliers of those materials to supply based on its quality, cataloging, assessment and Service post-sale.

C5: rating the tools and accessories needed, specifying its characteristics.

CE5.1 in a so-called practical of selection of media to perform the installation, starting from some conditions given:-select useful and tools, defining the sequence of use.

-Select devices of security and control.

-Select machines, depending on the project.

-Establish relation and sequence of pieces to install and compose.

CE5.2 establish tools manual based on the type of installation.

CE5.3 Select media auxiliary (devices of lighting, extendable to tomas of current) depending on the media in work.

CE5.4 Select machines electro-portable, useful and tools depending on the different operations of installation.

C6: Select transportation to work, according to the type of goods to be transported, complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention.

CE6.1 recognize the media's handling of loads, 'pallet' characteristics, types of forklift trucks, fork-lift trucks, based on needs in the loading and unloading and to access to the place of installation.

CE6.2 identify the means of transport of goods on the basis of the product to be transported, fragility, volume, weight and distance.

CE6.3 in a practical course of transport of materials, from given conditions:-choose the means of fastening of loads, depending on the characteristics of the material (brittleness, dimensions).

-Provide for the use of transportation with cranes or elevators in the event of complicated access or lifts are not available.

-Download in the place of installation, avoiding unnecessary travel, whenever possible.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C2 with respect to CE2.3; C3 on CE3.2; C5 regarding CE5.1; C6 with respect to CE6.3.

Other capabilities: keep the work area with the degree of order and cleanliness required by the organization.

Communicate effectively with the right people at any given time, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Responsible for the work that develops.

Adapt to the Organization, to its organisational and technological changes; as well as to new contexts or situations.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Respect the procedures and internal rules of the organization.

Contents: 1. Drawing applied to the installation technician, flat mounting to define the installation of furniture parts and sets of furniture.

Representation and normalization. Dimensioning.

Assembly drawings.

Architectural plans of distribution and facilities of places and spaces.

Installation drawing of furniture (kitchen, bathroom, home and wardrobe made-to-measure furniture for public spaces).

Electricity, gas and plumbing installations. Signs and symbols conventional.

Furniture installations. Types and characteristics of facilities.

Parameters and conditions of the installation site.

Obtaining direct measures.

To take into account supplementary facilities.

Distribution of spaces and facilities plans.

Interpretation of drawings: scales and measures.

Symbols specific and supplementary facilities.

Techniques of drawing of plans for the installation of furniture.

Measurement tools. Features. Application.

Systems of representation (Knight, among others).

Drawing freehand on the place of installation, with corresponding dimensions.

Sketch of possible constructive solutions.

Representation in courts, sections and details.

Standards applicable to the installation of furniture.

Drawing of simple drawings and furniture Assembly templates. Drawing using computer tools.

Regulations applicable to the taking of data, measurements and sketches for the installation of furniture.

2. preparation of templates, tools, and materials for the installation of furniture


Item of furniture templates. Types, characteristics and purpose.

Tracing and cutting techniques. Equipment and tooling.

Specific software for design and cut.

Equipment, tools and supplies for the Assembly of furniture installations. Types and features.

Use and maintenance.

Materials used in the manufacture of furniture.

Woods. Properties and applications. Commercial presentations.

Consumables for the Assembly of furniture elements. Type, features and applications.

3. Organization of the work of installation tasks. Timing. Coordination.

Materials and products. Transport and handling.

Preparation of the work. Measuring and marking. Setting out at work.

Machines, tooling and tools used in installation.

Supplementary facilities. Specific characteristics of the installation site.

4. transport of materials for the installation of used furniture to transport location. Rates and carrying capacity.

Characteristics of the access to the place of installation.

Characteristics of the products to be transported. Applicable municipal regulations.

Loading and unloading of pieces and elements for the installation of furniture.

Packaging and protection from the elements that require it.

Machines and equipment used in the intermediate carriage.

Attach the load to the means of transport, according to fragility, balance of the masses and weights of materials and tools.

Rules of prevention of occupational hazards and applicable regulations.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the planning of the installation, the collection of materials, machines and tools, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of at least 5 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 2: furniture level facilities: 2 code: MF0164_2 associated with UC: compose and fix the furniture and make complementary facilities duration: 270 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: check the installation site, comparing it with the project.

CE1.1 in a practical course for review of an installation, starting from a given conditions:-check the work and project data.

-Check that the architectural elements are reflected in the project.

-Check that the complementary facilities can be conducted without major incidents.

-Check that the color of walls, wood existing woodworking and possibilities of fixing elements are consistent with the project and are compatible for installation.

-Perform the work noting the standards of occupational safety and health.

C2: Place the furniture and auxiliary elements in the place of installation, following the specifications of the project, complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention.

CE2.1 in a practical case of location of furniture, from given conditions:-remove packaging and protections, checking the State of furniture and auxiliary elements, noting the incidents.

-Group packaging and protections, making their classification for subsequent recycling and disposal.

-Perform the positioning of pieces of furniture, placing them close to the final place of installation, respecting the architectural elements, installations and to facilitate the subsequent tasks.

-Perform the location of lines (electricity, water, air, telephony, data, piped music network), using the necessary devices, avoiding incidents to make the bindings.

C3: Carry out the composition, performing installation drawings and Bill of materials.

CE3.1 in a practical course of element composition of carpentry, starting from a given conditions:-carry out the composition on the basis of the project, using the specified materials.

-Check the installation drawing to indicate the exact location of the placement.

-Check that materials correspond to stated without that are missing nothing.

-Perform the composition, whereas the characteristics of the parts (sense and shape of the grain, hardness, colour).

-Check that the cleaning of the work corresponds with the minimum required and allows the start of work.

C4: Fix the composition according to the specifications of the project.

CE4.1 in a practical course, starting from a given conditions:-perform the fixing of parts with precision and without causing damage, orienting them correctly and respecting the established aesthetic conditions.

-Select tools and useful considering your suitability for the job.

-Carry out the installation and mounting of auxiliary elements depending on the type of installation (kitchen, bathroom, home and custom cabinets, furniture for public spaces).

-Check the bindings to be used are the suitable for the type of bracket base on which are installed (plaster, brick, tile, 'plates of plasterboard') and support the loads to which they are subjected without problems.

-Make connections so they allow modifications where necessary and to the extent possible.

-Installing the linear elements (countertop, copete, plinth, cornice, portaluz) and the decorative (moldings, sconces), adapting to the furniture and level of finish required in the project.

-Establishing occupational health and safety measures to adopt in the manipulation of elements, depending on the technical sheets.

C5: Carry out the placement of fittings, accessories and determine the operations.

CE5.1 in a practical course of placement of hardware, from given conditions:-check that the hardware and its mechanisms not rust or damage affecting his performance.

-Check that the fittings are installed, following the instructions and specifications of technical documentation.

-Make the choice of the tools used in the placement of fittings and accessories according to established requirements.

-Perform locking hardware, through the pressure, ensuring proper operation and avoiding tears which weaken the strength of the elements.

C6: Carry out the preparation of furniture for complementary elements mounting and installation of such collaboration.

CE6.1 in a practical course of preparation of furniture, from given conditions:-carry out preparation furniture requiring additional facilities (countertops, recessed downlights linear, kitchen appliances, sanitary items, tv, video, sound and telephony equipment), allowing easy access for future revisions and repairs.

-Carry out the necessary cooperation requiring additional facilities (countertops, recessed downlights linear, kitchen appliances, sanitary items, tv, video, sound and telephony equipment), coordinating tasks them, and times according to the requirements of the project.

-Perform the preparation of furniture that requires supplementary facilities, meeting the requirements of the project, and the regulations in force.

C7: Carry out complementary facilities according to the specifications.

CE7.1 in a practical course of complementary facilities, starting from a given conditions:-check that the working base of the work is carried out according to specifications and allows necessary modification or enlargement.

-Check that the setting materials are attached to base material without losses in its security.

-Conditional installations rushing to that do not affect safety.

-Carry out the operations to comply with the applicable rules of occupational health and safety.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 full; Full C2; Complete C3; Complete C4; C5 complete; Complete C6; Complete C7.

Other capabilities: keep the work area with the degree of order and cleanliness required by the organization.

Communicate effectively with the right people at any given time, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Responsible for the work that develops.

Adapt to the Organization, to its organisational and technological changes; as well as to new contexts or situations.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Respect the procedures and internal rules of the organization.

Contents: 1. technical drawing applied to the installation of carpentry and furniture flat architectural distribution and facilities of places and spaces.

Flat of installation of carpentry and furniture.

Representation of compositions of furniture.

Symbolism of facilities.

2. layout of the installation of the furniture in the place of location verification of data in the place of installation.


Data collection. Use of instruments.

General reference dimensions from floor and ceiling.

References and marks, complementary indications.

State of the place of installation of furniture: moisture, electrical installations, location, among others.

Characteristics of the project.

Conditions of installation of the furniture.

Parameters: dimensions, levelling and verticality.

Setting out at work.

Elements to rethink.

3 placement of preparation furniture furniture components used in the installation.

Cleaning and preparation of the installation site.

Placement of elements of the furniture on floors and walls.

Check squareness, horizontality, verticality techniques. Useful.

Interpretation of the documentation for assembling furniture and technical specifications related to the placement of furniture.

Characteristics of the pieces of furniture to make the composition: sense, shape of the grain, hardness, colour, among others.

4. installation of the furniture in place of location fixing of furniture.

Characteristics of hardness, resistance, fixing of the products that are part of the furnishings stand: 'plasterboard', bricks, tiles, gypsum.

Terms of levelling and verticality of the walls and floors.

Characteristics of the furniture to the bracket fixing.

Installation in situ of modular furniture and accessories: preparation work. Techniques and instruments.

Modular furniture installation: nomenclature, characteristics types, functions, Assembly.

Adhesives used in the Assembly of modular furniture. Characteristics, types and uses. Quality control. Standards.

Different systems of union furniture, depending on the material base (types of tacos, tortilla factory, among other types).

Features modular furniture installation: factors involved, assessment of quality. Elements to consider.

Systems installation and adjustment at modules high, low, beds, bunk beds, wardrobes, tables. Perpendicularity, alignment, square. Quality control.

5 Assembly and installation of elements of auction clearances modular furniture modular furniture installation: location, redistribution, needs.

Techniques of checking scantlings, horizontality and verticality. Useful.

Drilling in work mounting: wall, floor, tiled, and furniture to install: marking locations.

Stapling, nailing and screwing: description, applications and application technology.

Assembly of crystals. Technique.

Tools used in the installation of the furniture: types, description, operation and maintenance.

Manual machines and power tool used in the installation of the furniture.

6. collaboration in the editing of the verification of the characteristics of complementary facilities furniture plant.

Characteristics of complementary facilities (electricity, sound, ventilation and plumbing). Location, powers and capabilities.

Preparation of the furniture for the installation of additional facilities. Dialing locations.

Clubhouse facilities locking operations.

7. placement of fittings and accessories in furniture fittings and accessories, features.

Hardware and attachment systems for installation in work of modular furniture.

Types of hardware: mobile and fixed joints.

Description, applications and technology application and setting.

Systems work: assessment, load effort.

Documentation, catalogs.

Hardware installation: tools used in the placement of fittings and accessories.

Installation of fittings. Fixing of fittings.

Choice and use of template on the mounting hardware.

8. quality in installation of carpentry and furniture quality of installation. Factors involved.

Assessment of the quality. Elements to be considered.

9. legislation applicable of prevention of risks labour applicable in facilities of furniture conditions of work and security.

Measures of prevention and protection. Factors of risk.

First aid. Actions to take. Measures.

Parameters of context of it training: spaces and facilities: them spaces e facilities will give response, in form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop of practices, laboratory or space singular, to them needs training, in accordance with the context professional established in the unit of competition associated, taking in has the normative applicable of the sector productive, prevention of risks, health labor, accessibility universal and protection environmental.

Profile professional of the trainer or forming: 1. domain of them knowledge and them technical related with the composition and the fixing of the furniture and the effected of them facilities complementary, that is credited by an of them two forms following:-training academic of level 1 (frame Spanish of qualifications for it education top) or of others of upper level related with the field professional.

-Professional experience of at least 5 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 3: adjust and finish of facilities of furniture: 2 code: MF0165_2 associated with UC: check the operation and carry out the operations of fit and finish duration: 120 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: adjusting the fittings according to project specifications.

CE1.1 in a practical course of adjustment of hardware, from given conditions:-adjust hardware according to technical documentation and charges upon request.

-Check the tolerances of the opening systems are carried out based on their conditions of movement.

-Check the installation hardware set, noting that he gets the aesthetics with the rest of the project.

C2: Check the operation of the hardware in the installed furniture.

CE2.1 in a practical course of verification of the performance of hardware, from given conditions:-check that loads and weights to endure are spread all the fastening systems leaving the solid one-piece Assembly.

-Verify the operation of moving parts, leaving it adjusted but warning the customer that once loaded the furniture may be needed a final adjustment.

-Check the technical information to the customer for possible consultations.

C3: Perform review, repair, using techniques specific to each case.

CE3.1 specify how it would carry out repair: bumps, scratches and imperfections.

CE3.2 describe safety conditions on potentially toxic finishes in the preparation and application operations.

CE3.3 recognize materials review based on the finish that is pursued.

C4: Check that the completed installation complies with the specifications of the project, performing occurrences and necessary documentation.

CE4.1 in a practical course of testing the installation, starting from a given conditions:-record the incidents detected, due to transport and installation, indicating the solutions that have been proposed.

-Deliver the note of receipt of goods and compliance of the installation, to be signed by the customer, checking the correspondence with the project.

-Deliver satisfaction customer survey, for your completion and submission to the company.

-Perform clean installation (doors, glass and furniture inside) checking that they are ready to deliver to the client.

-Carry out the cleaning of the place of installation (floor and walls) by checking that it is ready to deliver to the client.

-Collect and separate the waste for subsequent recycling.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 full; Full C2; C4 complete.

Other capabilities: keep the work area with the degree of order and cleanliness required by the organization.

Communicate effectively with the right people at any given time, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Responsible for the work that develops.

Adapt to the Organization, to its organisational and technological changes; as well as to new contexts or situations.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Respect the procedures and internal rules of the organization.

Contents: 1. setting of the components assembled in the installation of furniture fit and Assembly of furniture. Characteristics of adjustment and Assembly of furniture.

Assembly techniques.

Parameters and conditions of the Assembly. Tolerances.

Compliance with the aesthetics of furniture set.

Tools and means used in the adjustment and Assembly of furniture. Types and features.

Hand tools and electro portable. Instruments of measures and leveling (meter, gauge, level).

Materials used in the adjustment and Assembly of furniture. Types and features. Glues, adhesives and silicones.

2. verification of the functioning of the installed furniture furniture Assembly verification.

Final check of mounting techniques. Flatness, squareness, scantling, location, horizontality and verticality.

Verification of hardware setting.

Final State of the hardware setting.

Adjustment of gaps and differences in hardware. Techniques and equipment.

Check the moving parts of the furniture.

Characteristics of the movable parts of the furniture.


Mechanisms and performances. Closing, opening, adjustment and linearity, among others.

3. the installation of furniture finish of installation of furniture finish.

Preparation of surfaces.

Repair of defects and brands. Technical manual finishing in the installation of the furniture.

Repair of surfaces. Techniques.

Sanding. Purpose. Techniques. Types of sandpaper and uses.

Caulk. Purpose. Application techniques.

Vacuuming and cleaning.

4. products and tools for finishing the installation of furniture products used in the processing and installation of furniture finish. Nomenclature.

Products manual finishing. Varnishes, dyes, among others.

Preparation of the installation of furniture finishing products.

Materials of retouching (putties, among others).

Cleaning products.

Tooling and machinery used in the finish.

Hand tools and electro portable for the finishing of the installation of the furniture. Use and maintenance.

5 Management documentation management administrative documentation (notes from delivery, installation compliance, satisfaction surveys.

Management parts of incidents.

6. applicable regulations of prevention of labour risks, associated with the fit and finish of furniture installations working and safety conditions.

Environmental conditions for the application.

Risk factors. Prevention and protection measures.

First aid.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to verification of the operation and the carried out of the operations of fit and finish, will be credited by using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of at least 5 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

Annex III professional skill: Finish CARPENTRY and furniture professional family: wood, furniture, and Cork level: 2 code: MAM060_2 general competence: perform elements of carpentry and furniture finishes, preparing stands, dyes and finishing products, applying it by manual or mechanical means and controlling the drying process, in accordance with established procedures, required quality and safe occupational health and environmental protection.

Units of competency: UC0166_2: prepare support and develop products and equipment for the implementation of the UC0167_1 finish: application of finishing surface with mecanico-manuales media in carpentry and furniture UC0168_2 products: make the stained, finished decorative and special environment professional: scope professional: develops his professional activity in the production department in close relationship with the maintenance in wood industries units, and Cork engaged in manufacturing furniture and joinery elements or the application of finishing products in entities of private nature, companies large, medium and small companies both by employed or self-employed person. It develops its activity depending on, where appropriate, functional and/or hierarchical from a superior. You may have staff occasionally, seasonally or stable. In the development of the professional activity apply the principles of universal accessibility in accordance with the applicable legislation.

Productive sectors: It is located in the sector of manufacture of furniture, sub-sectors of manufacturing and installation of elements of carpentry and finish carpentry and furniture.

Occupations and relevant jobs: the terms of the following list of occupations and jobs are used with generic and all-inclusive nature of women and men.

Responsible for finishes section: pawns of the industry of wood and Cork Varnishers-lacadores of furniture or handicraft of wood Varnishers, applicators of dyes, funds and finishes, with manual and mechanical means (guns, machines for varnishing, electrostatic equipment) training associate (480 hours) training modules MF0166_2: preparation of media and products for the application of the finish (150 hours) MF0167_1 : Application of surface finishing products in carpentry and furniture (90 hours) MF0168_2: tinted, special and decorative finishes (240 hours) unit of competition 1: prepare the support and put to the products and equipment for application of the finished level: 2 code: UC0166_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: prepare equipment and finishing materials, packaging machines and tools for the application of finishing products in carpentry and furniture elements complying with the applicable rules of safety, labor, environmental health and quality.

CR 1.1 the application of finishing products in carpentry and furniture elements planned, using the technical specifications of production, considering the requirements of the product to obtain the material and procedures to be applied.

CR 1.2 tools, machines and equipment, such as: mechanical varnishing, guns, brushes and elements of verification, among others, required the application of finishing products in carpentry and furniture elements are selected, depending on the material to be applied and of the properties of the base support.

CR 1.3 tooling machines and finishing equipment, prepare, depending on the material to be applied and of the properties of the base, such as support: preparation and cleaning of brushes, programming, equipment application, placement of tools and settings, among others.

1.4 CR materials, for the application of the finishing products in elements of carpentry and furniture (varnishes, lacquers, among others), are selected, using the technical specifications of production, depending on the material to be applied and the properties of the base support.

CR 1.5 job checks, verifying that it is free from objects that hamper the work of application of finish carpentry items and furniture.

2 RP: Carry out maintenance at the first level the machines and finishing equipment, detecting possible faults and carrying out the adjustments, according to indications from the maintenance plan, for the application of finishing products in carpentry and furniture elements, complying with the applicable rules of safety, labor, environmental health and quality.

CR 2.1 maintenance of first level of machinery and equipment (adjustments, oil changes, among others) application of finishing products in carpentry and furniture elements, is carried out, in the manner and frequency specified in the user manual, provided by the manufacturer, following the guidelines set in the maintenance card, complying with the rules of safety , labor, environmental health and quality applicable.

CR 2.2 possible any damaged or defective parts in the equipment and machines for application of finishing products in elements of carpentry and furniture, such as: gun airbrush system airless lacquering, among others, robot are detected, acting according to instructions of maintenance of equipment.

CR 2.3 the replacement of parts or elements specified as Premier, machines and equipment for application of finishing products in carpentry and furniture elements (gun airbrushing, airless, robot coating, among others), is carried out, acting according to instructions of maintenance of equipment, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 2.4 operations relating to the maintenance of first level in machines and equipment application of finishing products in elements of carpentry and furniture, effected, is recorded, according to production process for the history of incidents.

3 RP: Remove stains or roughness of surfaces in elements of carpentry and furniture through sanding, applying mastic application of finishing products.

CR 3.1 the absence or presence of stains or roughness of the surfaces to be treated, she is proven, reviewing the State of the same, visually or touch, according to work requirements.

CR 3.2 carpentry and furniture with small defects, surfaces are corrected, by sanding, caulk, tuned rear PuTTY, using materials (sandpaper, putties, among others) and tools (spatula, among others), depending of the works to be carried out, according to technical data.

CR 3.3 previously sanded surfaces are checked, noting that the fineness and finish conforms to established characteristics.

3.4 CR the polluting products on surfaces to be treated (remnants of paint, among others), are eliminated, with application of degreasing products, fulfilling security, labor, environmental health and quality standards.


4 PR: Get products, mixtures for the implementation of the final finish on elements of carpentry and furniture surfaces, complying with the applicable rules of safety, labor, environmental health and quality.

4.1 CR products to apply in the finish of surfaces, such as: dyes, funds, finishes, solvents and others, selected, considering various aspects, such as: media and application possibilities, preferences of the customer, type of application surface: walls, ceilings and destination: inside or outside, among others, complying with the rules of each of the products.

CR 4.2 mix products to apply in the finish of surfaces (funds, dyes, finishes, among others), considering the compatibility of the materials and the manufacturer's instructions, conforming to the requirements of work.

CR 4.3 materials applied in the finish of surfaces are prepared, getting established through addition of solvent viscosity and verifying the State of conservation, in accordance with standards that dictate safety sheets for each product, complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational and environmental health.

Professional context: means of production: workpieces. Chemicals for spraying. Equipment (guns, brushes, mechanical coaters) application. Elements of verification (viscometer, hygrometer, stopwatch, scales, specimens). Technical and product safety sheets.

Products and results: finishing materials, preparations and equipment. Operations of maintenance of first level, machines and finishing equipment. Deleted spots or roughness of surfaces in carpentry and furniture elements. Mixtures of prepared finished products.

Used or generated information: technical sheets and product safety. Technical specifications of the equipment. Leaves manufacture. Rules of safety, labor, environmental health and quality.

UNIT of competition 2: make the application of products of finished surface with media MECANICO-MANUALES in CARPENTRY and Cabinet level: 1 code: UC0167_1 realizations professional and criteria of realization: RP 1: apply them products of finished with gun and others media manual, on surfaces of carpentry and furniture to get the finished established, fulfilling the normative applicable of security, health labor environmental and quality, according to instructions.

Finish products 1.1 CR: lacquers, varnishes, and auxiliary means of finishing surfaces of woodwork and auxiliary means: guns, brushes, rollers, among others, are prepared according to apply finish and available media.

CR 1.2 finish products are applied with machines, equipment and tools established, according to product type and finish to apply, in accordance with technical specifications, compliance with the applicable rules of safety, labor, environmental health and quality.

CR 1.3 varnishing product flow is controlled with viscometer, indicating, the addition or not, of solvents in order to facilitate the application, in accordance with the technical specifications.

CR 1.4 application of finished product is carried out, by means of manual operations and handling of tools and media, so as to obtain the result set.

1.5 CR applicator and parts which constitute it is checked, verifying they are in ideal conditions for utilization of the material and increase the quality of the application.

CR 1.6 applying the finish product quality is achieved, ensuring the parameters of pressure and flow through the visual control of the application.

2 RP: Apply from finishing automatic machines of continuous process, on surfaces of carpentry and furniture products, to obtain the finish established, fulfilling the applicable regulations, in occupational and environmental safety, following instructions.

CR 2.1 machines for the application of finishing products are regulated in accordance with the parameters set, according to the characteristics of the support and the material to be used, by controlling parameters of: speed and break of shade, among others.

CR 2.2 parts are placed in the finishing machines, making sure that you get an even flow of product, optimizing the process.

CR 2.3 the application of finishes with automatic machines of continuous process, conforms to the geometry of the parts and the parameters established in the production plan.

CR 2.4 deviations detected in the process of implementation of finishes with automatic machines of continuous process communicate, top manager.

3 RP: Run control actions in the implementation process of finishing automatic machines of continuous process products, joinery and furniture for the established finish, following instructions.

CR 3.1 parameters of the equipment used in the application of finishing products with automatic machines of continuous process, in carpentry and furniture are adjusted, depending on the product used, checking the evaporation of solvents and curing products.

CR 3.2 the constant flow of products to apply, takes place, maintaining control of levels, preventing disruptions in production.

CR 3.3 the finish product is applied, by controlling the environmental conditions of: temperature, renewal and clean air, proceeding to restore them in the event of diversion of the same, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 3.4 quality control over the application of finishing automatic machines of continuous process products, is carried out, according to established criteria.

3.5 CR equipment and accessories may be cleaned at the end of the work of application of finishing products, leaving them in conditions of use for later use.

4 RP: Separate waste from the product of finishing machines and tools used in the application of finishes, to carry out handling and treatment according to the established, following instructions.

CR 4.1 waste separation is carried out during the application process, at the end of this and with the frequency established in the production plan, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 4.2 waste are stored in containers in places previously established, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 4.3 handling of waste is carried out, using the individual means of protection and protections complying with the applicable rules.

Professional context: means of production: equipment of guns: airspray, 'airmix', 'airless', electrostatic, continuous machines: roller, curtain, application robots coaters. Tunnels and drying ovens convection or radiation (IR, UV). Air renewal application booths.

Products and results: finishing products, applied with spray gun and other manual means. Finished products applied with automatic machines of continuous process. Executed control actions to make the application process of finishing automatic machines of continuous process products. Waste separate from the product's finish.

Information used or generated: leaves technical and of security. Chips technical of the equipment. Tabs of results of control of quality. Parameters environmental. Leaves of incidents. Rules of prevention of risks labor and environmental and quality, applicable. Instructions of work.

Unit 3 competition: Make the stained finishes special and decorative level: 2 code: UC0168_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: apply the stained pieces of carpentry and furniture, with manual means or mechanics to achieve uniformity, consistency of color and differences between parts, complying with the applicable rules of safety, labor, environmental health and quality.

CR 1.1 the selected color dye, is obtained from chart colors or pattern, with the chemicals selected piece dosing them according to the expected key, getting a homogenization of the same.

CR 1.2 parts or furniture is impregnated with the base depending on the problems of the (resins, tannins, among others), support by checking whether a hand it is sufficient, for the results final, planned, or on the contrary, it is necessary, repeat the application.

CR 1.3 parts or furniture is impregnated with the dye specified manually, with brushes, brushes, among others, that the color is uniform on the entire piece, without stains and irregularities of tone, and must not exist significant differences between the different pieces that make up a set or series of them and taking into account the sequence of application getting different finishes.

CR 1.4 piece or furniture is impregnated with a dye selected either automated or mechanical, such as: robot of varnishing, guns guns, among others, getting that color is uniform across the entire piece or furniture, without spots and irregularities of tone, and there is no appreciable differences between the different pieces that make up a set or series of them and taking into account the sequence of application getting different finishes.

CR 1.5 drying applied on the piece or furniture dye, checks, checking and regulating drying parameters, such as: time, speed, temperature, humidity, among others, form which will occur as expected.


CR 1.6 parts or stained furniture quality is controlled, ensuring uniformity, consistency of color and differences between parts, valuing a new application or touch up a piece, before the existence of possible deviations, from the uniformity of color.

RP 2: Apply the tinting of joinery and furniture, through special finishes to achieve uniformity, consistency of color and differences between parts, complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational and environmental health.

CR 2.1 special finishes products are checked, verifying that the nature and color are required, prior to application on pieces of carpentry and furniture.

CR 2.2 electrostatic special finishes (powder coating, among others), are applied to pieces of carpentry and furniture, using automated means (electrostatic guns, among others), complying with the rules of safety and environmental health.

CR 2.3 drying parts of carpentry and furniture requiring special dried, such as: curing ovens ultraviolet, infrared, among others, controls, check parameters of drying, such as: time, speed, temperature, humidity, among others, form which will occur as expected.

3 RP: Apply decorative effects on joinery and furniture, controlling the drying process to achieve uniformity, consistency of color and differences between parts, fulfilling the regulations of safety, occupational health and environment.

CR 3.1 decorative finishing products are checked before the application, verifying that the nature and colour are required, before making the application.

CR 3.2 finishes, decorative (aged, patinated, gold, marbleizing, mother of Pearl, among others), are applied manually (brushes, brushes, among others), getting that color is uniform on the entire piece, without spots and irregularities of tone, and must not exist significant differences between the different pieces that make up a set or series of them and considering the sequence of application for getting different finishes obtaining the requested termination.

CR 3.3 finishes, decorative (aged, patinated, gold, marbleizing, mother of Pearl, among others), apply automated or mechanical (robot coating, spray guns spray guns, among others), getting that color is uniform across the entire piece or furniture, without spots and irregularities of tone, and must not exist significant differences between the different pieces that make up a set or series of them and taking into account the sequence of application to achieve different finishes obtaining the requested termination.

CR 3.4 drying of decorative finishes on parts of carpentry and furniture, requiring special dried (curing ovens ultraviolet, infrared, among others), is controlled, checking and adjusting parameters of drying (temperature, time, speed, and humidity, among others), form which will occur as expected.

Professional context: means of production: dyes and specific chemical products; equipment and machinery for application: guns guns and electrostatic, tintadoras roller coaters, spatulas and 'reverse' for radiation products, curtain machines and robots for pistols, tunnels of cured by ultraviolet (UV), infrared (IR) and microwave.

Products and results: workspace of special finishes on surfaces of carpentry and furniture for the dyeing, drying and curing of carpentry and furniture parts. Operations of first level, maintenance of equipment and installations of stained, curing and drying of joinery and furniture. Finish carpentry and furniture parts. Tinting of joinery and furniture. Applied finishes, through application of decorative effects on pieces of carpentry and furniture.

Information used or generated: leaves technical and of security of those products. Specifications of the equipment. With applicable rules of safety, labor, environmental health and quality.

TRAINING module 1: preparation of media and products for the application of the finishing level: 2 code: MF0166_2 associated with UC: prepare support and develop products and equipment for the application of the finishing duration: 150 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: carry out the operations of cleaning, preparation and maintenance of first level of machinery and equipment used in the preparation of media and products for the application of the finish.

CE1.1 recognize performance, Constitution and safety devices on machinery and equipment used in the preparation of media and products for the application of the finish.

CE1.2 identify first-level equipment maintenance operations and execute them according to relevant manuals or instructions.

CE1.3 list major operating problems or anomalies most frequently during the use of machines identifying the correction indicated in each case.

CE1.4 in a practical case of cleaning and maintenance operations of first level of machinery and equipment, from given conditions:-cleaning of machines, equipment and areas, achieving levels required by the development in the preparation of media and products for the application of finishes.

-Adapt production equipment to the requirements of the process to run.

-Perform the basic maintenance of the equipment for preparation of media and products for the application of the finish.

C2: Describing the processes of preparation of media and products for the application of the finish.

CE2.1 relate the various phases of the processes of preparation of stands.

CE2.2 understand the properties that should be brackets depending on the products to be applied.

CE2.3 relate the various stages of the finishing processes.

CE2.4 list the risks, inherent in the handling and derivatives of manipulation, products for the application of the finish.

C3: Prepare surfaces for the application of the finish depending on the material to be used and the expected result, accordance with applicable safety, health and environment.

CE3.1 describe the characteristics that must have surfaces, depending on the nature and type of product to be applied.

CE3.2 in a practical course of finishing of surfaces, from given conditions:-fit the surfaces for the application of the finishing products: cleaning, sanding, caulk, achieving the ideal characteristics.

-Establish conditions which must have a surface for the application.

-Carry out the operations required for the preparation of the surfaces, using tooling, tools and machines required.

C4: Get products according to the technical specifications of the manufacturer, compliance of safety, occupational health and environment-related legislation.

CE4.1 identify the different types of products and components used in the finish (lacquers, varnishes, solvents).

CE4.2 describe the compatibilities and incompatibilities between different products and finishing components and their possibilities of combination or mixes for the application.

CE4.3 in a practical course of obtaining products for final finishes, from given conditions:-make the mix of components, such as: lacquers, varnishes, thinners, among others, employees in the finishes, achieving uniformity, viscosity required, according to the technical specifications.

-Keep clean and in terms of use, equipment and tooling, reviewing their status at the end of the preparation work before them, and supports accordance with applicable safety, health and environment.

C5: Rating the risks arising from the preparation of surfaces and product operations, fulfilling the regulations of safety, occupational health and environment.

CE5.1 identify the risks and level of danger posed by the handling of the materials, products, tools and equipment used in the preparation of products for finishing.

CE5.2 identify measures of occupational health and safety to be taken in handling the finishing products depending on its characteristics, technical sheets and safety instructions given by the manufacturer.

CE5.3 describe the safety conditions required in the preparation and use of facilities and equipment maintenance operations.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.4; C3 on CE3.2; C4 on CE4.3.

Other capabilities: interpret and execute work instructions.

Responsible for the work that develops.

Comply with the rules of production set by the organization.

Demonstrate a good make professional.

Show some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Keep the work area with the degree of order and cleanliness required by the organization.

Contents: 1. first level of equipment of preparation of media and products for the application of the basic maintenance finish or use: operations.

Maintenance instructions. Interpretation.

Deviations by deficiencies in the maintenance of the machines.

2 methods of preparing surfaces for finishing surfaces.


Features for the finish.

Sanding surfaces before coating.

Removal and correction of defects and stains.

Caulk.

Sanding with coating.

Hardness and drying required prior to sanding.

Polishing the finished surfaces.

Sanding and polishing tools and machines. Application. Operations. Regulation.

Abrasives for sanding of finishing.

Particle size.

Determination of the type according to the surface.

3. techniques of preparation of products for finish products.

Types and main characteristics.

Varnishes and paints.

Solvents and thinners.

Other products (paint removers, waxes).

Measurement of components (volume, weight, viscosity).

Mix. Agitation/homogenization.

Compatibility of components.

Gelling point. Life time.

4. control of quality in the preparation of special finishes factors influencing the quality of the materials, the products and the process of preparation of stands and products for finishing.

During the preparation, correction of defects.

Control of the operations of preparation.

The State of the surfaces.

After the preparation control.

Verification of characteristics.

Quality control techniques.

5. applicable regulations of occupational safety and health in special finishes risk characteristic of facilities and finishing processes.

Fire, explosion and toxicity.

Precautions to be taken during handling and application of components and finished products.

Security elements. Personal. Machines. Facilities.

6. treatment of waste generated in the finishing operations.

Capture, transport and storage of waste in the factory. Systems and media.

Treatment, utilization and disposal of waste.

Extraction of sanding dust.

Waste application booths.

Remains of products not used.

Containers.

Methods and means used. With rules.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the preparation of the support and the development of products and equipment for the application of the finish, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 2: application of products surface finishing in CARPENTRY and Cabinet level: 1 code: MF0167_1 associated with UC: application of products surface finish with mecanico-manuales media in carpentry and furniture duration: 90 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: explain the processes of implementation machinery and equipment and the application of surface finishing with mecanico-manuales media products.

CE1.1 relate the different phases of the implementation processes of products among themselves and in the process of finishing of parts.

CE1.2 recognize the properties of finishes depending on the technical characteristics of its components and surfaces on which apply.

CE1.3 linking machines and equipment for the application of finishes to apply products and types of desired finishes.

CE1.4 list the most common defects produced during the application process, its causes and its correction.

CE1.5 list the risks involved in the handling and management of products application, according to applicable regulations.

C2: Applying agents with pistols and other manual means, getting pieces of carpentry and furniture with defined characteristics.

CE2.1 specify the risks associated with the implementation of agents, according to the applicable regulations.

CE2.2 in a practical course of application of finishing, from given conditions products:-check that machines, equipment and tools to be used in the application as well as products to apply, are required to the type of work and material.

-Place the pieces in the workplace, allowing an application with minimal waste of material, obtaining the highest final quality.

-Select the means of implementation whereas different parameters (material surface on which apply and type of finish desired among others).

-Use (EPIS) individual protective equipment, complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational health and environment, so that the application is carried out with minimal impact.

-Apply the finish product, visually checking the quality of the application and adapting parameters (pressure, viscosity and flow among others) to correct possible deviations, improving the quality of the application.

CE2.3 in a practical course of application and depending on the product to achieve and its subsequent implementation:-determine the equipment and products to use in your application.

-Determine the optimal sequence of operations to perform.

-Carry out the movement and placement of parts.

-Place the applicator and parts.

C3: Apply the finishing, operating machines and automatic equipments application, obtaining parts with defined characteristics.

CE3.1 describe anomalies or most frequent defects that may occur during the application of the product.

The CE3.2 is recognizing the role of the various devices of control of operation of machines and equipment and the risks posed by its mishandling.

CE3.3 in a practical course of application of finish, starting from a given conditions:-properly dispose of materials in feed and equipment to get the required result.

-Keep the application parameters, by regulating devices (flow, rupture of curtain, speed of starter among others).

-Visually check the levels of product during application by removing them and preventing unemployment from the application or deficiencies in this.

-Communicate the defects detected during the application to the upper head, interrupting the process if deemed necessary.

-Handle waste complying the legislation of environment.

C4: Differentiate results for finishing of parts and elements of carpentry and furniture, by checking compliance with the required characteristics.

CE4.1 explain the risks arising from the application of finish, according to applicable regulations.

CE4.2 in a practical course of quality control of finished parts and elements of carpentry and furniture:-related defects that often occur in parts during the finishing work with the probable causes of the same.

-Check the quality obtained with the specifications or results expected and if necessary correct the deviations.

-Check the application equipment, verify proper operation and correct possible deviations.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C2 concerning CE2.2 and CE2.3; C3 on CE3.3; C4 regarding CE4.2.

Other capabilities: interpret and execute work instructions.

Responsible for the work that develops.

Comply with the rules of proper production.

Demonstrate a good make professional.

Show some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Keep the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Contents: 1. manual application of finish procedures and operations in the manual application.

Products manual finishing. Preparation. Mixtures.

Useful in manual application, guns: types, preparation, operation and other useful for manual application (brush, roller).

The support technology that is done finish.

Defects in the finished manual.

Correction of defects.

Control of the operations of application.

State of the surfaces and of the product to apply.

Conditions of the application. Control back to the application.

2. application industrial of the finishing machines and equipment for application. Features. Application. Regulation. Operations.

Industrial application of finishing techniques. Phases.

Facilities and complementary equipment for the application (curtains, cabins, ventilation, compressed air). Operation and regulation.

The support technology that is done finish.

Handling and transport of the workpieces during application and drying. Systems. Media. Precautions.

Organisation and distribution of work.

Techniques of work organization.

Sequencing of the industrial application of the finishing operations.

Industrial finish defects.

Correction of defects.

Control of operations.

State of the surfaces and product to apply. Conditions of the application. Subsequent to the application control.

3. applicable standard in the finish characteristic of facilities and finishing processes risks.

Fire. Explosion. Toxicity.


Precautions to be taken during handling and application of components and finished products.

Security elements. Personal. EPIS. Machines. Facilities.

Treatment and disposal of waste generated by the finish. Extraction of sanding dust. Waste application booths. Remains of products not used. Containers. Documentation.

First aid.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the carried out of the application of finishing products with mecanico-manuales media in carpentry and furniture, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 3: TINTED, finishes special and decorative level: 2 code: MF0168_2 associated with UC: make the stained, decorative and special finishes duration: 240 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: describe the processes of product application and obtaining of mixtures.

CE1.1 relate the different phases of the process of preparation of products and their application.

CE1.2 to enumerate the properties of special and decorative finishes depending on the technical characteristics of its components.

CE1.3 linking machines and equipment necessary for the application of products in special finishes.

CE1.4 describe the clearances necessary to obtain a good quality special finishes.

CE1.5 list the risks inherent in the application of products in special finishes.

C2: Obtain mixtures or solutions of products for special productions, according to specifications given by the manufacturer, compliance of security, labor, environmental health and quality standards.

CE2.1 identify the different types of components and products used in the special finishes: dyes, additives, bleaches and brighteners.

CE2.2 describe the compatibilities and incompatibilities between the different components and products in special finishes.

CE2.3 in a practical course for obtaining of mixtures for special finishes, from given conditions:-prepare products for special finishes from the components, in accordance with the technical specifications of the manufacturer.

-Prepare the dye.

-Apply it, checking the contrast which gives us the color required one-piece modelo-muestra before making the application.

-Perform a sample and test / contrast it with a master patron-pieza.

C3: Apply special and colored finishes products, determining the equipment and materials required, applicable standards of security, labor, environmental health and quality.

CE3.1 describe equipment types and their characteristics (parts which form it and application), and tooling and tools employed in the implementation of special finishes.

CE3.2 in a practical course of application of products of special finishes, from given conditions:-put together machines and equipment for application and drying by means of operations: loading the product, cleaning and parameter mapping: dosage of the material, speed, temperature.

-Provide materials in machinery and equipment in order to obtain the required result.

-Correct anomalies or frequent changes that can occur in the working set of machines and equipment.

C4: Apply products for decorative works, fulfilling security, labor, environmental health and quality standards.

CE4.1 in a practical course of application of decorative finishes, from given conditions:-select the products used in the application of decorative finishes.

-Obtain mixtures of products used in the application of decorative finishes.

-Apply decorative finishes with the means provided for that purpose.

-Perform decoration of special finishes (patinated, gold).

-Carry out the finished decorative using them means of protection and conditions environmental.

C5: apply criteria of quality during the phases of the process to achieve the characteristics required.

CE5.1 in a so-called practical of control of quality in the application of products for works decorative, starting from some conditions given:-check them results obtained with them specifications, parts previous or patterns and in his case correct the deviations.

-Identify the defects produced in the parts during the process of finished, to correct them causes that them originate.

-Separate the parts that have a finish that reach with them conditions of quality demanded.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C2 with respect to CE2.3; C3 on CE3.2; Complete C4; C5 complete.

Other capabilities: interpret and execute instructions from work.

Responsibility are of the work that develops.

Comply with the rules of proper production.

Demonstrate a good make professional.

Show some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Keep the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Contents: 1. manual application of finish procedures and operations on manual application techniques.

Guns. Types.

Preparation. Operations.

Other useful for manual application: brush, roller.

Application of dyes, decorative and special finishes.

2. application technical industrial application of finishing techniques: phases.

Application equipment and machines: features, implementation, regulation and operations.

Environmental conditions required for the application according to the technique used.

Facilities and complementary equipment for the application: curtains, cabins, ventilation, compressed air.

Operation and regulation.

Handling and transportation of parts during the application: systems, means and precautions.

Technical organization of the work itself, concerning the application of the finish products.

Sequencing of the various operations involved.

3. methods of drying/curing of coatings drying procedure: without chemical reaction, by chemical reaction.

Drying parameters: temperature, time, speed and air humidity.

Drying facilities and equipment: convection, radiation.

4. control of surface defects in the finish quality: product to apply, during application, drying.

Correction of defects.

Control of operations.

State of the surfaces and product that is to be applied.

Conditions of the application.

Subsequent to the application control.

Verification of characteristics.

5. applicable legislation in stained and finished special risk facilities and finishing processes.

Fire. Explosion. Toxicity.

Precautions to be taken during handling and application of components and finished products.

Security elements.

Personal. Machines. Facilities.

Standardized symbols.

Treatment and disposal of waste generated by the finish.

Extraction of sanding dust.

Waste application booths.

Remains of products not used.

Containers.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the realization of the stained, decorative, and special finishes which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

Annex IV professional qualifications: SAWN wood professional family: wood, furniture, and Cork level: 2 code: MAM061_2 general competence: receive logs and make your cutting, using tools, equipment and machines specific for their classification, debarking, bucking and sawing, in accordance with established procedures, required quality, in conditions of safety, occupational health and environmental protection.

Units of competency: UC0169_2: perform reception, rated and preparation of the roundwood


UC0170_2: Make the cutting of the wood to roll and sort lumber environment professional: professional scope: develops his professional activity in production in connection with the maintenance throughout the first transformations of wood industries, dedicated to the sawing of the roundwood, entities of private nature, small and medium-sized enterprises usually on behalf of others, both on their own as alien. Develops its activity depending, in his case, functional or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff occasionally, seasonally or stable. In the development of the professional activity apply the principles of universal accessibility in accordance with the applicable legislation.

Productive sectors: It is located in the productive sector of the sawmilling.

Occupations and relevant jobs: the terms of the following list of occupations and jobs are used with generic and all-inclusive nature of women and men.

Sawyers of wood manipulators of roundwood operators of machines sawing machine operators debarking of wood sawmills, general training operators associated (390 hrs) MF0169_2 training modules: reception, rated and preparation of wood (150 hours) MF0170_2: sawing and classification of wood (240 hours) unit of competition 1: perform reception, classified and preparation of the wood at roll level : 2 code: UC0169_2 professional accomplishments and performance criteria: RP 1: control inputs and outputs of roundwood in the Park wood, identifying deviations which present to determine the quantity and quality of the different lots of product, fulfilling the regulations on prevention of occupational risks and the environment.

CR 1.1 the round wood is discharged without causing damage in the material and the machinery established for that purpose.

CR 1.2 wood received at wood Park is reviewed to detect possible anomalies, contrasting with the documentation of entry, record of entry of products, delivery notes, among others, separating the parts showing any deviation, and reporting any faults in the quality of the logs of roundwood, as 'non-compliant'.

CR 1.3 characteristics of the material (wood, provenance, quality types), are recorded in the existing documents for this purpose, archiving the information in brackets and filing systems established in the company.

CR 1.4 inputs and outputs of wood are made, complying with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

2 RP: Store wood in roll, classifying them to his stack in homogeneous lots, according to physical characteristics and distributing them according to the established plan of production, fulfilling the applicable regulations on prevention of occupational risks and the environment.

CR 2.1 the round wood is classified in accordance with the work plans of the company, complying with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment, whereas the local, national or international standards.

CR 2.2 logs of wood are stacked in homogeneous lots, using the handling equipment logs, (measurement tools, graduated rulers, tapes, forcipulas, scales, among others), according to the previous classification established, according to parameters: diameter, curvatures, presence of defects, among others.

CR 2.3 stacked on wooden Park lots are distributed using handling equipment, ensuring their integrity and facilitating their identification and manipulation, according to sorting criteria.

CR 2.4 lots stacked in roundwood Park are protected by the established media (irrigation, shading, among others), using logs protective equipment, controlling variables (temperature, relative humidity, light, and ventilation), in accordance with the requirements of conservation and controlling the storage, depending on the type of each good time.

3 RP: Prepare the work area of debarking and abrasive cutting off operations of wood, according to the established plan of production, to ensure hygiene and security, according to the production requirements.

CR 3.1 production process of peeling and abrasive cutting off operations of the roundwood planning for compliance in the technical details of production.

CR 3.2 tooling, tools, wood materials in roll and machines used in the debarking and cutting (Cleaver, chop saw, chainsaw), are selected according to the process laid down in the technical details of production.

CR 3.3 workspace is conditioned according to the procedures required in the datasheet of the debarking and cutting of wood, in accordance with applicable standards.

RP 4: Preparing the machines for debarking and abrasive cutting off operations of wood, according to the production plan established for the operation of the same.

4.1 CR machines for debarking and abrasive cutting off operations (Cleaver, chop saw, chainsaw) are prepared, fulfilling the established production program (settings, cleaning and tuning), complying with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

4.2 CR machines for debarking and cutting (Cleaver, chop saw, chainsaw), are regulated by adjusting various parameters (sharpening, knife pressure and feed speed), taking into account the technical details of production.

CR 4.3 machine parameters are reset, according to the results of the operations of the processes from debarking and abrasive cutting off operations of wood, using tools, tooling and instruments for measuring, according to planned operations and the tolerances allowed.

CR 4.4 operations of preparation of machines for debarking and abrasive cutting off operations of wood occurs, complying with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment. Environmental.

RP 5: Carry out the operations of debarking and abrasive cutting off operations of the roundwood according to the established plan of production, eliminating waste to obtain sawing logs, complying with the applicable rules.

5.1 CR operations of debarking and abrasive cutting off operations of the roundwood are performed with the established teams (Cleaver, chop saw and chain saws), according to the production plan and compliance with applicable regulations.

CR 5.2 the round wood is subjected to the debarking and abrasive cutting off operations a time, eliminated defects in form and released material inlays (stones, metals), to avoid breakdowns in machines, compliance with applicable regulations.

5.3 CR machines for debarking and abrasive cutting off operations are fed continuously to avoid discontinuity in the flow of obtaining of logs, according to Datasheet specifications.

Professional context: means of production: transport for Woods roll. Debarking. Cutting machines. Chainsaws. Measurement tools (graduated rulers, tapes, forcipulas, scales, automatic cubicadores).

Products and results: Control of inputs and outputs of roundwood in the wood Park. Store logs of roundwood. Area prepared for the job of peeling and abrasive cutting off operations of wood. Machines prepared for the debarking and wood cutting. Operations of debarking and abrasive cutting off operations of the roundwood.

Used or generated information: production orders. Dimensioning of input products, technical manuals, record of products towards cutting, grinding and sale, delivery notes and record output. With applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment. Documentation for the control of the operation of the equipment. Sheets technique. Technical documentation for the preparation of wood cutting machines. Orders preparation of machines in the cutting of wood.

Unit 2 competition: Make the cutting of the wood in roll and CLASSIFY LA wood SAWN level: 2 code: UC0170_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: prepare the work area of cutting of wood, according to the established plan of production, to ensure security, according to the production requirements, complying with the applicable rules , environment and occupational risk prevention.

CR 1.1 the procedures of cutting of wood (sawn logs, unfolding, edging, classification), are planned, compliance in the technical details of production.

CR 1.2 tools, machinery and equipment required for the cutting of wood (main, desdobladora saw, Edger, useful for the classification of wood) are selected, using the technical specifications of production.

1.3 CR tools, machines, equipment (main, desdobladora saw, Edger, useful classification of wood) and materials (logs of wood), required for the cutting of the wood are prepared, for the use, by carrying out: parameter settings, placement of useful, according to the technical specifications of production.

CR 1.4 job conditions are, according to the technical details of production, compliance with the applicable rules.

RP 2: Perform the first level of equipment maintenance and equipment used in the cutting of the wood, to get the operation thereof, complying with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.


CR 2.1 the State of equipment and machines used in the cutting of the wood (main saw, desdobladoras, jointers, cross-cut saws, chippers, battens, classification) is checked, check the status, as well as as the setting of parameters (speed, and others) of the same, according to technical documentation and instructions of the company.

CR 2.2 machines are cleaned, maintaining the levels required in the maintenance plan.

CR 2.3 maintenance of first level in the cutting equipment is carried out, according to the plans and recording required data, fulfilling the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

CR 2.4 the functioning of systems of safety of machines and auxiliary equipment of cutting checks, keeping them under the conditions laid down.

CR 2.5 specified items as first rate, are reviewed for possible malfunctions, warning, where appropriate, to the specialized service, leaking out of their reach, following the plan of maintenance of the company.

CR 2.6 parts or elements specified as first rate damaged or defective equipment and machines (main saw, desdobladoras, jointers, cross-cut saws, chippers, battens, useful for classification), are replaced by keeping them under the conditions laid down.

CR 2.7 report anomalies detected that exceed their level of competition is transmitted to staff.

3 RP: Sawing logs, with the main mountains, according to the production plan for the cutting of the roundwood, complying with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

CR 3.1 the wood logs are serrated, applying to the program, the technical specifications of the work order, adjusting the required parameters of the main mountain ranges (cutting speed), depending on the characteristics of the material, compliance with applicable regulations of safety, occupational and environmental health.

CR 3.2 cutting is controlled, according to criteria of use, depending on the characteristics of the material.

CR 3.3 positioning and turning of parts is carried out, according to the program of cutting, adapting production to the work plan.

CR 3.4 sawing operations are performed, adjusting the speed and cutting in the mountains, until you obtain the required, attending to the production of the cutting unit.

CR 3.5 the material flow is maintained according to the different subsequent processes (slitting, trimming, edging, chipping).

CR 3.6 the process of sawing is controls, applying the system of quality established by the features required, takes of samples, periodicity of the sampling and others.

4 RP: Carry out operations of unfolding, edging and trimming pieces from logs obtained main saws for the cutting of timber on roll with the scantlings and lengths, according to the production plan, meeting environmental and occupational risk prevention legislation.

CR 4.1 wood is cantea, regulating parameters in the Edger (speed of cut, among others), according to the production plan.

CR 4.2 wood unfolds, parameters in the profinling, (speed of cut, among others) regulating and controlling the flow of materials in the chain of work, avoiding traffic jams, and taking advantage of the material in each machine, according to the production plan, compliance with applicable regulations of environmental and labour risk prevention.

CR 4.3 the cross-cut wood is controlled by regulating the flow of materials in the sierra trimming to the chain of work, avoiding traffic jams, taking advantage of the material in each machine, according to the production plan, obtaining a use of the material is best in each machine, according to the production plan, compliance with applicable regulations of safety, occupational health and environment;

CR 4.4 material flow is controlled in the chain of work, avoiding jams and transporting waste for its splintering or collection of by-products.

CR 4.5 unfolded, edging and cross-cutting are executed, respecting the rules of safety, occupational health and environment, as well as using the required personal protective equipment.

RP 5: Classify the wood wet and dry, according to standards used in the enterprise to control the humidity of the assorted lots to keep woodpiles classified until its sale or further processing, complying with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

5.1 CR classification, clustering and wood Board is carried out by species, size and features, in batteries for its oreo by air circulation and for the transport of wet wood.

CR 5.2 grouping, marking and packaging of parts is carried out, according to technical specifications and they are issued in the case of dry and treated wood.

CR 5.3 woodpiles placement is carried out with the safety fasteners and located for subsequent treatments or delivery time.

CR 5.4 scantlings classification is performed by complying with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

Professional context: means of production: saws, main, desdobladoras, jointers, cross-cut saws, chippers, battens, classification tools, dryers. Sawing logs, pieces of wood, sawn, classified, by-products (coastal, tips, chip, chips and sawdust), for the crushing of cogeneration industry and others.

Products and results: preparation of the work of wood cutting area. Maintenance of first level in machines and equipment used in the cutting of wood. Logs sawn with the major mountain ranges. Operations of unfolding, edging, trimming parts and metal cutting. Wet and dry, rated wood.

Used or generated information: orders of production, classification manuals, technical manuals, record output of products for treatment, drying and selling. Logs, sawed with saws main. Logs, with saws, executed. Wet and dry, rated wood. With applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

TRAINING module 1: reception, classified and preparation of the wood level: 2 code: MF0169_2 associated with UC: perform reception, rated and preparation of the roundwood duration: 150 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: describing the processes of preparation of wood in the Park, according to the production process.

CE1.1 relate the different phases of the process of receiving, rated and preparation of the roundwood.

CE1.2 describe the necessary spaces for storage and handling of rolls.

CE1.3 linking machines, tools and instruments needed to prepare and classify the roll (rules forcipulas, hygrometers, scales).

CE1.4 linking machines, tools and tooling: debarking and abrasive cutting off operations (types, characteristics and applications, measurement and control equipment).

CE1.5 recognize the risks involved in the handling and storage of material.

C2: Explain the location of the roundwood Park wood, according to species, displacement and quality criteria.

CE2.1 describe the unloading equipment and transport of materials, relating them with their applications.

CE2.2 identify the basic documents used in wood entries in roll control, associating them with its purpose.

CE2.3 recognize the risk of materials, products and waste, toxicity, degree of combustibility and flammability, the rules governing and relate them to a different prevention and extinguishing systems.

C3: Apply the preparation process machines for the debarking and cutting of the roundwood, according to a production program.

CE3.1 describe the technical equipment for the preparation of machines for debarking and abrasive cutting off operations (types and characteristics, applications, preparation of machines and equipment, available operating elements, changes and substitutions, reset parameters, tolerances, set-up, testing and adjustment of operating elements).

CE3.2 identify anomalies and most common symptoms in the teams of debarking and abrasive cutting off operations of the roundwood.

CE3.3 describe the operations of cleaning equipment, transport systems and periodic replacement of elements.

C4: Classify wood roll, according to the applicable regulations.

CE4.1 describe the criteria involved in the sorting of logs (species, origin, length, diameter, defects).

CE4.2 describe the risks existing in the classification of the roundwood activities. Prevention and fire extinguishing systems. Risk of materials, products and waste. Toxicity. Degree of combustibility and flammability.

CE4.3 in a practical course of classification of roundwood, with given conditions:-prepare the teams according to the production schedule, calibrating and verifying the operation of the equipment of production and transportation systems.

-Cube roll wood, by determining its weight using scales, and its volume by measuring their dimensions with rules and forcipulas, using tables of cubing.

-Sort the logs according to the established rules.

-Stacking logs without damaging them correctly using teams of movement (trucks, cranes), according to the established rules.


-Distribute rolls in the Park depending on the species, origin, size, quality, moisture content, color, grain, and protect from possible deformation and atmospheric agents, maintaining the traceability of the material.

C5: Prepare roll wood, whereas the production process for sawing logs.

CE5.1 describe the equipment used for the detection and elimination of metal-inlay and its corresponding use operations.

CE5.2 describe the risks existing in the activities of debarking and abrasive cutting off operations of the roundwood specifying the means of prevention to be considered according to the applicable regulations.

CE5.3 in a practical course of preparation of roundwood, face established conditions:-apply the process of peeling indicating its purpose and specifying the most suitable equipment for each type of wood according to their characteristics (diameter, hardness).

-Apply the cutting process indicating its purpose and specifying the equipment required for each roll of wood, according to their characteristics (diameter, length, hardness).

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C4 with respect to CE4.3; C5 regarding CE5.3.

Other capabilities: comply with the rules of production set by the organization.

Keep the work area with the degree of order and cleanliness required by the organization.

Recognize the productive process of the organization.

Adapt to the Organization, to its organisational and technological changes; as well as to new contexts or situations.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Respect the procedures and internal rules of the organization.

Contents: 1. gathering materials and wood products in the courtyard of stack characterization of the roundwood. Identification of species. Recognition and evaluation of defects and disorders.

Welcome in store. Procedures. Functions.

Marking of goods received.

Conformity of the reception. Cases of non-conformity and performances.

Classification of materials and products at the reception. Criteria (quality of wood, dangerous products, destination, size).

Coding and marking of those materials and products received. Systems.

Systems of transport and handling of logs of roundwood.

Stack the wood in roll.

Applicable regulations in the Park of wood.

Most frequent operations risks.

Protective measures: the personal computer.

Risks for people. Toxicity of the product according to applicable law.

Of occupational health and safety legislation.

2 debarking, wood cutting, preparation of the work area and removal of particles of metal machines. Purpose and techniques.

Debarking of wood. Techniques. Debarking: types, description, operation and maintenance.

Chipping, chipping and fragile. Features of splinters, chips. Teams.

Saws: types, description, operation and maintenance.

Equipment and auxiliary means. Storage silos.

Transportation systems: types. Features. Function in the sawmills.

Preparation of machines and equipment. Operating elements available. Changes and substitutions. Resetting of parameters. Tolerances allowed. Tuning, testing and adjustment of operating elements.

Process of preparation of the equipment of production machines for debarking and abrasive cutting off operations. Interpretation equipment instruction manuals.

Anomalies and their most common symptoms during the use of the equipment.

Calibration equipment for control of parameters of reception process. Check the operation of production equipment and transportation systems.

Selection of production equipment.

Preparation of production according to the schedule of production equipment. Operation, use, management and regulation of machines and tools.

Cleaning of equipment and transportation systems. Periodic replacement of elements.

Basic maintenance of the equipment for loading, unloading and transport.

3. storage of wood areas and premises for storage.

Handling and transport of materials and products internal. Systems and equipment. Applicable regulations.

Organization of the store. Distribution and location. Stack.

Costs of storage.

Damage and defects in materials and storage products. Causes. Consequences. Corrections.

Techniques and means of encoding used in the storage of wood.

Procedures and equipment transfer in wood storage.

Types of transfer equipment: trucks, elevators.

Methods of loading and unloading of wood.

Internal itineraries in storage.

Internal handling of wood logs and transport systems.

Location of stored pieces of wood. Placement methods, space limitations, incompatibilities. Optimal use of space in the warehouse.

Signalling of stored logs of wood.

General conditions for preservation of products: control of parameters of the store: temperature, humidity.

Documentation of storage. Internal documentation. Input registers and outputs. Reception cards.

Documentation of claim and return. Orders to output and dispatch. Delivery notes.

Inventories. Types and purpose of each of them.

Warehouse management: internal documents from the store.

Control stocks, stocks of safety, minimum storage and rotations.

Applications to the control of the store. Database management. High, low, and modifications in the files of clients, suppliers and products. Spreadsheet management. File and print from the control of warehouse documents.

4 documentation and management of debarking and abrasive cutting off operations documentation wood. Types. Interpretation. Applications.

Cubage of roundwood. Techniques, equipment (scales, forcipulas, tape).

Administrative procedures for filling out and completed. Applications.

Techniques of file of the documentation to the raw material and the means of transport. Database management. Spreadsheet management.

Fate of the warehouse documents.

5. control of quality of products and treatment of defects of the roundwood waste. Classification.

The quality of the logs of sawtimber. Impact.

Features and parameters to control.

Cutting defects. Causes.

Control operations. Measurements.

Quality standards for preparation of wood.

Control of the final product. Parameters to control. Procedures and media.

Waste produced in sawmills.

Capture, transport and storage of waste in the factory.

Systems and media.

Treatment, utilization and disposal of waste.

Methods and means used. Applicable regulations.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. rated domain of knowledge and techniques related to the reception, and preparation of the roundwood, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of at least three years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 2: sawing and classification of the wood level: 2 code: MF0170_2 associated with UC: make the cutting of the wood to roll and sort lumber duration: 240 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: describing the processes of sawing and resawing of the roundwood, relating the use of the same.

CE1.1 relate the different phases involved in the processes of sawing, and resawing.

CE1.2 recognize the properties of wood based on its exterior features rolls.

CE1.3 linking machines, tools and AIDS that make up a line of sawing.

CE1.4 describe the risks inherent in the handling of rolls.

CE1.5 relate the process of sawing through the use of wood, depending on the performance of the same.

C2: Prepare the work area for the sawing of the roundwood, performing maintenance operations of first level of machinery and equipment used in the cutting of the wood.

CE2.1 describe the process of preparation of the job, according to the required procedures in the technical details of production for the cutting of wood, according to requirements that establish instructions work and with the applicable rules.

CE2.2 in a practical course of preparation of the work of sawing area, face established conditions:


-Check the operation of the equipment and machines used in cutting of wood (main saw, desdobladoras, jointers, cross-cut saws, chippers, battens, classification), as well as the adjustment of the parameters (speed), following the technical documentation and user guides.

-Perform the cleaning of machines and maintenance of first level of cutting equipment, according to the plans and recording required data.

-Detect possible items worn or damaged, replacing parts or items damaged or defective equipment and machines used in the cutting of wood.

C3: Sawing logs in the sierra's head, preparing machines.

CE3.1 explain the review, tuning and basic maintenance of the main mountain ranges.

CE3.2 describe the means used for the transport of the parts from the sawing.

CE3.3 describe the risks existing in the activities of sawing of logs (by specifying the means of prevention) taking into account the standards of occupational safety and health.

CE3.4 in a practical course of sawing, from established conditions:-select the parts of the Park and develop a plan for cutting according to the characteristics of the piece and the manufacturing program.

-Sawing logs of wood, obtaining the maximum performance of sawn timber, selecting the saw, positioning the logs for the selected cutting and adjusting the cutting parameters.

C4: Carry out operations of unfolding, edging, trimming parts of sierra and chipping of by-products, by selecting the teams for this purpose.

CE4.1 describe the various drawings, indicating the types of machines required to perform them, products and by-products obtained.

CE4.2 specify possible resulting products, options and phases of machining.

CE4.3 in a practical course which is part of a roll of certain characteristics (species of wood, size and structural characteristics:-select the cutting parameters (speed of saw and feed, angle of attack, tooth type) machines used according to the characteristics and properties of the wood.)

-Select cutting tools which satisfy the conditions of sharpening and State of conservation, and place them on the machines by means of the tools and equipment needed by applying the standards of occupational safety and health.

-Operate machines and equipment with skill, obtaining parts with features and required quality standards of occupational health and safety.

C5: Sort pieces according to their use, by applying the applicable regulations.

CE5.1 recognize the criteria of classification, clustering, Board and tied the timber for subsequent stack.

CE5.2 describe the risks existing in the sawn timber grading activities, specifying the means of prevention to be considered according to the applicable regulations.

CE5.3 in a practical course of classification of pieces of wood, from given conditions:-indicate the equipment and media used for the transportation and movement of sawn timber, describing its operation and maintenance.

-Carry out the operations of: marking, stacking and packaging of wood, using the means required, depending on the place of destination and customer.

-Stacked pieces of sawn timber, taking into account the species, thickness, quality and destiny (drying outdoors, treatments, expedition).

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C2 concerning CE2.2; C3 on CE3.4; C4 on CE4.3; C5 regarding CE5.3.

Other capabilities: comply with the rules of production set by the organization.

Keep the work area with the degree of order and cleanliness required by the organization.

Recognize the productive process of the organization.

Adapt to the Organization, to its organisational and technological changes; as well as to new contexts or situations.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Respect the procedures and internal rules of the organization.

Contents: 1. sawing the wood sawmills. Features. Facilities.

Cut by sawing technology. Characteristics of the cutting tools. The tooth. Speeds. Efforts. Performance. Orientation material for sawing. Characteristics of cut surfaces.

Tooling and machinery for cutting and sawing of wood.

Evaluation of the State of the main saw parameters (grinding and wear of the cutting, cracked teeth, sprains, among others). Defects in cutting the wood.

Settings in the placement of elements on the main saw (stressed, alignment of wheels, among others).

Settings for the process of sawing (stressed, cutting speed, type of cutter, among others) on the basis of established criteria.

Types of species according to the logs and product features. Types of obtained pieces.

Facilities equipment and auxiliary means. Operation. Preparation and regulation. Applications.

Sawing operations. Sequences. Power. Checks.

Technical documentation applicable to the sawing process. Technical specifications of production. Work order. Operational processes and route diagrams.

Operating process of sawing, string work. Types, features, benefits, and applications. Elements of movement and transportation of material. Obtaining of by-products, coastal, prong, chip, chips, sawdust.

More frequent in sawing operations risks. Protective measures: the personal computer. Risks for people. Toxicity of the products.

Applicable regulations.

2. operations after sawing (edging, unfolded and cross-cutting), controlling the flow of materials according to the plan of production Canteado of wood. Operation of edging. Features. Types of obtained pieces. Settings in the operations of edging. Flowchart operations of edging. Automatic equipment for edging. Edgebanders edges. Composition, functioning and management of the machines.

Split the wood. Operation of unfolding. Features. Types of obtained pieces. Parameters of adjustment in the operations of unfolded. Diagram of flux in the operations of unfolded. Teams of unfolded. Adipolytic. Composition, functioning and management of the machines.

Cross-cutting of the wood. Operation of cross-cutting. Features. Types of parts obtained. Parameters of adjustment in the operations of cross-cutting. Flowchart in cross-cutting operations. Teams of unfolding. Retesteadoras. Composition, functioning and management of the machines.

More frequent after sawing operations risks. Protective measures: the personal computer. Risks for people. Toxicity of the products.

Conditioning of the sawing job. Features.

Applicable regulations.

3. easy maintenance of machines and tools of sawing technical documentation for the maintenance of machines and equipment required in the cutting of wood. Technical preparation of machines. Operation and maintenance of machines and equipment manuals. The company maintenance manual. History of the State of machinery and tools. Report of the conservation and maintenance of machines. Reports of revision or maintenance needs.

First level maintenance. Preventive and corrective maintenance. Applicable techniques and procedures. Assembly and disassembly operations. Lubrication and cleaning; Regulation, adjusting and programming. Preparation and maintenance of first-level operations. Cleaning and lubrication of the wood cutting equipment. Put on the verge of equipment.

Maintenance instructions. Interpretation.

Aspects and elements of machines that require maintenance.

Maintenance of cutting tools. Sharpening. Features.

Equipment, machines, tools and accessories for the maintenance of machines and equipment required in the sawing of wood. Types and features. Applications. Tools and useful conservation and maintenance. Equipment mounting and dismounting. Measuring equipment and control parameters.

Record maintenance and change of sierra.

4. control of the humidity of the timber for its delivery time applicable technical documentation. Work order. Order form. Orders delivery time and output. Delivery notes. Internal procedures. Spanish classification regulations. Procedures and internal rules for qualification.

Classification of wood. Types of classification, methods. Types of commercial wood species identification. Singularities and defects of wood. Measurement of singularities and defects in the wood.

Loin of wood. Features. Conditions for airing of wood. Systems of stacked to the oreo of the wood.

Board and the batteries forming techniques.

Methods of protection of the batteries. Features of material affecting the duration and the process of mild. The final moisture measurement.

Operations of handling and transport of the material.

Media handling and transport of batteries and bundles of wood. Operation and handling equipment. Basic maintenance of handling and transport equipment.

Distribution and orientation of the batteries in the courtyard of stacking.

Clustering, marking and packaging operations.


Marking and packaging of the batteries. Storage of the packages ready for delivery. Distribution of batteries for their further treatment.

5. forwarding of materials and products expedition in sawmills. Function. Procedures.

Organization of the expedition. Sequencing. Timing.

Classification and codified materials and products in expedition.

Marking. Labelling. Types.

6 quality control of wood saw the quality of sawn timber. Impact.

Features and parameters to control. Defects of sawing. Causes.

Control operations. Measurements.

Applicable regulations of the decorative and structural wood quality.

Control of the final product. Parameters to control. Procedures and media.

7 types of waste waste treatment. Ends, splinters and sawdust.

Waste produced in sawmills.

Capture, transport and storage of waste in the factory. Systems and media.

Treatment, utilization and disposal of waste.

Methods and means used. With rules.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the realization of the cutting of timber on roll and the classification of the sawn timber, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of at least three years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

Annex V professional qualification: Mounting of furniture and elements of CARPENTRY family professional: wood, furniture, and Cork level: 2 code: MAM062_2 general competence: assemble furniture and elements of carpentry, using tools, equipment and machines specific to the operations of preparation of components and accessories for Assembly and mounting as well as final Assembly, adjustment and packed products in accordance with the procedures established, with the required quality, in conditions of safety, occupational health and environmental protection.

Units of competency: UC0171_2: control and arrange components and accessories for woodworking and furniture UC0172_2: assemble furniture and woodworking UC0173_1 elements: adjust and packing products and elements of carpentry and furniture environment professional: scope professional: develops his professional activity in the production department in wood, furniture, and Cork, in the area of carpentry and furniture, dedicated to the manufacture of furniture and joinery items , in entities of a private nature, in large, medium and small enterprises by employed or self-employed person. It develops its activity depending on, where appropriate, functional and/or hierarchical from a superior. You may have staff occasionally, seasonally or stable. In the development of the professional activity apply the principles of universal accessibility in accordance with the applicable legislation.

Productive sectors: It is located in the productive sector of the wood and furniture, in the sub-sectors of manufacturing furniture manufacture carpentry elements and, occasionally, in the subsector of the installation of furniture and joinery elements.

Occupations and relevant jobs: the terms of the following list of occupations and jobs are used with generic and all-inclusive nature of women and men.

Operadores-armadores Bank Montadores-ensambladores of elements of joinery assemblers of products of wood and/or cabinetry, in general carpenters in general training associate (480 hours) training modules MF0171_2: Control of reception, components and accessories (120 hours) MF0172_2: Assembly of furniture and carpentry (270 hours) MF0173_1 elements: setting and packed in furnishings and carpentry (90 hours) unit of competition 1 : Control and arrange components and accessories of CARPENTRY and Cabinet level: 2 code: UC0171_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: organize the work's reception area and storage of components and accessories for woodworking and furniture, preparing the tools required and conditioning work area, to start the Assembly process, fulfilling the applicable legislation on occupational risk prevention environmental and quality.

CR 1.1 information required on products, planning procedures at the reception of components and accessories for woodworking and furniture, is obtained from the technical specifications production.

CR 1.2 tools, machines, and equipment used in the reception of components and accessories for carpentry and furniture (elements of movement and transport of equipment, shelving, pallets among others), are selected from the technical specifications of production.

CR 1.3 tools, machines, and equipment required in the reception of components and accessories for woodworking and furniture, (elements of movement and transport of equipment, shelving, pallets among others), are prepared, regulating elements operators thereof, where appropriate, for the execution of the operations of reception and storage of elements of carpentry.

CR 1.4 the post in reception of components and accessories for woodworking and furniture, is conditioned according to the datasheet of production, in such a way that health and hygiene conditions of installations and machinery are maintained, pursuant to instructions from labour and the regulations in force.

2 RP: Carry out the operations of maintenance of first level, the machines and equipment used in the reception and storage of components and accessories for woodworking and furniture, to avoid interruption of the activity, fulfilling the applicable regulations in the field of prevention of occupational risks, environmental and quality.

CR 2.1 the operation of equipment and auxiliary means required in the reception and storage of components and accessories for woodworking and furniture is checked, following the guidelines marked on the instructions of maintenance of equipment.

CR 2.2 the possible operating anomalies in the equipment used in the reception and storage of components and accessories for woodworking and furniture (forklift, pallet truck, hand trucks, among others), are detected, acting according to instructions of maintenance of equipment.

CR 2.3 possible simple detected anomalies affecting the operation of the equipment used in the reception and storage of components and accessories for woodworking and furniture are corrected, following maintenance instructions.

CR 2.4 specified as first rate parts are replaced in the equipment used in the reception and storage of components and accessories for woodworking and furniture (forklift, pallet truck, hand trucks, among others), in accordance with the applicable maintenance plan.

CR 2.5 documentation concerning the maintenance performed is completed according to instructions of the production process.

3 RP: Carry out the collection of components and accessories for woodworking and furniture, controlling its quality and correspondence as requested, through the documentation of reception to launch the process of furniture Assembly, fulfilling the applicable regulations on prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

CR 3.1 components and accessories for woodworking and furniture are received and placed neatly arranged instead for reception.

CR 3.2 instructions for reception and control elements are selected and prepared according to the components to check.

CR 3.3 received items are controlled, based on technical specifications, and identify and separate those who submit non-conformities.

CR 3.4 control records are completed according to the results of the inspection, and are delivered to the person responsible for taking corrective actions that proceed.

4 RP: Store components and accessories for woodworking and furniture, classifying them for availability and are easily identified.

CR 4.1 items accepted at reception identified and stored in an organized and accessible.

CR 4.2 components and accessories received data are reflected in documents of inventory control, so that you can meet the existing stock and their State of use.

CR 4.3 stocks are monitored and replenished, following established communication circuits, and maintaining minimum levels and maximum markups, avoiding situations where mounting units are not components or accessories.

5 RP: Moving components and accessories of carpentry and furniture to the Assembly for its Assembly section, in accordance with applicable standards.


CR 5.1 components and accessories for woodworking and furniture are transported with the means available to the mounted units, the amount specified in the order of Assembly or any other indication of material needs document.

CR 5.2 detected incidents are set out in the relevant documents for product control in course, considering the State of the components and the mismatch between available and necessary quantities.

CR 5.3 means of transport used are maintained according to indicate maintenance instructions, so that they are in perfect state of use and operation.

Professional context: means of production: elements of movement and transportation of material (forklift, pallet truck, manual trucks). Racks, pallets and other supports for storage. Equipment computer. Bar code readers. Printer. Measuring tape. Square. Caliber. Radio frequency equipment. TAGS and identification elements.

Products and results: Organization of the work of receiving and storage area. First level, machine and equipment maintenance operations. Classification and storage of components and accessories for woodworking and furniture. Transport of components and accessories for carpentry and furniture to the Assembly area.

Used or generated information: reception control reports. Identification labels. Reports of non-compliance. Warehouse movement reports. Update of inventory reports. Prevention of labor, environmental, risk and quality, applicable regulations. Technical specifications of production. Assembly orders. Manual of use and maintenance of machinery and equipment.

Unit 2 competition: Assemble furniture and elements of CARPENTRY level: 2 code: UC0172_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: organize the area of furniture Assembly and carpentry elements, preparing the tools required and conditioning work area, to carry out the Assembly process, meeting environmental and occupational risk prevention legislation.

CR 1.1 information required on products, installation of furnishings and carpentry procedures planning is obtained from the technical specifications production.

CR 1.2 tools, machines, and equipment that are to be used, at the reception of components and accessories for woodworking and furniture (gluing tooling, press build type: pneumatic, hydraulic or manual, bench assemble, among others), are selected from the technical specifications of production.

1.3 CR tools, machines and equipment required in the Assembly of furniture and carpentry elements (pneumatic, hydraulic or manual, bench assemble, among others), prepare, regulating elements the same operators, are prepared by regulating the required parameters.

CR 1.4 the job of assembling of furniture and elements of carpentry and furniture is conditioned according to the datasheet of production, in such a way that health and hygiene conditions of installations and machinery are maintained, pursuant to instructions from labour and the regulations in force.

1.5 CR components that form the subassembly to assemble and fasteners, such as: biscuits, slats, Staples, screws, nails and adhesive, among others, are selected and prepared according to Assembly orders.

RP 2: Carry out the operations of maintenance of first level, the machines and equipment used in the Assembly of furniture and carpentry elements, to avoid interruption of the activity, complying the legislation of environmental and labour risk prevention.

CR 2.1 the operation of equipment and auxiliary means required in the Assembly of furniture and carpentry elements is checked, following the guidelines marked on the instructions of maintenance of equipment.

CR 2.2 the possible malfunctions in the equipment used in the Assembly of furniture and joinery, such as elements: gluing tooling, press build type: pneumatic, hydraulic or manual, bench assemble, among others, they are detected, acting according to instructions of maintenance of equipment.

CR 2.3 possible simple detected anomalies affecting the operation of the equipment in the mounting of furniture and carpentry items are corrected, following maintenance instructions, accordance with applicable environmental and labour risk prevention.

CR 2.4 pre-Assembly equipment used in the Assembly of furniture and carpentry elements are maintained according to indications for maintenance instructions, so they are in a State of use and operation.

CR 2.5 inclusion of used hardware equipments are maintained, according to the maintenance instructions, so that they may be kept in use and performance.

CR 2.6 used assembly teams are maintained according to the maintenance instructions, so that they are in perfect state of use and operation.

CR 2.7 specified as first rate parts are replaced in the equipment used in the Assembly of furniture and joinery, such as elements: gluing tooling, press build type: pneumatic, hydraulic or manual, bench assemble, among others, in accordance with the applicable maintenance plan.

CR 2.8 documentation concerning the maintenance performed is completed according to instructions of the production process.

3 RP: Make the erection of parts comprising elements of carpentry, using fixing materials for Assembly according to the orders of Assembly, not even the final element, accordance with applicable environmental and labour risk prevention.

CR 3.1 adhesive pieces pre-Assembly prepares, according to the manufacturer's instructions, complying with the applicable rules of labor and environmental risk prevention.

3.2 CR teams pressing type: pneumatic or hydraulic, among others, used in the pre-Assembly are adjusted according to the specifications of time of pressing and pressure, depending on the type of adhesive and environmental factors (temperature and humidity).

CR 3.3 holes and joints of workpieces that require adhesive, applies, using the elements of the application, such as: pistol, brush, dosing, among others, so that the amount of it, reach all surfaces to join and avoiding that you overflow, using the equipment for individual protection according to the regulations in force.

CR 3.4 glued parts comprising the subassemblies are assembled, following the indications of the drawings or descriptive documents, respecting your position.

CR 3.5 assembled parts are pressed in preassembly or banks to assemble, presses checking that adhesive in the union, overflow slightly cleaning the same excess verifying dimensions, squareness and clearances, according to the specifications of the technical documentation, registering non-conformities, using teams of individual protection according to the regulations in force, and accordance with applicable environmental and labour risk prevention.

CR 3.6 forming subsets and elements that do not require adhesive are assembled by Staples, screws or other bonding systems, specified in drawings or technical documents, verifying the dimensions, squareness and gaps according to the specifications of the technical documentation, registering non-conformities, using the equipment for individual protection according to the regulations in force.

CR 3.7 of the subset of retrieved surface defects are hidden, repairing applying PuTTY color, making it up so that it does not overflow and sanding machinery tool portable or manually, until obtaining a smooth surface, using the equipment for individual protection according to the regulations in force.

CR 3.8 repaired surfaces sandpaper with machinery, automated, portable or manual, to obtain a smooth surface.

4 RP: Place fittings and other accessories, using automatic machines or hand tools to complete the Assembly of elements of carpentry, accordance with applicable environmental and labour risk prevention.

4.1 CR parts, subassemblies and insert fittings are selected according to the orders of Assembly and technical documentation of the process.

CR 4.2 heads of the hardware (slides, hinges) machines are loaded with the specified hardware.

CR 4.3 position of heads and the machine stops is adjusted according to the indications of drawings or technical documents, feeding the machine with the items to be processed, complying with the applicable rules of labor and environmental risk prevention.

CR 4.4 positioned manual hardware are inserted in the specified places, looking through portable depending on the type of hardware tools.

RP 5: Carry out the final Assembly of components and subassemblies using automatic machines or hand tools to form final elements of carpentry and furniture, accordance with applicable environmental and labour risk prevention.

CR 5.1 components and subassemblies to ride and the means of attachment, such as: biscuits, slats, Staples, screws, nails, fittings and adhesive, among others, are selected and prepared according to the orders of Assembly, check the status, prior to use.


CR 5.2 adhesive used for the final Assembly of components and subassemblies is prepared according to the manufacturer's instructions, using the equipment for individual protection according to the regulations in force.

CR 5.3 mounting pneumatic or hydraulic presses are adjusted according to the specifications of time of pressing and pressure, depending on the type of adhesive and environmental factors (temperature and humidity).

CR 5.4 adhesive used in the holes and joints of the components and subassemblies that require it, applies, using the elements of application (pistol, brush, dosing), so the applied quantity reaches all surfaces to join and avoiding that you overflow, using protective equipment, complying with the applicable rules of labor and environmental risk prevention.

CR 5.5 different glued subsets that make up the furniture or joinery item are joined, following the indications of the drawings or descriptive documents, respecting your position.

CR 5.6 assembled parts are pressed in Assembly or banks of arm presses, check that adhesive in the union overflow slightly, cleaned the excess thereof and verifies that the dimensions of the product match those specified in the technical documentation, compliance with the applicable rules of labor and environmental risk prevention.

CR 5.7 subsets that do not require adhesive are assembled, using nails, screws or other attachment systems specified in drawings or technical documents, verifying the dimensions, squareness and clearances, according to the specifications in the technical documentation, registering non-conformities, using individual protection equipment, complying with the applicable rules of labor and environmental risk prevention.

CR 5.8 surface defects of the product obtained are repaired, hiding through the application of PuTTY color, making it up so that it does not overflow, using equipments of individual protection according to the regulations in force.

CR 5.9 repaired surfaces sandpaper with tool portable or manually until you get a smooth surface.

Professional context: means of production: useful for gluing (gun, brushes or dispensers). Bank of arming. Presses assemble (pneumatic, hydraulic or manual). Pneumatic stapler. Pneumatic screwdriver. Hand drill. Manual belt sander. Orbital Sander. Miter saw. Router manual. Manual cepilladora-desbastadora. Clavijadora (manual or automatic). Electro-esmeril. Insertion of fittings. Hammer. Tongs. Pliers. Screwdriver. Measuring (measuring tape, bracket, gauge, level) equipment. PuTTY color and adhesives.

Products and results: the installation of furnishings and carpentry area organization. First level, maintenance of machinery and equipment used in the Assembly of furniture. The pieces that make up elements, as well as components and subassemblies are assembled.

Used or generated information: production and safety data sheets. Reports of non-compliance. Legislation on prevention of occupational, environmental risks and quality. Assembly orders. Manual of use and maintenance of machinery and equipment. Instructions and recommendations in materials (according to manufacturers).

UNIT of competency 3: Adjust and packing products and elements of CARPENTRY and Cabinet level: 1 code: UC0173_1 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: adjust parts, accessories and mechanisms for carpentry and furniture for the composition of the product, complying with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational and environmental risks, according to instructions.

CR 1.1 connections of products are reviewed and adjusted with portable tools until they are flush.

CR 1.2 mobile elements conform with portable tools until they slip or fit smoothly, complying with the applicable rules of labor and environmental risk prevention.

CR 1.3 the different components of the product are removed, and where required, its position is numbered so that different parts can be assembled in the required position.

CR 1.4 used setting equipment are maintained according to maintenance instructions, keeping them in a State of use and operation.

RP 2: Quality control of the finished product of carpentry and furniture, according to stated specifications, following instructions.

CR 2.1 finished carpentry and furniture products are selected, according to indications and located in the place of quality control.

CR 2.2 controlled finished products that present non-conformities are identified and adjusted.

CR 2.3 control records are completed to their level on the basis of the results of the inspection.

CR 2.4 completed control records are delivered to the responsible take corrective actions that proceed.

3 RP: Pack the products finished, for commercialization, complying with the applicable rules of labor and environmental risk prevention, according to instructions.

CR 3.1 plastic heat shrink wrapping parameters fit depending on the product packing, considering parameters of: size of the plastic roll, the mat speed and temperature of the oven, among others.

CR 3.2 packing with plastic heat shrink products are protected with the materials specified in packing instructions prior to their entry to the tunnel.

CR 3.3 packaged parts are reviewed by checking that they are completely covered and with the guards fixed in the right place, and deviate for its reprocessing should submit non-conformities.

CR 3.4 packing machines that do not apply heat or manual is done with packing materials specified in packing instructions, and checks to see that the products are subject and with the guards fixed in the right place, complying with the applicable rules of labor and environmental risk prevention.

CR 3.5 packaged products are identified by labels or other specified means.

CR 3.6 the used packaging equipment are maintained according to the instructions of maintenance, to keep in perfect state of use and operation.

Professional context: means of production: shrink wrapping. Strapping machine. Packing machine. Instruments of measurement (measuring tape, bracket, gauge, level). Computer equipment. Barcode readers. Radio frequency equipment. Electronic tags or tags and identification elements.

Products and results: adjustments of components and accessories for woodworking and furniture. Finish carpentry and furniture product quality control. Packing of finished wood products and furniture.

Used or generated information: revised packing orders. Reports of non-compliance. Prevention of labor, environmental, risk and quality, applicable regulations. Manual of use and maintenance of machinery and packaging equipment.

TRAINING module 1: CONTROL of reception, components and accessories level: 2 code: MF0171_2 associated with UC: control and arrange components and accessories for woodworking and furniture duration: 120 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: carry out the operations of cleaning, preparation and maintenance of first level of machinery and equipment, used in the reception and storage of components and accessories for woodworking and furniture complying with the applicable rules of labor and environmental risk prevention.

CE1.1 specify the operation, Constitution and devices of safety of the machinery and equipment used in the reception and storage of components and accessories of carpentry and furniture.

CE1.2 referencing them anomalies or main problems of operating more frequently, during the use of the machines identifying the correction indicated in each case.

CE1.3 in a so-called practical of preparation and maintenance of equipment, used in the reception and storage of components and accessories of carpentry and Cabinet, starting from some conditions given:-identify them operations of maintenance of first level of them equipment and run them in accordance with the instructions or manual corresponding.

-Make the cleaning of them machines, equipment and areas, achieving them levels required by it development, fulfilling the normative applicable of prevention of risks labor and environmental.

-Adapt them teams of production to the requirements of the process to run.

C2: Describe the operations necessary for the supply of components and accessories for woodworking and furniture.

CE2.1 recognize the process of supply of material to the phase of Assembly, indicating the documentation used and generated for pick-up delivery and control of such materials.

CE2.2 recognize the main materials, hardware and accessories used in the Assembly, grouping them by family-affinity.

CE2.3 list the most common delivery problems of communication, information and organization, in relation to elements of carpentry and furniture Assembly.

C3: Transport elements of carpentry and furniture, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health and maintaining its characteristics for Assembly, complying with the applicable rules of labor and environmental risk prevention.

CE3.1 recognize the main risks arising from the manipulation of parts and accessories.

CE3.2 recognize the major damage that can lead to manipulation in the parts and components.


CE3.3 in a practical course of carriage of a piece of furniture or woodworking, from given conditions element:-select the means of transport for the transfer of components.

-Transport parts and components with the means available, in accordance with standards of applicable environmental and labour risk prevention.

-Select the number of elemento-piezas and accessories to be transported according to process sheet.

-Arrange the elements and accessories for assembling more effectively possible, complying with the applicable rules of labor and environmental risk prevention.

C4: Arrange components and accessories used in carpentry and furniture Assembly.

CE4.1 in a practical course of assembling a piece of furniture or woodworking, from given conditions element:-organize by types (components, fittings, accessories) and groups based on their characteristics and applications.

-Maintain the optimum level of elements in Assembly, placing the order to the specified store at the time and quality, according to conditions.

-Maintain ranked control documentation, at any time the status of supplies.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.3; C3 on CE3.3; C4 complete.

Other capabilities: keep the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Communicate effectively with the right people at every moment.

Respect the channels established in the organization.

Responsible for the work that develops.

Adapt to the Organization, to its organisational and technological changes; as well as to situations or contexts new.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Respect the procedures and internal rules of the organization.

Contents: 1. maintenance of first-level equipment for reception and storage of components and accessories for woodworking and furniture technical documentation of the maintenance of the equipment and machines.

Technical data sheets.

Types of maintenance machinery, utensils and equipment.

Preventive and corrective maintenance.

Applicable techniques and procedures.

Assembly and disassembly operations.

Lubrication and cleaning; Regulation, adjusting and programming.

Commissioning procedures.

Regulation of equipment for reception and storage of components and accessories for woodworking and furniture.

Management and stop of the equipment. Fundamentals and characteristics.

Composition, regulation, management, influence on the characteristics of the final product.

2. materials used in the Assembly of furniture types. Classification.

Materials used in the Assembly of elements of carpentry and furniture: types (seats, backrests, tops, legs, rebates, flashing, doors, helmets, drawers, countertops, hardware, among others).

Technical characteristics of the material.

Handling. Risks.

3 receipt of materials and products of woodworking and furniture, storage of components and accessories, used documentation conformity of the reception. Cases of non-conformity. Performances.

Classification of materials and products at the reception. Criteria (destination, size, danger).

Coding and marking of materials and products received. Systems.

Location of products: by their frequency of use. By weight. By volume.

Packing slips, sheets of order, among others.

Performances.

Preparation of reports of reception control.

Warehouse management.

Coding and marking of materials and products received: techniques of work, computer, reader systems of bars or radio frequency equipment, programs managers and databases.

Marking of goods of woodworking and furniture: bar codes, electronic tags or tags and other identifiers.

Stock control.

Encoding media used in the storage of products and techniques.

Marking of goods of woodworking and furniture.

Inventories. Types and purpose of each of them.

4. methods of loading and unloading of components and accessories for carpentry and furniture at the internal level types and applications. Features. Stacking and placement of loads.

Internal handling and transport systems.

Means of transport.

Composition, functioning and management of the storage equipment.

Use of forklift truck.

Use of pallet truck.

Use and management of hand trucks, among others.

Itineraries to follow in internal transport.

5 regulations applicable in the reception of components and accessories for woodworking and furniture risk materials and accessories. Toxicity.

Degree of combustibility and flammability.

Physical hazards at the reception and handling of materials.

Prevention systems.

Extinguishing systems.

Most common hazards in the reception and storage of materials.

Types of risks: security, physical, chemical, ergonomic. Measures of protection and prevention, individual and collective.

Workplace: signs of safety (typology).

Materials and labelling: pictograms (degrees of combustibility in wood, hotmelt glues and others). Health and safety data sheets.

Machinery: safety devices; use and maintenance. Maintenance sheets.

(EPI's) personal protective equipment. Fire fighting measures.

Application of environmental standards (toxic waste: transportation, storage and recycling).

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the control and organization of components and accessories for woodworking and furniture, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 2: mounting of furniture and elements of CARPENTRY level: 2 code: MF0172_2 associated with UC: assemble furniture and elements of carpentry duration: 270 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: apply techniques of cleaning, preparation and maintenance of first level of machinery and equipment used in the Assembly of furniture and elements of carpentry and furniture.

CE1.1 recognize the operation, Constitution and safety devices on machinery and equipment used in the reception and storage of components and accessories for woodworking and furniture.

CE1.2 identify first-level equipment maintenance operations and execute them according to relevant manuals or instructions.

CE1.3 explain anomalies or major operating problems more frequently, during operation of the equipment used in the reception and storage of components and accessories for woodworking and furniture, identifying the correction indicated in each case.

CE1.4 in a practical case of cleaning and maintenance of equipment used in the Assembly of furniture and elements of carpentry and furniture, from given conditions:-cleaning of machines, equipment and areas, the levels required in the Assembly of furniture and elements of carpentry and furniture making.

-Adapt production equipment to the requirements of the process to run.

-Perform basic maintenance of the equipments of movement and transportation of wood.

C2: Describe the process of Assembly of furniture and carpentry items.

CE2.1 list the processes involved in the preassembly (clavijado, pressing, Assembly, sanding), indicating its purpose.

CE2.2 describe different subsets which can be mounted (drawers, doors, bodies, frames), by specifying the Assembly processes involved and components and accessories used for this purpose.

CE2.3 indicate the equipment that is used for the Assembly of subsets (clavijadoras, presses, banks set up, portable tools), describing its operation, as well as operations that require for their maintenance and upkeep.

CE2.4 list the main adhesives used in the Assembly of furniture and carpentry elements, relating them with the application technology and indicating the main parameters of use and applications.

CE2.5 recognize union systems definitive between pieces of furniture and elements of carpentry, through clavijado and staple/screw, indicating its main applications and technology.

CE2.6 expressed the importance that, in the Assembly of parts, the time between the application of the adhesive and its submission to pressure, as well as the climatic conditions that affect the setting of this.

C3: Interpreting drawings and assembly instructions for carpentry and furniture, indicating tolerances and dimensions.

CE3.1 determine what an Assembly drawing, indicating its usefulness.


CE3.2 detecting elements and components that make up a particular item of woodworking or Cabinet and the order to be followed in the Assembly according to the drawings and instructions given.

CE3.3 recognize the symbolism used in the assembly drawings, indicating its meaning.

CE3.4 determine, from assembly drawings, dimensions and tolerances of parts and assemblies specified.

CE3.5 determine, from drawings and assembly instructions, machines, tools and accessories required for mounting.

C4: Apply techniques of erection of subsets, using the specific means CE4.1 enumerate the parameters to be considered in the Assembly and parts, specifying depending on which variables are regulated.

CE4.2 the parameters to be considered in parts without tail Assembly, specifying depending on which variables are adjusted.

CE4.3 list the parameters to consider in the caulk and sanding of subsets, specifying depending on what variable is regulating.

CE4.4 in a practical course of erection of subsets from given conditions:-assembling and pressing subsets, using manual or automatic, presses prior adjustment of parameters.

-Glue parts that require it, manually and using automatic machines, after adjustment of parameters and load.

-Assemble subsets using nails, screws or other connecting elements, after adjustment of parameters of staplers, drills and loading of such tools.

-Select Abrasives whose grain is ideal for trimming and adjustment of subsets, depending on the characteristics of the material and type of machine used.

-Carry out the caulk and sanding of subsets, using PuTTY and hand Sanders, after adjustment of parameters and placement of the appropriate sandpaper.

-Perform basic maintenance of used machines.

C5: Apply techniques of furniture Assembly and carpentry elements, placing in working order fittings and accessories.

CE5.1 describe the process of Assembly of furniture and carpentry elements, indicating its purpose.

CE5.2 stating the different furnishings and woodwork can be mounted (cabinets, tables, chests of drawers, chairs), specifying the Assembly processes involved and subassemblies, components and accessories used for this purpose.

CE5.3 recognize the main hardware used in furnishings and carpentry for unions that do not require movement (screws, lag bolts), relating the accommodations of the same machining technology, the mounting technology that requires each one of them, as well as its principal uses.

CE5.4 identify the main hardware used in furnishings and carpentry for mobile connections (hinges and guides), relating them with the technology of machining of the accommodations of the same, the mounting technology that requires each one of them, as well as its principal uses.

CE5.5 indicate the equipment that is used for the installation of furnishings and carpentry (bisagradoras, portable tools), describing its operation, as well as operations that require for their maintenance and upkeep.

CE5.6 the parameters to take into account the insertion of fittings with automatic machines, specifying depending on which variables are adjusted.

CE5.7 list the factors to be considered in the Assembly.

CE5.8 in a practical course of assembling furniture and elements of carpentry, starting from a given conditions:-place hinges and slides at the indicated positions, manually and using specific automatic machine, after adjustment of parameters and load it.

-Assemble furniture and carpentry elements, using hand tools, and union elements after adjustment of parameters and load them, dismantling them later if required for its packaging.

-Perform basic maintenance of the equipment used.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C4 with respect to CE4.4; C5 regarding CE5.8.

Other capabilities: keep the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Communicate effectively with the right people at any given time, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Responsible for the work that develops.

Adapt to the Organization, to its organisational and technological changes; as well as to new contexts or situations.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Respect the procedures and internal rules of the organization.

Contents: 1. first level of equipment of Assembly furniture and elements of carpentry technical documentation of the maintenance of the equipment and machines.

Technical data sheets.

The process of replacement of parts or elements specified as first rate, damaged or defective equipment of woodworking and furniture Assembly.

Types of maintenance machinery, utensils and equipment.

Preventive and corrective maintenance.

Applicable techniques and procedures.

Assembly and disassembly operations.

Lubrication and cleaning; Regulation, adjusting and programming.

Commissioning procedures.

Installation of furnishings and carpentry equipment regulation.

Management and stop of the equipment. Fundamentals and characteristics.

Composition, regulation, management, influence on the characteristics of the final product.

2. installation of subsets of furniture and elements of carpentry components and subassemblies used in the Assembly of elements of carpentry and furniture: types (tops, legs, cornices, backs, sides, drawers, among others).

Technical characteristics of the components and subassemblies (solid wood, composite decking: agglomerated, FJl, MDF, among others).

Manipulation of components and subassemblies of carpentry and furniture.

Assembly of subsets of carpentry and furniture components: types of assemblies (to and tenon, dovetail, eccentric, among others).

Types of fasteners (stickers, pins, screws, among others).

Characteristics and properties of fasteners.

Application of adhesive items: guns, brush, dosing.

3 hardware used in carpentry and furniture, tools for the Assembly of elements, classes and features.

Applications.

Placement of hardware and its risks.

Techniques.

Machines. Applications. Handling. Maintenance. Occupational health.

Manual placement. Risks. Parameters to control. Marking.

Classes. Features. Applications.

Handling. Load. Occupational health and safety.

4. drawings of Assembly features and properties.

Interpretation. Symbology. Tolerances.

5 adhesives, joints in carpentry and Cabinet types. Characteristics and properties.

Handling. Applications.

Concept. Features.

Types (glued, stitched, bolted, with union fittings).

6 pressing, sanding and caulk types. Parameters to control.

Presses. Description. Preparation. Operation and maintenance.

(Pressure and temperature) pressing parameters.

Abrasive. Types. Features. Applications. Conservation. Parameters to control.

Sanding techniques. Applications.

Tools and grinding machines. Description. Preparation. Operation. Maintenance.

7. mounting and adjustment of furnishings and joinery purpose. Techniques. Features. Applications.

Conservation. Parameters to control.

Hand tools. Description. Applications. Preparation. Operation. Quality control. Factors that influence.

8. applicable legislation in the Assembly of furniture and elements of carpentry types of risks.

Methods of protection and prevention.

Useful personal protection and safety devices in machines.

Inherent risks.

Waste generated. Use and disposal. Methods and means.

Transport. Separation. Storage.

Most common hazards in the mounting of furniture and carpentry items. Types of risks.

Measures of protection and prevention, individual and collective.

Workplace: signs of safety in the Assembly workshop.

Materials and labelling: pictograms. Health and safety data sheets. Machinery: safety and maintenance tabs. (EPI's) personal protective equipment.

First aid: introduction.

Protocols in industrial accidents / emergencies.

Introduction to the legislation on occupational accidents / occupational diseases: rights and obligations.

Application of environmental standards (waste, transport and recycling).

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the installation of furnishings and carpentry, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.


2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 3: adjust and packed furniture and elements of CARPENTRY level: 1 code: MF0173_1 associated with UC: adjust and packing products and carpentry and furniture elements duration: 90 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: classify the different systems of adjustment of furnishings and carpentry on the basis of their applications, features and machines and equipment involved.

CE1.1 explain the process of adjustment of furniture and elements of carpentry, indicating its purpose.

CE1.2 describe the different settings that can be performed in furnishings and carpentry (cabinets, tables, chests of drawers, chairs), specifying the Assembly processes involved and the subassemblies, components and accessories used.

CE1.3 identify them main hardware to use in furniture and elements of carpentry for unions that not require movement, relating them with the technology of machining and setting that requires each one of them, as well as with their applications major.

CE1.4 indicate the equipment which are used for adjustment of furniture and carpentry elements, describing its tuning and performance, as well as operations that require for their maintenance and upkeep.

CE1.5 the parameters to consider the insertion of fittings with automatic machines, and specify which variables are adjusted.

CE1.6 list the factors to be considered in the setting of subsets.

C2: Execute the operation of components and accessories for woodworking and furniture, getting mounted products, according to the established specifications.

CE2.1 in a practical course, adjustment of components and accessories:-select the machines and tools to be used depending on the type of adjustment to make, tuning them for later use.

-Make up the joints between the parts that make up each product, reviewing them and adjusting them with tools or portable machines.

-Adjustment of the elements mobile, accessories and their mechanisms with tools or portable machines, in conditions of safety and occupational health.

-Remove, once proven adjustment and operation, the different components of the product, numbering his position in such a way that different parts can return to assemble.

-Carry out cleaning operations, first level maintenance and the replacement of tools or supplies following the existing maintenance plan.

C3: Analyze the processes of the quality control of the final product, leaving it able to be packed.

CE3.1 explain the process of final quality of furniture and carpentry items control, indicating the minimum control to be performed on each unit, specifying criteria for rejection.

CE3.2 locate defective furnishings and carpentry, indicating the severity of each defect, how to solve it and completing the appropriate documentation.

C4: Characterize the techniques to make the packed elements of carpentry and furniture, obtaining elements protected according to specifications.

CE4.1 indicate the different types of materials used for packing furniture and carpentry elements (cardboard, bubble plastic, polyurethane foam, among others), detailing the characteristics, applications and protection degree of the same.

CE4.2 explain the process of packing, indicating the different systems that exist, relating them with packing, protection of the element pack Materials and total cost.

CE4.3 in a properly characterized practical course of packed products of furniture or elements of carpentry:-indicate the equipment used, describing its operation and operations that require for their maintenance and upkeep.

-Enumerate the parameters of machine to adjust specifying depending on which variables are regulated.

-Packing furniture and elements of carpentry, manually and using the automatic baling, prior preparation of materials, setting parameters and load of the machine.

-Perform basic maintenance of used machines.

-Specify prevention measures and safety elements to be used.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C2 full; C4 on CE4.3.

Other capabilities: keep the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Communicate effectively with the right people at any given time, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Responsible for the work that develops.

Adapt to the Organization, to its organisational and technological changes; as well as to situations or contexts new.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Respect the procedures and internal rules of the organization.

Contents: 1. order finished products inspection. Techniques.

Criteria of acceptance and rejection. Sampling.

Inspection instructions.

2. packing of furniture and carpentry concept elements. Material. Types (cardboard, bubble, shrink plastic, polyurethane foam).

Characteristics and properties. Parameters of packed (gauge, temperature). Levels of protection.

Common applications.

Fully automatic: description, preparation and adjustment of parameters, operation and maintenance.

Quality control. Factors that influence. Purpose. Techniques.

3. warehouse of finished product concept. Purpose. Techniques.

Worker documentation.

Storage conditions.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the adjustment and packed products and elements of carpentry and furniture, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of at least 5 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

Annex VI professional qualification: Projects of WOODWORKING and furniture family professional: wood, furniture, and Cork level: 3 code: MAM063_3 general competence: define carpentry and furniture products and control the development of prototypes, developing technical documentation, by applying the established quality procedures.

Units of competency: UC0174_3: define and develop products for carpentry and furniture UC0175_3: develop and adjust the technical documentation UC0176_3: control and direct the production of prototypes of carpentry and furniture environment professional: scope professional: develops his professional activity in the area of technical office and prototypes, carpentry and furniture, private nature, in large business entities medium and small, by employed or self-employed person. It develops its activity depending on, where appropriate, functional and/or hierarchical from a superior. You may have staff occasionally, seasonally or stable. In the development of the professional activity apply the principles of universal accessibility in accordance with the applicable legislation.

Productive sectors: Is located in the productive sector of: manufacture of furniture, subsector manufacture elements of carpentry.

Occupations and relevant jobs: the terms of the following list of occupations and jobs are used with generic and all-inclusive nature of women and men.

Draughtsmen designers of furniture technicians in development of products of woodworking and furniture designers of carpentry and furniture training associate (540 hours) training modules MF0174_3: definition and development of carpentry and furniture (210 hours) MF0175_3: development of technical projects of woodworking and furniture documentation (210 hours) MF0176_3: Control and management of the production of prototypes of carpentry and furniture (120 hours) unit of competition 1 : Define and develop products of WOODWORKING and furniture level: 3 code: UC0174_3 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: define the characteristics and specifications of new products, from information obtained from available sources, considering the company's productive and commercial data for their development, manufacture and incorporation in the catalogue of the company.

CR 1.1 information search prior to define features and specifications of new products is controlled by consulting the available sources.

CR 1.2 the information obtained is used together with the productive and commercial data company and market research, obtaining data allowing the identification of needs in the offer of products.

CR 1.3 the information obtained is adapted to the degree of definition that enables decision-making by policy-makers on whether the design and development of new products.


CR 1.4 new products are defined on the basis of the analysis made, taking into account the cost of materials and the manufacturing specifications.

CR 1.5 features and specifications of the new products are reflected in the specifications, to be carried out by the person responsible for the design.

2 RP: Solutions of design and construction of new products, established to allow their development needs.

CR 2.1 criteria for the development of design that are the guidelines of the new product needs and listed in the brief or specification provides the designer.

CR 2.2 proposals on new products are made with a level of detail sufficient and necessary documentation is provided from the point of view of technical characteristics.

CR 2.3 formal and technical characteristics of the proposed products are previously checked at the beginning of the development.

CR 2.4 data and solutions provided for the development of new products are valued by those responsible for development of the design of products in order to make the decisions for approval and development.

3 RP: Define systems, subsystems, parts and components of the products of woodworking and furniture, from sketches and sketch developed for the realization of the plans and specifications of production.

3.1 CR sketches and sketches together and each one of the parts of carpentry and Cabinet models are developed for their manufacture after its assessment and approval.

CR 3.2 grouping and relationship of the sketches of each of the views, sections and details is determined by the processes of manufacturing and economic valuation of the company.

CR 3.3 specifications and layout of components and assemblies are produced following the criteria of the company, market and prior to the development of the product trends.

CR 3.4 determination of the materials used is adopted according to the design of the product, taking into account the standards of quality required.

CR 3.5 determination of the production process for manufacturing is performed for each item, whereas the technical possibilities of the company.

Professional context: means of production: machines and equipment: measuring and marking tools. Useful and conventional drawing instruments. Materials drawing and templates. Programs and resources of drawing, image editing and presentation of proposals.

Products and results: defined specifications of the new products and features. Solutions provided in the design and construction of new products. Definitions of systems, subsystems, parts and components of carpentry and furniture products to develop.

Used or generated information: measurements, data and drawings for construction and installation. Sketches and drawings of items to develop (dimensional, functional, aesthetic characteristics). Listings of materials and products. Parts listings.

Unit 2 competition: Develop and adjust LA documentation technique level: 3 code: UC0175_3 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: develop plans of manufacturing and Assembly of new woodworking and furniture products, applying the rules of representation and defining the components for their manufacture.

1.1 CR specification and definition of the model of carpentry and furniture is reached views, sections and details according to the regulations.

CR 1.2 the layout of them flat of products to develop is made to scale, depending on the specifications, manually or using the technical of design assisted by computer in two and three dimensions.

CR 1.3 cutting planes are incorporating the information necessary for the understanding of the model and indicating sufficient for its subsequent manufacturing dimensions.

CR 1.4 coding at the level of the different pieces (scales, materials, trim level), is carried out, to ensure the objectives of manufacture of the product (aesthetic, functional and technically).

CR 1.5 the graphic representation of the product is carried out, taking into account internal company conventions and the rules of drawing application.

1.6 CR settings and tolerances are set according to the role played by parts and the intended type of manufacture.

1.7 CR components (hardware, hardware) involved in a piece of furniture or woodwork construction are performed at the respective levels and specified technical details for your collection and assessment.

2 RP: Select materials and processes of the product of woodworking and furniture manufacturing, from the aesthetic design specifications for cost calculation and follow-up of the production stages.

CR 2.1 selection of materials (wood, sheets, fittings), is defined from the aesthetic and formal specifications defined in the design.

CR 2.2 machining and Assembly processes are selected, through the interpretation of drawings, defining the Organization and execution of the work.

CR 2.3 manufacturing operations are simplified and optimized by the use of constructive ways tailored to the type of product (grooves, screws).

CR 2.4 manufacturing costs are calculated based on the price of materials and components, manufacturing times, and fixed costs and variable, whereas the profitability of the new product to manufacture.

2.5 CR controls and self-monitoring of the product with the level of quality provided, are described in the technical specifications.

CR 2.6 control (verification of dimensions and certificate of self-control) guidelines, are identified and developed, following the criteria set by the plan of the company's quality, joining the technical documentation to ensure the quality of the product.

CR 2.7 operations to be carried out in the manufacture of furniture (sheet process, manufacturing releases, sets) are described in the technical documentation that goes to production.

CR 2.8 relate to the technical means required in the manufacture of the product and describe with the required level of specificity, are transmitted to the persons responsible for its production.

3 RP: Keep updated and organized the technical documentation of products of woodworking and furniture periodically to facilitate the consultation of the different departments of the company that requires it.

CR 3.1 update the technical documentation of the projects of woodworking and furniture (specifications, drawings, sets, catalogs), is carried out regularly, informing the company departments that require it.

CR 3.2 procedures for the control of changes are defined according to common criteria, informing all the departments that they depend on this documentation.

CR 3.3 access to technical documentation is carried out in an organized manner, according to criteria quickly and easily based on a system of coding of information.

CR 3.4 information on the development of products is transmitted to the different departments of the company to inform both their existence and their availability.

Professional context: means of production: machines and equipments: instruments and drawing equipment, standards. Office material. Computers in drawing and design (drawing, plotter and printer programs). Photocopier. Breeding plans. Cutting planes.

Products and results: manufacture and Assembly of new products of woodworking and furniture plans. Selection of materials and processes of the product of carpentry and furniture making. Updates to the technical documentation of the products of woodworking and furniture.

Used or generated information: views and plans for new products. Reports on products of interest to manufacture. Dossier of information and materials for catalogs. Technical documentation file.

Unit 3 competition: Control and direct the realization of prototypes of CARPENTRY and Cabinet level: 3 code: UC0176_3 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: controlling the development of prototypes, according to technical and formal specifications reflected in the plans to adapt them to the approved proposals.

CR 1.1 the materials (wood, sheets, fittings) are selected, depending on the aesthetic and formal, specifications according to the level of the product to develop and trying as far as possible that are identical are used that in production.

CR 1.2 the modification or elimination of parts is caused by lack of adaptation to the technical specifications of cost and technological availability of the company.

1.3 CR development and prototype analysis is performed according to specifications.

CR 1.4 machining takes place with the established machinery and according to criteria of occupational health.

2 RP: Rating the prototypes, according to technical and formal specifications expressed in the documentation to suit the characteristics of the company and the market.

CR 2.1 technical, ergonomic and formal specifications of the prototypes are checked according to the specifications of the tender conditions and regulations of the market.

CR 2.2 finishes are applied according to varying aesthetics, price and technical specifications provided by the company.


CR 2.3 prototype assessment is performed, comparing the technical compatibility of the prototype with the technological availability of the company, according to the own processes and outsourcing of it.

3 RP: Rating the behavior of prototypes in specialized technical laboratories (efforts, compression, torsion), to adapt them to the demands of the product and market, according to the applicable regulations.

CR 3.1 assessment of the behavior of the prototypes is carried out after its sent to the laboratories for analysis of characteristics with: efforts, compression, torsion, among others.

CR 3.2 results of the analysis carried out by the laboratories are valued, adopting the construction techniques prior to the series production process.

CR 3.3 possible changes on the prototype after the valuation are included, considering the demands of the product and market according to the applicable regulations.

Professional context: means of production: machines and equipment: machinery and equipment for furniture manufacturing. Materials: flat cutting and manufacturing.

Products and results: development and evaluations of the prototypes, according to technical and formal specifications. Assessments of behavior in technical laboratories of the prototypes.

Used or generated information: plans for manufacturing and construction. Listings of materials and products. Parts listings. Characteristics of machines and processes to be used for the realization of the prototype.

TRAINING module 1: definition and development of products of WOODWORKING and furniture level: 3 code: MF0174_3 associated with UC: define and develop products for carpentry and furniture duration: 210 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: describe the processes of research, definition and development of new products of woodworking and furniture.

CE1.1 describe the functions and features of a technical office.

CE1.2 relate the functions and organization of the technical office with other departments of the company.

CE1.3 recognize the information that is needed and manages a technical office.

C2: Rating the information used for the definition of new product in carpentry and Cabinet in order to determine what the current situation, trend and distribution of the demand for new products.

CE2.1 in a practical course for evaluation of information for the definition of new product in carpentry and furniture from given conditions:-interpret the information prior to the definition of the product (market studies, catalogs, magazines, fairs, exhibitions and offers from manufacturers) in order to know the situation of the market and the information necessary for the definition of new product.

-Developing statistical and graphic based on data production and trading company information and market research, to infer the characteristics of new products to manufacture.

-Define the characteristics and basic features that should have new products in the brief or specification, whereas with: product line, market segment which is directed, level of quality/cost expected product, planning time and tasks, expected response of the market.

C3: Propose constructive solutions for elements of carpentry and furniture, combining formal and functional requirements specified in the prior information of the product.

CE3.1 in a practical course of proposing solutions for elements of carpentry, starting from a given conditions:-interpret and analyze specifications, in order to propose solutions and new product ideas obtaining the following details initials: shape, overall dimensions, distribution of elements, decorative details (you mouldings and carvings) and surface finish.

-Discuss possible constructive solutions (Assembly, mounting, or joint), comparing, in order to select the most appropriate reasoning justifying the solution adopted, and taking into account the following aspects: type of materials, function, efforts, aesthetic claims and solutions and components available in the market.

CE3.2 in a practical course of definition of proposals for new products of woodworking and furniture, from the technical information of a chosen product and with certain requirements: – perform sketches and drawings that, combining the requirements of starting, properly defined, at least two possible constructive solutions.

-Make drawings that complete the various constructive solutions possible furniture or elements of woodwork with a level of detail that allows its identification, analysis and selection.

-Carry out the perspectives of the different proposed solutions, to facilitate their understanding and presentation.

-Conveniently characterize the solution adopted, identifying and sizing necessary by drawing detailed which shall be deemed the parts and components: the functionality of the solution in relation to the use intended, and to the use of materials, quality, proportionality, definition and detail of the sketch, the sizing of the solution from the standpoint of its resistance and adaptation to the requirements of space , the suitability of the materials chosen, the feasibility of the manufacture or installation, the economy of the solution adopted.

C4: Define the aesthetic aspects, systems, subsystems, parts and components of the new products of woodworking and furniture, from real models, photographs or sketches of the designer, applying a design methodology and techniques of representation.

CE4.1 in a practical course of definition of aesthetic, starting from a given conditions aspects:-draw up sketches, sketches and drawings (plants, elevations, sections, details and perspectives to pencil and color), using the manual technique or drawing assisted by computer, containing versions, adaptations and modifications to the base model, developed with a level of definition that allow its assessment , study and subsequent development and production.

-Interpret information collection catalogues and specifications of materials and products for information applicable to the design and definition of new products.

CE4.2 in a practical course of modification of a product, from a given conditions:-set the shape and dimensions of the product.

-Apply to the definition of the product, criteria of functionality, aesthetics, sustainability, ergonomics, durability and economy.

-Adapt the aesthetic and definition of the product to certain productive possibilities.

-Preselected materials that comply with the established aesthetic demands.

-Make the sketches and drawings of the modified version, applying conventional methods of graphic representation.

-To establish the packing suitable for the protection of the product, depending on the type of product (quality, fragility, shape and price), whereas information to incorporate into the packing, costs, ease of mounting, protection, storage, transportation and destination.

C5: Analyze and assess the possibilities of manufacturing products of woodworking and furniture, whereas the systems, processes, phases, procedures and resources necessary for the production of its components.

CE5.1 describe the main manufacturing processes involved in the manufacture of a given product.

CE5.2 list the main machines, equipment and tools that are necessary to carry out the processes of manufacture of a given product, taking into account the following product features:-materials that compose it.

-Dimensions of the parts and the whole.

-Shape of the pieces.

-Constructive solutions adopted.

-Mounting system to apply.

-Number of parts to manufacture.

CE5.3 in a practical course of an industry which is known means of manufacture, from the conditions laid down by the relevant technical information:-identify and describe the required manufacturing processes.

-Determine which elements or stages of manufacture cannot be with the means available to indicate which should be added so that the manufacture of the product would be feasible.

-To develop alternatives to the construction system and adopted mounting solutions, involving a simplification in the manufacturing processes, while maintaining or improving the results expected from the product to be able to manufacture the product with the available means.

C6: Organize and maintain up-to-date documentation used and generated in the definition of carpentry and furniture products.

CE6.1 describe the features and the information that provide for the definition of products of carpentry and Cabinet them different documents that usually is used and generate (studies and analysis of markets, sketches and sketch, flat of design, flat of definition, models, samples of materials and normative of application).

CE6.2 explain them different systems organizational for classifying the documentation technical that allow their easy identification and management.

CE6.3 collect and organize the information and those documents technical necessary for the definition of a so-called product.

CE6.4 classify them different documents, according to its content and to the degree of utility.

Skills whose acquisition should be completed in an environment real's work:


Full C2; Complete C3; Complete C4; C5 CE5.2 and CE5.3.

Other capabilities: interpret and execute work instructions.

Responsible for the work that develops.

Comply with the rules of proper production.

Demonstrate a good make professional.

Show some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Keep the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Contents: 1. Design and operation technical office and types of companies. Organizational structure and organization chart.

Functions of design and technical office within the scope of the company for the development of new products.

Documentation and phases in new product development projects.

2. analysis of the types of studies and market reports and useful market information: selective emptying of journals and information of sectoral developments, market studies, trade fairs reports, trend reports, reports of consumers.

Sources, organizations and companies carrying out market research.

Selection and analysis of relevant information.

Application of results to the definition of product and manufacture.

3. materials used in woodworking and furniture classification of the main types of Woods.

General characteristics of behavior and use.

Main species used in Spain: conifers. Leafy and certified timber.

Types of wood-based boards.

Technical characteristics and applications: particles, fibers, blockboard, plywood, lightened, other materials used in woodworking and furniture, plastic, metal, glass, and textiles.

Major unions, fittings, glues, accessories and Add-ons used in carpentry and furniture.

Products for the coating of surfaces and furniture finish: varnishes, lacquers and solvent, veneers, decorative laminates, plastics and paper.

4 design applied to woodwork and furniture industrial importance and impact of design in the production of woodworking and furniture elements.

Planning project and definition through the brief and specification.

Methods of drawing. Tools and materials required: conventional. Drawing freehand sketches and sketches. Systems of representation. Views. Computerized. Introduction to the modeling methods of woodworking and furniture design 2D: creativity for idea generation techniques.

Aspects to take into account in the design: coupling, ecodesign, constructive rationalization, ergonomics.

5. adaptation/modification of objective carpentry and furniture products. Planning and structuring. Factors to be considered.

Information. Compilation. Sources. Supports. Selection.

Solutions adopted: description and representation of alternative solutions. System of representation to adopt depending on the application for which is intended. Key aspects to consider selection of solutions. Comparative analysis of solutions and decision-making.

6 determination of the processes and means to manufacture the new product of woodworking and furniture production processes analysis. Types and methods.

Technological requirements.

Technical means to be used in the development of carpentry and furniture products. Operation and use.

Analysis of the productive and economic viability. Analysis of production costs.

Identification of the technical possibilities of the company.

7 analysis of furniture and carpentry items. Characteristic types of furniture and carpentry elements: types of furniture. Nomenclature and styles. Elements of carpentry. Windows, doors, finishes. Standard furniture elements. Trade measures. Ergonomic dimensions.

Articulation, sliding, closing systems.

Extensibles-plegables systems.

Safety regulations. Stability and balance.

List of the main products of woodworking and furniture manufacturing processes.

List of major machines, equipment and tools used in production.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the definition and the development of products of woodworking and furniture, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 2: development of documentation technique in projects of CARPENTRY and Cabinet level: 3 code: MF0175_3 associated with UC: develop and adjust the technical documentation duration: 210 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: develop plans of manufacturing and Assembly of products of woodworking and furniture with the specificity required by the type of manufacturing, applying the rules of representation.

CE1.1 interpret the symbolism and normalization used in drawings of furniture and carpentry items.

CE1.2 in a practical course of manufacture and Assembly of new products, from given conditions:-develop the plans for the new products of woodworking and furniture making, using the appropriate graphic representation techniques and introducing the specifications required by the type of product and the manufacturing system adopted.

CE1.3 in a practical course of definition of planes from the selected solution and specifications:-draw set in axonometric projection planes, to illustrate the solution adopted.

-Draw the main and auxiliary views, sections, cuts, cracks and details needed to define the Assembly components and their relationships to each other.

-Draw up the list of components or parts.

-Trace levels of resultant cutting, with precise specifications for the manufacture.

-List the codes and references of the various parts making up the product.

C2: Defining carpentry and furniture products and develop necessary levels, using computer aided drawing techniques.

CE2.1 describe the characteristics and most computer-aided design applications.

CE2.2 describe the equipment and necessary means to obtain drawings using a computer drawing program.

CE2.3 define the typical configuration of a computer-aided design team contemplating the most relevant peripherals.

CE2.4 identify the operating system commands that would enable it to operate with computer aided design program.

CE2.5 in a practical course of definition of products of woodworking, from given conditions:-make drawings and modifications of drawing in two and three dimensions, using a computer-aided drawing program, applying conventional standards of representation to the realization of manufacture, illustration and assembly drawings.

-Create environments in two and three dimensions, using a computer-aided drawing program.

-Get the planes by tracer and printer, using different formats and scales.

-Obtain backup copies of the work, keeping organized and easily accessible documentation.

C3: Set the required manufacturing processes for obtaining products, establishing the sequence of operations for its construction.

CE3.1 identify the main equipment, machines and tools (saw, thicknesser, Planer, milling machine, Tupi, drills, lathe, Sanders) that are involved in the various processes of construction of a product based on the materials, forms, constructive and features the same solutions.

CE3.2 relate the main processes applied to the construction of furnishings and carpentry workshop (conventional machines, tools and supplies), with the manufacturing of prototypes.

CE3.3 describe and characterize processes, phases, operations and resources necessary to build a product determined, depending on their characteristics and materials used, establishing the sequence of operations, indicating which is the result of each stage or operation and implications have with each other.

CE3.4 compare the manufacture of a prototype with the manufacture of the corresponding product, differentiating the industrial development within the productive system and craftsmanship.

CE3.5 differentiate operations of construction of prototypes are feasible by manufacturing serial or by hand.

CE3.6 in a practical course of definition of manufacturing processes to obtain new products from established conditions:-identify the equipment, machines and tools (saw, thicknesser, Planer, milling machine, Tupi, drills, lathe, Sanders) that are involved in the various processes of construction of a product based on the materials, forms, constructive and features the same solutions.


-Relate the processes of application to the construction of furnishings and carpentry workshop (conventional machines, tools and tooling), according to the information represented in the model planes.

-Characterize processes, phases, operations, governance guidelines and means necessary to build a product determined in the contract documents, according to their characteristics and the materials used, establishing the sequence of operations, indicating what the result of each stage or operation and implications have with each other.

C4: Economically evaluate products of woodworking and furniture making, considering the different costs involved.

CE4.1 in a practical course of economic evaluation of manufacturing products of woodworking and furniture, from given conditions:-detailing the composition of the cost of carpentry and furniture products, through the product set.

-Describe the different types of fixed and variable costs involved in the manufacture of a product in a business sector type.

-Use a computerised database of materials and manufacturing cost in order to get the cost of a product.

-The budget of a product through the application of a computer program's budgets.

-Determine graphically of the threshold of profitability of the product, whereas the composition of costs.

C5: Organize the documentation generated and used in the definition of carpentry and furniture products.

CE5.1 in a practical course of organization of documentation of product definition, starting from established conditions:-write the memory of a project, collecting it the relevant information (preliminary analysis, sketches and diagrams of solutions, type of materials, finishes, systems Assembly and Assembly, qualities and other characteristics) required for the manufacture of a product.

-To develop memory and other written documents that make up the product development project, applying a word processor software.

-work the measurements document and budget of manufacture of a product.

-Compose and assemble the project documents neatly getting a proper presentation.

-Describe the procedures established for the control of changes based on common criteria, reporting to different departments.

-Classify the technical documentation for easy identification.

-Various documents, classified according to their content and the degree of utility.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with regard to CE1.2 and CE1.3; C2 regarding CE2.5; C3 on CE3.6; Complete C4; C5 complete.

Other capabilities: interpret and execute work instructions.

Responsible for the work that develops.

Comply with the rules of proper production.

Demonstrate a good make professional.

Demonstrate autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Keep the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Contents: 1. determination of constructive solutions in carpentry and Cabinet types of assemblies and joints fixed and mobile. Features and applications.

Union and assembly using hardware systems. Features.

Accessories and complements (sockets, trims, embellishments).

Selection of construction solutions: comparison and analysis of solutions. Factors to be considered. Analytical procedures.

Selection of materials.

2. graphical representation of furnishings and carpentry realization of sketches and drawings.

Realization of views and details with information that should contain the planes. Dimensioning and scales.

Types of prospects for representation of furniture and carpentry items.

Normalization of planes and symbolism of materials and components.

Representation of assemblies and joints in wood.

Assignment of codes and references for identification of parts and components.

3. Drawing applied to woodworking and funiture CAD application of the computer aided design to the representation of furniture and carpentry. Interest and profitability of the system.

Elements that make up the system. Teams. Programs. Minimum equipment required. Investment. Maintenance.

The system and its elements. Functions and possibilities. New products. Modifications and versions of existing products.

Realization of elements of carpentry and furniture in three dimensions by computer aided design.

Obtaining of planes in two dimensions from the 3D parts.

Plans and projects 2 and 3 dimensional printing: printing, printing with printer or plotter types, environment plotter configuration, preparation of drawing for printing.

4 manufacturing processes and machinery machines, equipment and tools used in woodworking and furniture. Features.

Machines with start of sawdust: bandsaw, beam Panel saw/circular carriage, equalising.

Machines with chip: thicknesser, Planer, moulding, Tupi and replantilladora, boring and milling machines, machining centers (CNC).

Machines for the machining of unions. Use, gleaners.

Machines for coating of faces and edges. Presses, chapadoras of songs, combined.

Assembly and packing machines. To assemble, modules presses, baling presses.

Machines with dust boot: hand Sanders, Belt Sanders.

Machines for the application of coatings: application guns, roller/curtain machines and machines robots (Robot) CN.

Determination of machines, equipment, tools needed for manufacturing.

Comparison and assessment of required with the available means.

Selection of process of manufacture of the product of carpentry and furniture.

Definition of processes for the manufacture of the product to develop. Development of technique for the manufacture of the product of carpentry and Cabinet documents.

Elaboration of technical project documents: process, manufacturing releases sheet, specification of technical requirements, among others.

Identification of controls and self-monitoring required to produce the product with the required level of quality.

5. economic evaluation and budget of the realization of the product set product.

Calculation of the cost of the product: collection of data, cost of materials and components, calculation of manufacturing costs. Fixed and variable, calculation of the total cost.

Determination of the sale price, based on market prices and benefits.

Study of profitability. Variables and parameters to consider. Methods and formulas.

Preparation of budgets. Application of data bases and computer programs of budgets.

Comparison in case of self-made with case of purchase from supplier. Other factors to consider (quality, warranty, service, depreciation).

6. elaboration of technical project of carpentry and Cabinet documentation project (structure and content) documents: brief or statement of conditions, first ideas and sketches. Selection of the idea. Specification (material types, processes). Manufacturing drawings. Set in perspective views. Listing of parts and materials. Calculation of costs. Production planning. Work orders.

Drafting and preparation of memory, measurements, and budget. A word processor application.

Information and complementary and attached documents to the project: catalogues, samples of materials, photographs of models and prototypes.

Presentation and composition. Binding.

Elaboration of the complete project for manufacturing of a product.

Computer applications for the management of technical documentation.

Parameters of context of it training: spaces and facilities: them spaces e facilities will give response, in form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop of practices, laboratory or space singular, to them needs training, in accordance with the context professional established in the unit of competition associated, taking in has the normative applicable of the sector productive, prevention of risks, health labor, accessibility universal and protection environmental.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the development and the setting of technical documentation, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 3: CONTROL and direction of the realization of prototypes of CARPENTRY and furniture level: 3 code: MF0176_3 associated with UC: control and direct the production of prototypes of carpentry and furniture duration: 120 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: select the technical information required for the control of the production of prototypes in carpentry and furniture industries and processing the documentation required for distribution.

CE1.1 in a practical case of a prototype of carpentry and furniture making, and having available the technical information of the product and the process:


-Select the necessary technical documentation for production, in order to monitor the correct implementation of the prototypes.

-Order the documentation according to different criteria (distribution, allocation, application).

-Complete the necessary documentation for the Organization of production.

-Print and organize the drawings of parts, subassemblies, and assemblies.

-Develop the characterized list of materials needed.

-To develop the ficha-tipo of work.

C2: Control the manufacture of prototypes of carpentry and furniture, and propose alternative solutions to manufacturing where necessary.

CE2.1 in a practical course of manufacturing of prototypes, from given conditions:-Verify that materials supplied conform to the specifications of the proposed prototype.

-Check that the parameters of the machines (feed speed, pressure) and the type of tools and their situation are appropriate to the process.

-Check the characteristics of the manufactured parts, ensuring that they conform to stated specifications (dimensions, planimetry) with their tolerances and the absence of defects (marks, Burns, hangnail).

-Check, once initial finishing the product, which features the same stick to the specifications (color, brightness, touch, dimensions) and detect what have been the reasons for the deviations.

-Compare the manufacture of a prototype with the manufacture of the product in question, differentiating the industrial development within the productive system and craftsmanship.

CE2.2 in a practical case of a prototype of carpentry and furniture previously mounted, in which problems of manufacture and Assembly appear:-make timely inspections to the product to locate deviations which have taken place with respect to the expected results, according to the conditions set out in the project.

-To develop alternatives to the construction system and adopted mounting solutions, involving a simplification in the manufacturing processes, while maintaining or improving the results expected from the product.

-Updated the documentation for the development and manufacture of the prototype of carpentry and furniture.

C3: Procedures of quality control over manufacturing processes in woodworking and furniture industries combining the quality requirements with process specifications.

CE3.1 define the necessary quality controls that enable to achieve the quality standards established by the company.

CE3.2 analyze levels of product quality, in order to detect the factors to improve the production process.

CE3.3 in a practical case of a prototype of woodworking or furniture making, and from the documentation of quality control of production:-identify sampling points.

-Determine and explain what level of defects or errors are supported in machining and other operations involved in the processes, depending on the level of quality required.

-Indicate the factors and elements involved in the process that can cause shrinkage in the quality of materials or products (machines, tools, manual operations) linking cause and effect, and indicating the way to correct them.

C4: Analyze the conditions of occupational safety and health in production in carpentry and furniture industries, developing procedures for its control and prevention.

CE4.1 interpret the standards of occupational safety and health applicable to the woodworking industry and furniture (materials, facilities, equipment, operations).

CE4.2 analyze security conditions (lighting, ventilation, extinguishing media, protections), which should be the main productive areas (machining, Assembly, finish) of the wood and furniture industries.

CE4.3 explain the techniques analysis of job from the point of view of safety.

CE4.4 in a so-called practical of manufacturing of a product, known them facilities and equipment of production:-identify the risks and conditions of safety and health labour of them facilities and machines.

-Deducting the risk level of the different jobs, establishing levels of endangerment.

-To analyze the distribution and job environment.

-Sort and distribute jobs, applying criteria of safety.

-Establish the means and necessary facilities (personal protection, machine protections, detectors, extinguishing media) to maintain an adequate level of occupational health.

CE4.5 in a practical course of a particular job in a visit to a production facility:-identify / and describe the risks and degree of danger of the same.

-Describe the conditions that must have that job from the point of view of safety.

-Explain how operations should be developed from the perspective of occupational health.

C5: Assess the trials which prototypes are subjected to ensure the level of quality established in the project.

CE5.1 explain the objectives and functions of the analysis and prototype testing in the verification of the quality level of the project.

CE5.2 classify the different types of trials, according to the purpose.

CE5.3 analyze the trials of life, describing tests, media and test parameters.

CE5.4 describe key regulations and existing requirements for trials of furniture and carpentry items.

CE5.5 in a practical course of trial of a prototype describing the tests carried out and the results obtained:-assess the results, identifying and applying legislation.

-Determine possible causes (materials, nature of the constructive solution adopted, dimensions and tolerances) of the parameters of the prescription not overmatched.

-Establish alternative proposals which improve the results, arguing the solution.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 full; Full C2; C3 on CE3.3; C4 CE4.4 and CE4.5; C5 regarding CE5.5.

Other capabilities: interpret and execute work instructions.

Responsible for the work that develops.

Comply with the rules of proper production.

Demonstrate a good make professional.

Show some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Keep the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Contents: 1. construction and finishing of prototypes and mock-ups, documentation of production control selection of the technical documentation necessary for the production of prototypes. Plans, road maps.

Selection of tooling and tools required for machining, Assembly and finishing of parts.

Types and characteristics of prototype workshop machines.

Knowledge of CNC programming for manufacture of the prototype.

Preparation of machining with machine of workshop operations: construction and Assembly of prototypes, placement of fittings, Assembly, gluing, pressing and coating of surfaces, techniques, materials, realization.

Preparation of surfaces for finishing. Features.

Realization of manual finishes. Application of the products. Drying.

Control documents. Interpretation. Analysis. Application. Processed. Preparation. Distribution. Assignment.

Control documentation. Computer processing. Realization of case studies.

2 quality control of the production process and application of the manual of quality of production prototypes.

Procedures for the control of quality in processes.

Phases and checkpoints (cutting, mechanical operation, Assembly).

Detection of deviations from quality.

Data collection and incidents (control chips).

Corrective action to meet the standards of quality.

3. monitoring of the safety and maintenance in production with rules of prevention of risks in the workplace.

Conditions of work and security in production.

Preventive measures of risks.

Performance before the accident. Inspection of the causes and correction.

Maintenance programs. Preventive. Corrective. Calendar. Graphics.

Relationship between maintenance, productivity, quality and safety.

Monitoring and verification of peacekeeping operations.

4. the process, prototipo-promocion - product comparative analysis between diseno-maqueta project – prototype.

Redesign and definition of final product.

Promotion of the prototype and final product promotion. Dichotomy.

5 techniques for analysis of prototypes importance and function of trials for quality control.

Selection of furniture and carpentry elements trials: existing national and international regulations.

Selection of laboratories and institutions that perform quality controls: services that offer, media and equipment available.

Types of trials: destructive, non-destructive analysis of strength, stability, durability, interpretation of results, values normalized.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.


Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the control and direction of the realization of prototypes of carpentry and furniture, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

Annex VII professional skill: CORK family professional manufacture of objects: wood, furniture, and Cork level: 1 code: MAM212_1 general competence: manufacture granules, agglomerates, blocks and sheets of Cork, using tools, equipment and machines specific to the preparation and treatment of raw Cork and its transformation in accordance with established procedures, obtaining products and by-products with the quality required under safety conditions occupational health and environmental protection.

Units of competency: UC0675_1: prepare the Cork UC0676_1: manufacture granulated Cork, agglomerated Cork pure and UC0677_1 thereof: manufacture products derived from natural and agglomerated Cork composite environment professional: scope professional: develops his professional activity in the Department of production in relation to the maintenance in the professional area of Cork dedicated / or to the preparation of the Cork manufacture of pure hardboard, particle composite Board and other Cork items such as sheets, pallets, decorative items and specialties of natural or agglomerated Cork in large, medium-sized and small businesses, normally account of others. It develops its activity depending on your case, functional and/or hierarchical from a superior. In the development of the professional activity apply the principles of universal accessibility in accordance with the applicable legislation.

Productive sectors: It is located in the sector of Cork, in the subsectors of the first transformation of Cork and cork products manufacturing, developing its activity in the area of production.

Occupations and relevant jobs: the terms of the following list of occupations and jobs are used with generic and all-inclusive nature of women and men.

Operators of machines for treatment of Cork, in general aglomeradoras's Cork machines operators operators of machines to manufacture articles of Cork, general operators of machines for manufacture of articles of Cork, Cork training associate (240 hours) grinding machines operators in general training modules MF0675_1: preparation of Cork (60 hours) MF0676_1: manufacture of granules of Cork and articles thereof (90 hours) MF0677_1 pure agglomerated Cork : Manufacture of products derived from natural and agglomerated Cork composite (90 hours) unit of competition 1: prepare the CORK level: 1 code: UC0675_1 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: perform basic operations of first level maintenance to avoid interruptions in the production process of preparation of the Cork, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment following instructions.

CR 1.1 tools, materials, and accessories can be used in the machine or equipment for preparation of Cork, prepare, making simple assemblies, keeping them operational.

CR 1.2 simple and interchangeable elements of the machine or equipment for preparation of Cork: gouges, knives, saws, axes, cranks, suction tubes, and others, fit, checking that slack there is no.

1.3 CR simple and interchangeable elements of the machine or equipment for preparation of Cork: electric motors, pulleys, hoists, wheel, bearing, bearings, cables of tighten and others, are cleaned, checking that there are no traces of dirt, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment.

CR 1.4 the functioning of machines or equipment, used in the preparation of the Cork: boiler for cooking Cork, presses, transportation equipment, among others are proven, detecting any anomalies, informing the upper head, before possible anomalies in each shift, day or change of lots.

CR 1.5 tools and working equipment used in the cleaning and maintenance as rags, spatulas, spanners, screwdrivers, oil, grease, and others, are ordered, pursuant to.

CR 1.6 the development of Cork preparation machines is carried out, whereas the selection of tools, its sharpening and setting parameters depending on the product to get, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment.

1.7 CR records and annotations of maintenance in equipment used in the preparation of Cork are performed in the established support.

RP 2: Carry out the reception and storage of Cork raw, controlling physical parameters (humidity, density, among others) for its preparation, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment, according to instructions.

CR 2.1 them parts of Cork crude received, is downloaded with them teams of download, distributing them in them places assigned in the patio, following instructions, complying the regulations applicable of risks labor, security and environment.

CR 2.2 possible damaged parts of received raw Cork materials are detected, by the checks required, rejecting them and classifying them as 'non-compliant'.

The cubing, heavy 2.3 CR and Cork items measuring is carried out, using the equipment and instruments required, scoring values in the control register.

CR 2.4 moisture from pieces of Cork is calculated, chalking up the values in the rows of control and monitoring of production.

CR 2.5 pieces of Cork are stacked and stored, facilitating the circulation of air and avoiding accumulations of water and preventing its unstuck in disassembly.

CR 2.6 control records are recorded, including the time of permanence of the Cork in the courtyard of stack, the checks carried out and the movements of input and output.

3 RP: Control the operations of first firing of the plates of raw Cork for stabilization of the same, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment, according to instructions.

CR 3.1 Cork planks are soaked in water for cooking with the means and equipment specified, preventing the flotation, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment.

CR 3.2 cooked operation takes place, controlling the parameters of temperature, the water conditions and time, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment.

CR 3.3 the cooking water is renewed, coinciding with the cleaning of the boiler, in continuous operation and after a stop, registering consumption for further analysis.

CR 3.4 the plates of boiled Cork moved to the warehouse of stabilization, using means of transport required, controlling at the same: temperature and humidity, in accordance with the conditions laid down, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment.

CR 3.5 water boiler and its consumption changes, register, according to the support laid down in the production process.

4 RP: Cut sheets of Cork for his selection and baling, eliminating defects, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment, according to instructions.

CR 4.1 Cork sheets are trimmed, removing the jagged edges, damaged or substandard parts, exposing the smooth cuts that allow to appreciate its quality, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment.

CR 4.2 the thickness or gauge of the Cork plates is measured, using the instruments required for subsequent, classification.

CR 4.3 Cork planks are classified, by selecting the plates, according to its thickness or size and visual appearance, citing and registering industrial for each type of Cork applications.

CR 4.4 Cork planks are grouped and enfardan, according to their different sizes, qualities and its subsequent industrial application, following instructions.

CR 4.5 packages are stored in covered, clean and airy, according to established criteria.

4.6 CR trimming operations, sorting and wrapping, are carried out with the equipment and resources required, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment.

CR 4.7 control and monitoring of production records are completed, according to established criteria.

Professional context: means of production: scales, rulers. Boilers for the production of energy that can take advantage of Cork spoilage. Boilers for boiling Cork. Equipment for the movement of Cork (tractor-pala, trailers, forklifts, conveyors, hoists, overhead crane). Equipment of torque for dipping sheets of Cork. Knife sharpening equipment. Control of temperature and relative humidity of the air equipment. Water consumption and control equipment. Slicer. Press. Cutting tables. Platform holder bales. Chain with hook.

Products and results:


Cleaning, adjustment, Assembly and maintenance of equipment in the preparation of the Cork. Reception and storage of raw Cork, carried out. Cooked and classified Cork plates. Sheets of Cork, cropped.

Used or generated information: technical instructions and procedure manuals. Work orders and control (printed and parts of incidences) leaves. With rules. Control and monitoring of production records. Applicable regulations of occupational health, safety and environment, according to instructions. International legislation of taponeras practices.

Unit 2 competition: Produce granules of CORK, AGGLOMERATE pure of CORK and its manufacturing level: 1 code: UC0676_1 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: basic operations of maintenance of first level and preparation of equipment, to keep them operating and avoid interruptions in the production process of manufacturing of granulated and agglomerated Cork, fulfilling the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment , following instructions.

CR 1.1 tools, materials, and accessories usable in machine or equipment of manufacture of granulated and pure Cork agglomerate, prepare, making simple assemblies, keeping them operational.

CR 1.2 simple and interchangeable elements of the machine or equipment of manufacture of granulated and agglomerated Cork: blades, hammers, resistances, axes, suction pipes and others, fit, checking that slack there is no.

1.3 CR simple and interchangeable elements of the machine or equipment of manufacture of granulated and agglomerated Cork: electric motors, pulleys, wheels, transmitters, sieves, metal mesh, and others, are cleaned, checking that there are no traces of dirt, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment.

CR 1.4 the functioning of machines or equipment, used in manufacture of granulated and agglomerated Cork, boiler for cooking Cork, presses, transportation equipment, among others are proven, detecting any anomalies, informing the top liable to possible anomalies on each shift, day or in the change batch.

CR 1.5 tools and working equipment used in the cleaning and maintenance as rags, spatulas, spanners, screwdrivers, oil, grease, and others, are ordered, pursuant to.

CR 1.6 the development of machines manufacture of granulated and agglomerated Cork is made, whereas the selection of tools, its sharpening and setting parameters depending on the product to get, fulfilling the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

1.7 CR records and annotations of maintenance in equipment used in the preparation of Cork are performed in the established support.

2 RP: Carry out the collection of the Cork in the courtyard of stack for storage and subsequent use in the manufacture of granulated and agglomerated Cork, checking the same characteristics and registering the movements, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment, according to instructions.

CR 2.1 the Cork, used in the manufacture of granulated and agglomerated Cork is discharged in the courtyard of stacked with the established teams, complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational health and environment.

CR 2.2 the Cork is accepted, if it is noncompliant in quantity and quality (origin, appearance, humidity) and matches the characteristics of the order and rejecting those items that have a high content of firewood.

CR 2.3 seats are recorded in records of control of entry and exit, including the time of permanence of the Cork in the courtyard of stacking.

CR 2.4 the cubing and heavy parts of Cork is made, using the required equipment, scoring the results.

CR 2.5 parts and Cork residues are stacked in groups, using the equipment required, identifying different types of Cork.

CR 2.6 the location and orientation of the batteries and piles of Cork (if stored in bulk), in the courtyard of stacking, is carried out, perpendicular to the prevailing wind, avoiding accumulations of water in the bottom and preventing the unstuck pile during removal, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment.

CR 2.7 placement of various headings is organized by filling in the control and monitoring of production records and keeping the store in the required conditions of cleaning.

CR 2.8 Cork moisture periodically checks the storage period, by means of instruments (hygrometers, among others).

3 RP: Get granules of Cork for the manufacture of products or blocks of Cork agglomerate, crushed and refined, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment, according to instructions.

3.1 CR metal particles and foreign objects in the pieces of Cork are eliminated, using systems based on the difference in weight.

CR 3.2 the humidity contained in the pieces of Cork and waste is checked, before processing, by means of instruments (hygrometers, among others).

CR 3.3 sheets and natural cork pieces are crushed for granular, using windmills (of stars of hammers, among others), separating lower beads that have a high quantity of impurities, vacuuming dust produced for storage and later use, fulfilling applicable occupational health, safety and environmental regulations.

CR 3.4 crushed Cork particles are refined to get granular with the dimensions and specified forms, vacuuming dust produced for storage and later use, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment.

CR 3.5 the granules of Cork are transported and classified according to later use, size and density, with the required equipment, verifying that the bulk density of the powder stays within the limits.

CR 3.6 the Cork granulate drying is performed, programming and controlling the temperature and relative humidity of the air according to the specified conditions.

CR 3.7 granulate is packed, label and stack for organised distribution.

4 RP: Obtain blocks of agglomerated Cork, by stew and cooling to manufacture sheets, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment, according to instructions.

CR 4.1 Cork granulate is weighed, using the resources required (scales, among others), scoring the results.

CR 4.2 natural cork granulate, Cook, programming parameters (temperature, pressure and time), in the autoclave oven.

CR 4.3 the grain of boiled Cork become block, is extracted, using media and equipment required, transported to its cooling to an enclosure or space established, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment.

CR 4.4 agglomerate blocks are cooled in the air, or in airtight metal Chambers, of cooled, by controlling the time and avoiding stress and deformations.

CR 4.5 records of control and monitoring of production are completed on the established stand.

5 RP: Manufacture plates of agglomerate Cork for later storage or distribution, following instructions, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment, according to instructions.

CR 5.1 agglomerate blocks are cut, placing them according to the cutting and cutting, using the resources required (saws, laminators, among others), by adjusting the parameters, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment.

CR 5.2 obtained plates are prepared for his expedition into blocks 'shrink', labeled and stacked in the warehouse.

CR 5.3 sniffed powder of Cork produced in agglomerate blocks cutting for storage and later use, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment.

CR 5.4 control and monitoring of production records are completed according to established criteria.

Professional context: means of production: equipment for the production of energy that can take advantage of Cork spoilage. Equipment for the movement of Cork ('tractor-pala', trailers, forklifts, conveyors, equipment transport through gearings. Hoists). Equipment of pneumatic conveying of granules. Scales. Mills. Sieves. Tables 'densimetric'. Dryers. Autoclave oven. Airtight metal Chambers saws and sizing machines. Formers. Laminators. Sanders. Packing equipment. Tanks and silos of storage granules.

Products and results: cleaning, adjustment, Assembly and maintenance of equipment of manufacture of granules of Cork effected. Reception of the Cork in the courtyard of stacking, effected. Granulated Cork, obtained. Pure Cork agglomerate blocks, obtained. Cork agglomerate panels, obtained.

Information used or generated: programmes of manufacture. Manual of procedure and instruction techniques. Orders of work and leaves of control (printed and parts of incidents). Regulations applicable in risks labor, safety and environment. Records of control and follow-up of the production.

UNIT of competition 3: manufacture products derived from CORK NATURAL and agglomerated compound level: 1


Code: UC0677_1 professional accomplishments and performance criteria: RP 1: basic operations of maintenance of first level and preparation of equipment, to keep them operating and avoid interruptions in the production process of manufacturing of natural cork and agglomerate composite products, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment, according to instructions.

CR 1.1 tools, materials, and accessories usable in machine or natural cork and agglomerate composite products manufacturing equipment are prepared, making simple assemblies, keeping them operational.

CR 1.2 simple and interchangeable elements of the machine or equipment of manufacture of products derived from natural cork and agglomerate composite: blades, saws, axes, connecting rods, vacuum tubes, electric motors, pulleys, wheels, transmitters and others fit, checking that slack there is no.

1.3 CR simple and interchangeable elements of the machine or equipment of manufacture of products derived from natural cork and agglomerate composite: electric motors, pulleys, wheels, transmitters, sieves, metal mesh, and others, are cleaned, checking that there are no traces of dirt, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment.

CR 1.4 the functioning of machines or equipment, used in manufacture of products derived from natural cork and agglomerate composite: boiler for cooking Cork, presses, transportation equipment, among others are proven, detecting any anomalies, informing the upper head, before possible anomalies in each shift, day or change of lots.

CR 1.5 tools and working equipment used in the cleaning and maintenance as rags, spatulas, spanners, screwdrivers, oil, grease, and others, are ordered, pursuant to.

CR 1.6 the development of manufacture of products derived from natural cork and agglomerate composite machines is carried out, whereas the selection of tools, its sharpening and setting parameters depending on the product to get, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment.

1.7 CR records and annotations of maintenance in equipment used in the preparation of Cork are performed in the established support.

2 RP: Ensure the reception of the Cork required in obtaining derivatives of natural cork and agglomerate made up for storage, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment, according to instructions.

CR 2.1 Cork received to obtain products derived from natural cork and agglomerate composite is discharged in the courtyard of stacked with the established teams, complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational health and environment.

CR 2.2 received Cork characteristics are checked, regarding: quantity and quality, origin, appearance, humidity, among others, in relation to the order, by detecting and rejecting the possible damaged parts.

2.3 the cubing, heavy CR and measurement of items takes place, using the equipment and instruments required, scoring the results.

CR 2.4 parts and Cork residues are stacked in groups, using the required equipment: tractor shovel, tow, among others, compliance with the applicable rules of safety, following instructions.

CR 2.5 moisture and density of the pieces of Cork are checked periodically, by means of instruments of measurement, (hygrometers, among others), scoring values in the control and monitoring of production records.

CR 2.6 the piles and piles of Cork in bulk in the courtyard, are located, orienting batteries perpendicular to the prevailing wind, avoiding accumulation of water in the bottom and preventing the unstuck in disassembly.

CR 2.7 parts of raw Cork, are classified according to the presence of defects.

CR 2.8 control records are recorded, including the time of permanence of the Cork in the courtyard of stack, the checks carried out and the movements of input and output.

3 RP: Obtain blocks of natural cork or agglomerated by means of cutting, gluing and pressing to manufacture sheet or tile, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment, according to instructions.

CR 3.1 natural cork slabs are introduced in the cutting equipment, previously adjusted, removing the belly and back, obtaining and sorting templates and pieces of Cork with a certain thickness, complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational health and environment.

CR 3.2 preparation of adhesives is performed in the proportions required, checking the specified instructions and the type of block to manufacture, complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational health and environment.

CR 3.3 parts or templates of natural cork are glued, controlling the amount of adhesive per unit area and the time that elapses until his release in pressure, complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational health and environment.

CR 3.4 moulds are prepared, avoiding that the granules are glued during pressing, warming them to the temperature and during the specified time.

CR 3.5 it mix of granulated and adhesive of Cork is introduces in the molds with the particle size, humidity and density specified.

3.6 CR pressing or extrusion of the mixture of granules and adhesive is done by adjusting the parameters of the established limits, getting blocks to remove them from mold, in their case and controlling your cooling.

4 PR: Get sheets of natural cork and chipboard processing compound, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment, according to instructions.

CR 4.1 blocks of agglomerated Cork unwind, setting parameters (cutting angle, position of the bar of pressure, speed) and centering the block on the lathe, obtaining films with a certain thickness.

CR 4.2 blocks of natural cork or agglomerate composite parts are laminated, adjusting the micrometric rise of the table according to the thickness to obtain and setting the blocks to the clamping table for sheets or decorative papers with a certain thickness, complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational health and environment.

CR 4.3 obtained Cork sheets are allowed to stand, controlling environmental defaults, until they reach their final form, complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational health and environment.

CR 4.4 records of control and monitoring of the production is completed, according to established criteria.

RP 5: Processing blades of natural cork and agglomerate composite, using adhesive and pressing to obtain products with established quality, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment, according to instructions.

CR 5.1 natural cork sheets are classified according to its porosity and other observable aspects, proceeding to his marriage to agglomerated Cork composite blade.

CR 5.2 quality of the final product is checked, verifying: length, thickness, width and density of simple elements that will make up the complex element.

CR 5.3 adhesives preparation is done in the proportions required, complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational health and environment.

CR 5.4 Cork sheets are glued, checking the amount of adhesive per unit area and time prior to putting pressure, complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational health and environment.

CR 5.5 high density boards are glued on both sides, controlling the amount of adhesive per surface unit and the time that elapses until the pressing, sticking a blade base (one on each side), complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational health and environment.

CR 5.6 glued elements are pressed, by controlling the pressure, temperature and pressing time complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational health and environment.

CR 5.7 glued after pressing elements are stored, salt-water, controlling: temperature and humidity, to avoid deformation.

6 RP: Finish Cork sheets for tiles, parquet, laminate flooring blades or specialties, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment, according to instructions.

CR 6.1 Cork sheets sandpaper, using media and equipment required, calibrating its thickness and evaluating uniformity and appearance of surfaces, complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational health and environment.

CR 6.2 tiles, parquet or Cork specialties, are obtained by placing sheets covering over sheets of Cork, using equipment and resources required, complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational health and environment.

CR 6.3 preparation of varnishes or waxes is performed in the proportions required, checking its characteristics and measuring its viscosity, complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational health and environment.

CR 6.4 mixture is applied in the stipulated quantity, on blades or sides of the stage, using the appropriate equipment.

CR 6.5 cutting equipment are prepared, verifying the conditions of sharpening and setting cutting parameters specified compliance with the applicable rules of safety, occupational health and environment.


6.6 CR blades or floating cork flooring are cut, positioning itself in the required cutting equipment, making the cutting and square.

CR 6.7 pallets are emerging, adjusting the cutting parameters and checking the dimensions of the profile done.

CR 6.8 obtained parts are stored in the established place, controlling humidity, temperature and time conditions, complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational health and environment.

CR 6.9 packing and transport operations is carried out with the media and the established teams, complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational health and environment.

Professional context: means of production: equipment for the production of energy that can take advantage of Cork spoilage. Equipment for the movement of Cork ('tractor-pala', trailers, forklifts, conveyors, equipment transport through gearings. Hoists). Equipment of pneumatic conveying of granules. Scales. Mills. Sieves. Tables 'densimetric'. Dryers. Autoclave oven. Airtight metal Chambers saws and sizing machines. Formers. Laminators. Sanders. Packing equipment. Tanks and silos of storage granules.

Products and results: basic operations of maintenance of first level and preparation of products derived from natural and agglomerated Cork composite manufacturing equipment, carried out. Blocks of parts of Cork natural obtained. Natural cork sheets processed, obtained. End products of Cork: tiles, cork floating flooring and other specialties, obtained.

Used or generated information: manufacturing programs. Technical instructions and procedure manuals. Work orders and control (printed and parts of incidences) leaves. Control and monitoring of production records. Applicable regulations of occupational risks, safety and environment.

TRAINING module 1: preparation of the CORK level: 1 code: MF0675_1 associated with UC: prepare Cork duration: 60 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: perform cleaning operations, preparation and maintenance of first level of machinery and equipment used in the machines for preparation of Cork, complying with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational health, safety and environment.

CE1.1 recognize performance, Constitution and safety devices on machinery and equipment used in the preparation of the Cork.

CE1.2 describe major operating problems or anomalies most frequently during the use of the equipment used in the preparation of the Cork, identifying the correction indicated in each case.

CE1.3 describe the operations of maintenance and periodic replacement of elements of the processing machinery.

CE1.4 in a practical course of maintenance of machines for preparation of Cork, from given conditions and in compliance with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment, according to instructions:-to replace items of equipment and installations at the time and condition marked by the maintenance plan.

-Identify the first level of the moving equipment operations and stacking of materials.

-Perform the operations of maintenance of movement and stacking of materials.

-Keep the conditions of cleaning and environmental protection of the different spaces.

-Cleaning of machines, equipment and areas, achieving levels required in plugs, disks and multipiezas of natural cork Stoppers manufacturing machines.

C2: Describe the process of preparation of the Cork, serving the purposes to which the proceeds are.

CE2.1 the different phases of the process of preparation of the Cork, related to the product input and output, as well as the operations of each phase.

CE2.2 describe sequences of operation required (preparation of machines, tools, power, control, verification and maintenance) that characterize the process, related to the machines and equipment.

CE2.3 describe the risks and typical of the process of preparation of the Cork errors, as well as the means of protection required according to the applicable regulations of prevention of labour risks, safety and environment.

CE2.4 specify the importance of control and classification of stocks of natural cork plates, checking its characteristics, dimensions, defects, pathologies and moisture.

C3: Apply techniques of boiled Cork plates, operating with the specific equipment, complying with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational health, safety and environment.

CE3.1 describe the materials and mechanisms of boilers and other equipment, as well as tooling and necessary tools for Cork plates stew.

The CE3.2 is defining the use and characteristics of the places of rest and the plates of boiled Cork storage.

CE3.3 in a so-called practical of cooked of plates, starting from a split of plates of Cork:-immerse the plates of Cork.

-Check the temperature, conditions and cooking times of sheets of Cork, according to specified conditions.

-Calculate the time and cooking temperature.

-Check that is kept submerged the plates during the cooking.

-Extract them plates of Cork cooked of the boilers and store, using them media required, fulfilling the normative applicable of prevention of risks labour, safety and environment.

-Register the consumption of water necessary.

C4: classify plates of Cork cooked, in accordance with them specifications prior to them operations of clipping and chosen, fulfilling the normative applicable of prevention of risks labor, safety and environment.

CE4.1 in a so-called practical of classification of plates of Cork, starting from a split of plates of Cork and with some features given:-select instruments of measure and calibration, establishing the unit of measure and applying its operation.

-Calibrate sheets of Cork, with the instruments appropriate, in accordance with the criteria established.

-Grouping plates of Cork, depending on rankings previously defined, by thicknesses or sizes appropriate for each application industrial.

-Carry out the measurement and calibration with the appropriate instruments.

-Determine possible industrial applications of the plates.

-Classify the plates measured and calibrated according to the application that will be used.

-Fill out documents and records of control and monitoring of the classification of boiled Cork, interpreting them and filling them according to established criteria.

C5: Apply techniques of cutting and wrapping of Cork, selecting the clipped Cork plates, according to the industrial application to which it is intended, complying with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational health, safety and environment.

CE5.1 describe operations the shaved and trimmed sheets of natural cork, defining factors of sharpening of the blade according to the thickness of parts to get.

CE5.2 describe the risks associated with the process of cutting and wrapping, according to standards of environmental and labour risk prevention.

CE5.3 in a practical course of wrapping sheets of Cork, according to established criteria:-cut sheets of Cork, in accordance with established criteria.

-Select sheets of Cork, for your baling and stacking, depending on the industrial application considered.

-Register operations.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.4; C3 on CE3.3; Complete C4; C5 regarding CE5.3.

Other skills: be responsible for the work that develops.

Comply with the rules of production set by the organization.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Respect the procedures and the internal rules of the organization.

Get used to the pace of work of the organization.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Contents: 1. simple operations of adjustment and mounting of elements interchangeable in the machines for preparation of Cork, following instructions first level of machines required in the preparation of the Cork: operations of Assembly and dismantling, lubrication and cleaning; Regulation, setting, cleaning and oiling equipment preparation of Cork, tuning equipment.

Equipment, machines, tools and accessories for the maintenance of machines and equipment required in the preparation of the Cork: types and features. Applications.

Measuring equipment and control parameters.

2. the Cork: properties, characteristics and treatments of Cork, operations of receiving and storing of raw Cork Cork: concept, structure, composition, physical and chemical properties, defects, diseases and pathologies, moisture of the Cork.

Reception and storage of the raw material of raw Cork: downloading materials, cautions.

Conformity of the reception. Cases of non-conformity and performances.

Features of Cork: origin, appearance, humidity.

Classification of materials and products of reception: processes of cubed and heavy Cork, coding and marking of materials and products received.

Distribution and location: stacking of Cork.

Protection of the batches of Cork. Means of protection.

3. operations of first cooked and stabilisation of the Cork plates, sorting and wrapping


Cooked and rest of the Cork: concept, purpose and methods.

Boilers and equipment of Cork stew. Types.

Classification of Cork in iron: concept, purpose, basic criteria, calculation of stocks and filling in documents.

Cut sheets of Cork. Concept, purpose.

Detection and elimination of defects: methods and equipment and maintenance services.

With applicable rules of prevention of occupational risks in the trimming of boiled Cork.

Treatment, disposal and utilization of waste.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the preparation of the Cork, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 2: manufacturing of granules of CORK AGGLOMERATE pure CORK and its manufactures level: 1 code: MF0676_1 associated with UC: granules of Cork, agglomerated Cork pure and articles thereof manufacture duration: 90 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: carry out the operations of cleaning, preparation and maintenance of first level of machinery and equipment used in the granules of Cork making machines agglomerated Cork and articles thereof, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment, according to instructions.

CE1.1 recognize performance, Constitution and safety devices on machinery and equipment used in the manufacture of granules of Cork, agglomerated Cork and articles thereof.

CE1.2 identify first-level equipment maintenance operations and execute them according to relevant manuals or instructions.

CE1.3 describe anomalies or issues of operating more frequently, during operation of the equipment used in the manufacture of granules of Cork, agglomerated Cork and articles thereof identifying the correction indicated in each case.

CE1.4 in a so-called practical maintenance of machines for manufacture of granules of Cork, agglomerated Cork and articles thereof, starting from a given conditions and in compliance with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment, according to instructions:-to replace items of equipment and installations at the time and condition marked by the maintenance plan.

-Carry out the maintenance of use and replace elements of the different teams and motion systems and materials.

-Keep the conditions of cleaning and environmental protection of the different spaces.

-Cleaning of machines, equipment and areas, achieving the levels required in the granules of Cork, agglomerated Cork and articles thereof making machines.

C2: Describe the process of manufacture of granules of Cork, agglomerated Cork and articles thereof.

CE2.1 relate the various stages of the manufacturing process of granules of Cork and agglomerate Cork, with the product that arrives and he gets, as well as the operations of each phase.

CE2.2 describe sequences of operation required (preparation of machines, tools, power, control, verification and maintenance) that characterize the process, related to the machines and equipment.

CE2.3 describe the risks and errors typical of the manufacturing process of granules of Cork and Cork agglomerate and manufactured, as well as the necessary means of protection.

CE2.4 specify the classification of stocks of materials and waste, considering its characteristics, dimensions, defects, pathologies and moisture.

C3: apply technical of fitting and training of heaps of the Cork, fulfilling the regulations applicable of risks labour, security and environment, following instructions.

CE3.1 relate the different phases of the process of receiving, assorted of the raw.

CE3.2 describe the spaces required for the storage and handling of the received material.

CE3.3 linking machines, tools and instruments necessary to classify the Cork (rules forcipulas, hygrometers, scales).

CE3.4 recognize the risks involved in the handling and storage of material.

CE3.5 describe the equipment and conditions of stacking of Cork, ensuring its conservation and indicating their suitability based on the parts to be handled.

C4: Use particles removal equipment and foreign materials in sheets and cork waste items, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment, according to instructions.

CE4.1 describe the preconditions to the ground plate and cork waste.

CE4.2 describe equipment and disposal systems of particles and foreign materials in sheets and cork waste items.

CE4.3 in a practical course of removing particles and foreign materials in items of plates and waste of Cork, from a game of Cork plates:-determine the equipment and system to eliminate particles and strange elements.

-Handle the equipment and systems of elimination in games of plates and cork waste by applying the standards of prevention of occupational and environmental risks inherent in the process.

-Check the operation of the equipment and the Elimination of elements.

-Take appropriate measures in the event of impact.

C5: Get granular Cork, operating with the required equipment, in accordance with established specifications, compliance with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment.

CE5.1 describe machinery and equipment manufacture of granules of Cork, depending on their purpose in the various operations of the process.

CE5.2 describe conditions of storage of granulated Cork, related to temperature and humidity.

CE5.3 in a practical course of granulates, from given conditions obtain:-handle Mills crushing of Cork, in accordance with the specifications, verifying the correct suction of dust produced in the process.

-Perform the sieving of Cork granules, according to particle size, selected the required equipment, according to criteria of size, density, shape and speed of the process.

-Dried granules of Cork, in accordance with the specified criteria of moisture.

-Carry the granules of Cork, with the teams tire, according to specifications, compliance with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment.

C6: Manage blocks of agglomerated Cork, in accordance with established specifications, equipment comply with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment.

CE6.1 describe useful molds, presses, stoves and mechanisms of autoclaves, other equipment, controls and tools in the manufacture of Cork agglomerate.

CE6.2 describe the conditions of extraction of autoclaving and cooling of the Cork agglomerate blocks, avoiding structural failures of the same.

CE6.3 in a practical course of manufacturing blocks of agglomerated Cork, from established conditions:-handling mechanisms of power and controls of autoclaves for manufacture of agglomerate Cork, under the conditions laid down, complying with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational and environmental risks inherent in the process.

-Complete parts of Cork agglomerate production record, according to the specifications of pressure, time and temperature established.

-Handling mechanisms and extraction and Cork agglomerate blocks movement, according to conditions laid down.

C7: Manufacture Cork agglomerate sheets, operating with equipment's according to stated specifications, compliance with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment.

CE7.1 describe the operations of cutting and blocks of agglomerated Cork laminate, defining factors of sharpening of the blade according to the thickness of parts to get.

CE7.2 in practical cases of making agglomerate Cork, from established conditions:-manipulate the controls of blade from cut blocks of agglomerated Cork and Cork, in accordance with the established criteria, checking mechanisms of Cork dust extraction.

-Handle issuing machines (shrink wrapping, labelling) sheets of chipboard, controlling the quality of the process and minimizing waste, complying with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational and environmental risks inherent in the process.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.4; C4 on CE4.3; C5 regarding CE5.3; C6 regarding CE6.3; C7 with respect to CE7.2.


Other skills: be responsible for the work that develops.

Comply with the rules of production set by the organization.

Interpret and execute the instructions of work.

Respect the procedures and the internal rules of the organization.

Get used to the pace of work of the organization.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Contents: 1. granulated Cork concept. Types, characteristics of Cork to obtain, manufacture techniques.

Removal of particles and foreign materials at the Cork: concept, justification of the process, techniques and methods.

Cork grinding mills: concept, types and applications.

Methods: equipment and maintenance services.

Cork granulated sifting mechanisms: concept, types and applications.

Classification methods: equipment and maintenance services.

Drying of granules of Cork: concept, types and applications.

Determination of set humidity, equipment and maintenance services.

Mechanisms for suction and transport of powder and granules of Cork. Concept, types and applications. Methods: equipment and maintenance services.

With applicable rules of prevention of occupational risks in the obtaining of granules of Cork.

Most frequent hazards.

Protective measures: personal, first aid and equipment.

Toxicity of the products.

Prevention and extinguishing systems. Methods and means used.

Environmental protection in the obtaining of granules of Cork: concepts, purpose and methods. Treatment, disposal and utilization of waste.

2 agglomerate Cork concept: manufacturing methods, applications.

Granules of Cork cooking: concept, purpose and methods.

Equipment: molds, presses and stoves and maintenance thereof, temperature, pressure and time parameters. Media and facilities: tools, equipment and machinery.

With applicable rules of prevention of occupational risks in Cork agglomerate obtaining operations.

Most frequent hazards.

Protective measures: personal and equipment.

First aid: toxicity of products, prevention and extinguishing systems.

Methods and means used.

Environmental protection in the obtaining of chipboard: concepts, purpose, methods, treatment, disposal and utilization of waste.

3 blocks and plates of agglomerate Cork blocks: concept.

Removal and cooling systems.

Equipment and maintenance services.

Block machining: sawing, laminating, squaring, milling.

Sawing and maintenance equipment.

Agglomerate Cork plates: concept and application.

Applicable standards of safety and occupational health in obtaining blocks and sheets of Cork agglomerate.

Most frequent hazards.

Protective measures: personal and equipment.

First aid.

Toxicity of the products.

Prevention and extinguishing systems. Methods and means used.

Environmental protection in obtaining blocks and sheets of particle board: concept, purpose and methods.

Treatment, disposal and utilization of waste.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the manufacture of granules of Cork, agglomerated Cork pure and thereof, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 3: manufacturing of products derivatives of CORK NATURAL and agglomerated compound level: 1 code: MF0677_1 associated with UC: manufacture products derived from natural cork and agglomerate composite duration: 90 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: carry out the operations of cleaning, preparation and maintenance of first level of machinery and equipment used in the manufacture of products derived from natural cork and agglomerate composite compliance with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment, according to instructions.

CE1.1 recognize performance, Constitution and safety devices on machinery and equipment used in the manufacture of products derived from natural cork and agglomerate composite.

CE1.2 identify first-level equipment maintenance operations and execute them according to relevant manuals or instructions.

CE1.3 describe major operating problems or anomalies most frequently during the use of the equipment used in the manufacture of products derived from natural cork and agglomerate composite, identifying the correction indicated in each case.

CE1.4 in a practical course of maintenance of equipment of manufacture of products derived from natural cork and agglomerate composite from given conditions and in compliance with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment:-replace items of equipment and installations at the time and condition marked by the maintenance plan.

-Carry out the maintenance of use and replace elements of the different teams and motion systems and materials.

-Keep the conditions of cleaning and environmental protection of the different spaces.

-Cleaning of machines, equipment and areas, achieving the levels required in the manufacture of products derived from natural cork and agglomerate composite machines.

C2: Describe the articles of natural cork and agglomerate composite manufacturing process.

CE2.1 relate the different phases of the process of manufacture of articles of natural cork and agglomerate composite, with the product that arrives and he gets, as well as the operations of each phase.

CE2.2 describe sequences of operation required (preparation of machines, tools, power, control, verification and maintenance) that characterize the process, related to the machines and equipment.

CE2.3 describe the risks and typical errors in the process of manufacture of articles of Cork, as well as the necessary means of protection.

CE2.4 specify the importance of control and classification of stocks of materials and waste, taking into account its characteristics, dimensions, defects, pathologies and moisture.

C3: Describe the process of receiving and stacking Cork articles of natural cork and agglomerate composite manufacturing process.

CE3.1 relate the different phases of the process of receiving, classified matter raw material in the manufacture of articles of natural cork and agglomerate composite process.

CE3.2 describe the spaces required in the storage and handling of the received material.

CE3.3 linking machines, tools and instruments required in the classification of Cork (rules forcipulas, hygrometers, scales).

CE3.4 specify the risks associated with the handling and storage of material.

CE3.5 describe the equipment and conditions of stacking of Cork, guaranteeing its preservation, indicating their suitability based on the parts to be handled.

C4: Obtain blocks of natural cork or agglomerate composite Cork, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment.

CE4.1 describe the process of natural cork or composite particle board blocks, according to criteria of use and specifications.

CE4.2 in practical cases of obtaining of blocks of natural cork, from given conditions:-handling equipment for cutting pieces of natural cork, following factors of sharpening of the blades of smooth edge depending on the thickness of parts to get.

-Calculate amounts of granulated Cork and glues and additives in proportions required to feed mixers.

-Handling equipment of press, according to criteria of time, temperature and pressure.

-Set the motor speed in extrusion or injection molding machine.

-Establish criteria for pressure and temperature.

-Handle correctly the machine of extrusion or injection molding, feeding blockers.

-Carry out correctly the emptying of the blocks obtained from their molds.

C5: Get sheets of natural cork or agglomerate composite Cork, for the manufacture of decorative products and specialties.

CE5.1 describe the process of natural cork or agglomerated Cork composite blades according to certain specifications and criteria of use.

CE5.2 describe the bonding process of sheets of natural cork sheets of particle board made of cork or other bases, according to the criteria of use, defined specifications and the purpose of this process.


CE5.3 describe the operations of veneer and laminate natural cork or agglomerated Cork composite parts defining factors of choice of tooling cutting, depending on the thickness of the parts to get.

CE5.4 in a practical course for obtaining sheets of Cork, from given conditions:-manipulate the controls of machines of rotary-cut veneer and laminators, according to specifications.

-Prepare the blades that are going to be United.

-Dosing and applying adhesives according to blades to glue and its surface.

-Calculate the proportions, times and quantities.

-Check the proportions, the time between their preparation, their application and the quantity per surface unit.

C6: Obtain finished products, such as: laminated flooring and other objects of Cork with the media and equipment required.

CE6.1 describe the process of cutting, sanding and finishing of agglomerated Cork composite blades.

CE6.2 describe cutting of sheets of hardboard made of Cork, defining factors of sharpening of the blades according to parts to get.

CE6.3 in a practical course of obtaining products from Cork, from given conditions:-sanding sheets of Cork, according to conditions laid down, checking the wear of abrasive and the achieved surface quality.

-Dose varnishes or waxes in the proportions required, controlling its viscosity and keeping the flow.

-Manage teams barnizado-encerado, checking the quality of the application, preventing the interruption of the process and keeping the equipment clean and in optimum condition of use.

-Use cutting equipment, checking the quality of the product obtained and keeping the working parameters.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.4; C4 regarding CE4.2; C5 regarding CE5.4; C6 with respect to CE6.3.

Other skills: be responsible for the work that develops.

Comply with the rules of production set by the organization.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Respect the procedures and the internal rules of the organization.

Get used to the pace of work of the organization.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Contents: 1. Cork blocks used in the manufacture of products derived from Cork blocks of natural cork: concept, types and applications.

Methods: equipment and maintenance services.

Blocks of agglomerated Cork composite: concept, types, applications, methods for obtaining. Equipment and maintenance services.

Applicable standard in the manufacture of products derived from natural and agglomerated Cork composite of occupational health and safety.

Most frequent hazards. Protective measures: personal and equipment.

First aid. Toxicity of the products. Prevention and extinguishing systems.

Environmental protection in the manufacture of products derived from natural cork and agglomerate composite: concept, purpose and methods.

Treatment, disposal and utilization of waste.

2 sheets of Cork, natural cork sheets: concept, types and applications.

Methods: equipment and maintenance services.

Agglomerated Cork composite blades: concept, types and applications.

Methods for obtaining. Equipment and maintenance services.

Applicable standard in the manufacture of products derived from natural and agglomerated Cork composite of occupational health and safety.

Most frequent hazards. Protective measures: personal and equipment.

First aid. Toxicity of the products.

Prevention and extinction systems: methods and means used.

Environmental protection in the manufacture of products derived from natural and agglomerated Cork composite of occupational health and safety: concept, purpose and methods.

Treatment, disposal and utilization of waste.

3. Cork tile specialties. Concept. Types. Applications.

Methods: equipment and maintenance services.

Parquet: concept, types and applications.

Methods for obtaining.

Equipment and maintenance services.

Floating cork flooring: concept, types and applications.

Methods for obtaining.

Equipment and maintenance services.

Other items and specialties: concept, types and applications.

Methods for obtaining.

Equipment and maintenance services.

Applicable regulations of occupational safety and health in the manufacture of products derived from natural and agglomerated Cork.

Most frequent hazards.

Protective measures: personal and equipment. First aid.

Toxicity of the products.

Prevention and extinguishing systems. Methods and means used.

Environmental protection in the manufacture of products derived from natural and agglomerated Cork: concept, purpose.

Methods, treatment, disposal and utilization of waste.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the manufacture of products derived from natural cork and agglomerate compound, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

Annex VIII professional skill: Collection of sheets, boards plywood and VENEERS family professional: wood, furniture, and Cork level: 2 code: MAM213_2 general competition: obtain plywood, plywood panels veneered decorative, using tools, equipment and machines specific for your machining, bending, pressing and union, as well as for the packed products, in accordance with established procedures, required quality , in conditions of safety, occupational and environmental health.

Units of competency: UC0432_1: loads with forklift trucks UC0678_2: get roll UC0679_2 wood veneer: obtain veneered decorative from veneer UC0680_1: elaborate boards plywood, curved and veneers environment professional: scope professional: develops his professional activity in the production department in connection with the maintenance and quality of the area's first transformations of wood and Cork dedicated / or obtaining of veneer, Board plywood, bending and veneered wood, private entities, in small, medium and large companies, normally employed. It develops its activity depending on, where appropriate, functional and/or hierarchical from a superior. In the development of the professional activity apply the principles of universal accessibility in accordance with the applicable legislation.

Productive sectors: It is located in the sector of wood and furniture, in the subsectors of the primary processing of wood and the manufacture of products for the manufacture and installation of joinery and furniture elements.

Occupations and relevant jobs: the terms of the following list of occupations and jobs are used with generic and all-inclusive nature of women and men.

Armadores-prensadores of plywood laminated wood wood cutting operators manufacturing operators and boards machine operators to manufacture veneer and plywood panels drivers forklift, general training associated (330 hours) training modules MF0432_1: handling of loads with forklift trucks (90 hours) MF0678_2: processes for obtaining sheets (90 hours) MF0679_2: processes for obtaining of decorative plywood (60 hours) MF0680_1 : Development of boards, plywood, curved and veneers (90 hours) unit of competition 1: handling loads with trucks FORKLIFTS level: 1 code: UC0432_1 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: driving forklifts for the movement of goods, complying the legislation relating to prevention of occupational and environmental risks, and under the supervision of the personnel responsible for.

CR 1.1 the starter of the forklift is carried out previously by checking the performance indicators of the dashboard, such as levels of oil, battery, among others.

CR 1.2 forklift leads using the necessary personal protective equipment and the existing retention systems.

CR 1.3 movements are carried out taking into account the existing signage and avoiding areas of pedestrian circulation.

CR 1.4 the journey in a downward slope is made up back, without carrying out changes of direction on the slope, to avoid the risk of tipping.

CR 1.5 Forklift driving visibility and otherwise, displacement occurs backwards, making use of the acoustic and luminous warning signs.


CR 1.6 movements are performed with the forks lowered to avoiding risks of rollovers by elevation of the center of gravity.

CR 1.7 forklift trucks are parked in the areas allocated and authorized, by removing the key and applying the hand brake, while keeping these areas clean of materials or elements that may involve risks.

2 RP: Charging or discharge of materials and products for receipt, delivery and storage, complying the legislation relating to prevention of occupational and environmental risks, and under the supervision of the personnel responsible for.

2.1 CR quantities will be to deliver or receive are checked by checking on the delivery note of delivery or receipt respectively.

CR 2.2 (packaging, containers or containers) loading unit is checked checking does not present deformations or obvious damage and, if detected, they are communicated to staff.

CR 2.3 maximum load instructions are respected in order to not exceed the limits of capacity of the forklift and ensures stability, avoiding risks of accident in unloading and storage operations.

CR 2.4 goods are handled using appropriate means in each case (conventional, retractable, pallet truck manual or electric trolley, Stacker, among others) avoiding alterations or damage and taking into account particular hazards (hazardous atmospheres, dangerous goods, among others).

CR 2.5 the bit is placed depending on its function, when required by the movement of cargo, not exceeding the carrying capacity or the resistance of the forks and following instructions of the responsible staff.

CR 2.6 load and unloading of means of transport (truck, van, among others) external is ensuring the integrity of the loads and on instructions from staff concerning their placement.

CR 2.7 rigged loads down at ground level before performing maneuvers, to avoid hazards to personnel and the staff of the environment (damage to facilities, tipping, abuses, among others).

CR 2.8 load is deposited in the space or assigned socket (shelf or at the level of the pavement), placing forklift squarely on the shelf or stacked load and with the mast upright.

3 RP: Supply of raw materials and materials for their treatment in the process of production, as well as remove waste generated, depositing them in the planned zones and under the supervision of staff.

CR 3.1 distribution of raw materials is performed using established in the order of production means, in authorized areas to do so, in order to avoid malfunctions in the process.

CR 3.2 raw materials are replaced according to the production needs and before are exhausted in the work area, to prevent stoppages in the process and on instructions from staff.

CR 3.3 waste generated are loaded previously by checking if they are pollutants, harmful or visible defects, taking relevant measures according to instructions of the staff.

CR 3.4 waste generated are transferred safely and are deposited in the areas and, where applicable, corresponding to the type of waste container, to prevent pollution of the environment.

4 RP: Maintenance of first level of forklifts to ensure its operation, complying the legislation relating to prevention of labour, environmental risks and quality, and under the supervision of the personnel responsible for.

CR 4.1 first level maintenance is executed taking into account the technical documentation of the equipment and the procedures established by the company.

CR 4.2 trolley status is checked by visual inspection of the train shooting, lifting equipment, loss of fluids, among other things, communicating to personnel responsible for the existence of any anomaly.

4.3 CR arranged driving and safe-handling elements such as brakes, State of tires, lifting system, leaks of hydraulic fluid or fuel, audible signals and Visual, among others, are checked that they remain in working order.

4.4 CR (belt, helmet, among others) personal protective equipment and safety devices are checked by checking that they remain useful.

CR 4.5 forklift freezes if they are detected malfunctions that may affect the performance and safe handling by communicating to its staff for repair.

CR 4.6 periodic reviews are collected in the book-keeping informing staff of the previous actions carried out.

Professional context: means of production: cart manual, automotive maintenance, electrical or internal combustion engine. Hand trucks. Containers, packaging and pallets. Shelves suitable to the type of loads. Personal protective equipment. Implements.

Products and results: lots and consignments of raw materials. Manufactured products prepared for its transfer to machine. Finished items ready for delivery to the customer. Units of cargo transported, placed or stacked.

Used or generated information: applicable regulations on handling of loads and use of teams of trucks. Applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention. Management of waste or environmental protection legislation. Orders of movement for loading or unloading of products, transport and/or internal supply. Delivery receipts. Coding of materials and products. Manual use of the machine. Risk identification sheets. Writings and documents in digital format for the control of the movement and transportation of materials and products, materials and products in process and classification of warehouse stock. Book-keeping. Tags. Production orders.

Unit 2 competition: Obtain VENEER wood roll level: 2 code: UC0678_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: prepare the work area of production of veneer wood rolls according to production plan established to guarantee the hygiene and safety, according to production requirements complying with the applicable rules.

CR 1.1 procedures, obtaining plates from roundwood, are planned with information obtained from data sheets on products application and process to develop.

1.2 CR materials required in obtaining veneers are selected, according to the requirements of the production process, using the sheet.

CR 1.3 job conditions are, according to the procedures required in the cutting of wood, using the datasheet form the hygienic-sanitary conditions of installations and machinery are maintained, according to requirements that establish work instructions and applicable regulations.

2 RP: The maintenance of first-level equipment used in operations for obtaining plates from roundwood (cutting, parboiled and veneer), according to the production plan established for the operation thereof, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 2.1 first level of machinery and equipment used in operations for obtaining plates from roundwood (cutting, parboiled and veneer), is carried out in the manner and frequency indicated in the user manual, provided by the manufacturer, following the guidelines set in the maintenance card, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 2.2 anomalies are detected, identifying elements that are worn or damaged in machines and equipment used in operations for obtaining plates from roundwood (cutting, parboiled and veneer), proceeding to his replacement, according to the maintenance instructions.

2.3 maintenance of machines and equipment cards CR cutting, parboiled and rotary cut veneer is they completed recording the operations to be carried out and their frequency, following the plan of scheduled maintenance, as well as a field for the incidents.

CR 2.4 operations of renewal of water from cooked logs and cameras team of vaporized, are carried out, in conformity with the technical documentation, the instructions of the company, complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention.

2.5 CR machines used in the extraction of veneer by veneer prepared wood logs are put at the point by adjusting the angle and tilt of the blade, the situation of the press bar, speed from the clutches and the location of the logs in the claws, in accordance with the characteristics of the material and the product to obtain in accordance with applicable standards.

3 RP: Preparing wood, as set out in the production plan, to facilitate the obtaining of veneer, fulfilling the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

3.1 CR medians or panels of wood are obtained, taking advantage of the feature of each piece vein, following the plan of production established.

3.2 CR medians or panels of wood obtained are processed in the steaming Chambers or estufado during the set time.

CR 3.3 conditions of steaming wood and tools used in the cutting of the wood conform to wood processing, verifying that the equipment used, are operational.


4 RP: Remove veneer by cut veneer prepared wooden logs, as set out in the production plan for plywood panels, fulfilling the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

4.1 CR cutting elements and parameters of implementation of the blades on the machines of rotary cut veneer, is set according to the characteristics of the material and the type of product to get, fulfilling the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

CR 4.2 logs of wood are cut, focusing them manually or automatically and holding them with claws or device established in sheet metal extraction equipment for veneer.

4.3 CR veneers by cut veneer are extracted, through the Court made, in such a way that the blade approaches towards wood turning on its axis, fulfilling the criteria of use, depending on the characteristics of the material, following the plan of production established.

CR 4.4 obtained sheets are stored without causing breakage or deformation, to obtain plywood panels, in accordance with standards of safety, occupational and environmental health.

5 RP: Remove veneer to the flat, the prepared pieces, as set out in the plan of production, for plywood for decorative purposes, fulfilling the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

CR 5.1 cutters and parameters of implementation of blades, in extraction of flat sheet metal machines are set, depending on the characteristics of the material and the type of product to get, fulfilling the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

CR 5.2 logs of wood are cut, focusing them manually or automatically and holding them with claws or device established in the veneer flat or rotary extraction equipment, in accordance with applicable standards.

5.3 CR sheets flat or rotary extracted by cutting with a cutting angle in depth, obtaining cuts parallel to the face, being tangential to the rings of growth, according to criteria of use, depending on the characteristics of the material, fulfilling the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

CR 5.4 obtained sheets are stored without causing breaks or deformations, to obtain plates decorative purposes, in accordance with standards of safety, occupational and environmental health.

RP 6: Run the shearing and drying of veneers obtained, as set out in the plan of production, to obtain final products with the required quality, meeting the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

CR 6.1 obtained plates undergo the shearing and drying, by adjusting parameters of: temperature, relative humidity and feeding speed, depending on the material to be processed, check the status of the cutting elements, making the most in each machine, whereas the characteristics of the sheet, following the plan of production established.

CR 6.2 material in the chain of work flow is controlled, avoiding traffic jams, transporting waste for his shattering and recycling, safety, health, environmental and labour standards.

7 RP: Classify dry veneer, as set out in the plan of production to facilitate storage and transport, fulfilling the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

CR 7.1 dry veneer is sorted and grouped into batteries, by species, size and features, providing storage or transport, in accordance with applicable standards.

CR 7.2 dry plate is marked, according to their technical specifications, following the established dial plan.

CR 7.3 dry sheet-metal parts are packaged, according to the requirements of production, according to the plan established packaging.

Professional context: means of production: roundwood. Sierra's truck. Chamber of vaporized or estufado. Centering pieces. Unwinder, veneer dryers. Chippers. Classification tools.

Products and results: Area prepared for obtaining sheet metal work. Maintenance of first level in equipment used in operations for obtaining sheets. Prepared for the production of veneer wood. Extractions of veneer by cut veneer prepared wood logs. Extractions of veneer of the prepared pieces. Shearing and drying plates, executed. Veneer dries rated. Veneer flat. Sheet of veneer.

Used or generated information: production Plan. Production orders. Technical manuals. Manual classification. Technical data sheets. Record of entry of products. Dimensioning of output products. Leaves of incidents. With applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

Unit 3 competition: Obtain VENEERED decorative to SPLITTING of the VENEER level: 2 code: UC0679_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: preparing the production of veneered work area decorative from the sheet, according to the established plan of production to avoid interruptions in processing, fulfilling the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

1.1 CR operations established in the obtaining of veneered decorative, are planned with information obtained from data sheets on products application and process to develop.

1.2 CR required materials (veneer, dyes, among others) in the production of veneered decorative selected, whereas the technical and visual characteristics (surface texture, color, drawing, grain, humidity, among others), rejecting the plates which do not meet the requirements of the composition to be carried out, according to the technical specifications of production.

1.3 CR the tools (cutting, among others) and machines (jigsaws, veneer Splicers plates, portable Sanders, tapes and joints, among others), required are selected according to the technical specifications of production.

CR 1.4 job conditions, according to the procedures required in the technical details of production, the production of veneered decorative, in such a way that health and hygiene conditions of installations and machinery are maintained, according to requirements that establish work instructions and applicable regulations.

2 RP: Carry out the operations of maintenance of first level, the machines and equipment used in the production of veneered decorative according to production plan established for the operation of the same, fulfilling the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

2.1 CR possible anomalies of the teams (jigsaws, veneer Splicers plates, portable Sanders, tapes and joints, among others), required in process of obtaining of veneered decorative, they are detected, acting according to instructions for equipment maintenance, proceed to their replacement or correction in accordance with the applicable maintenance plan.

CR 2.2 equipment application of adhesives used in the production of veneered decorative are controlled by impurities, eliminating traffic jams periodically.

2.3 CR simple anomalies affecting the operation of the equipment required in the processes for obtaining of veneered decorative are corrected, following maintenance instructions.

CR 2.4 machines and tools used in the draught of the different pieces of wood, become, whereas the highest level of sharpening tools and cutting tools.

CR 2.5 cutting, engraving and laser marking machine gets to checking the condition and functioning of gases and their ducts, optics, refrigerator and suction pump.

CR 2.6 documentation concerning the maintenance performed is completed, as set out in the production process.

CR 2.7 possible detected faults exceeding his level of competition are reported to the maintenance service.

3 RP: Perform the operations of marquetry, marking, cutting and decorating the different pieces of wood, as set out in the production plan to obtain parts with the required quality fulfilling the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

3.1 CR templates, tools, and useful for marking are prepared, check its status.

3.2 CR required in the composition of veneered wood veneers decorative pressed with pressing machines, as set out in the production plan.

CR 3.3 prepared wood veneers are marked, transferring the drawing templates, using drawing tools, as set out in the production plan.

CR 3.4 wood veneers are shear, following the marks and strokes, placing machines stops at the required position, making the healthy and optimized them, in accordance with applicable standards.

CR 3.5 different parts of the Assembly are calan, or profiles with machines without burrs or splintering.

CR 3.6 the figures of wood stained with products and resources required for its shading, in accordance with applicable standards.

The quality of the compositions of veneered decorative 3.7 CR is checked, separating or rejecting those which do not comply with controls, as set out in the production plan.


4 RP: Perform cutting, engraving or marking machine laser to get plywood veneered decorative, as set out in the plan of production, compliance of prevention of occupational hazards and environment-related legislation.

4.1 CR material is prepared, checking its correct state, positioning and fixing to the vacuum.

CR 4.2 program or to use machining programs are loaded into the computer of the machine, making sure that cutting, engraving or marking parameters correspond to those specified in the production order.

CR 4.3 machined parts are checked, verifying its correct cut, engraved or marked, rejecting those that fail to meet required levels, registering in the established support possible incidents.

CR 4.4 selected machined parts are stacked for easy storage and transport to the further process, following the established production plan, in accordance with applicable standards.

CR 4.5 machining of wood veneers procedure is controlled by controlling the team, in accordance with applicable standards.

RP 5: Carry out operations of coupled and gluing of sheets to compose the drawing with their different parts, as set out in the plan of production, fulfilling the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

CR 5.1 plates manufactured considering the grain, the numbering of the sheets and the excess use.

CR 5.2 figures are placed and fixed with tape over the holes of wood veneers previously puffs and pressed over the element to decorate, in accordance with standards of safety, occupational and environmental health.

CR 5.3 the different elements that make up the composition are joined, by gluing, reviewing the tape, in accordance with standards of safety, occupational and environmental health.

Professional context: means of production: templates. Shears. Jigsaws. Veneer Splicers. Portable Sanders. Union and conveyors. Machine for cutting, engraving and marking laser wood veneers. Pressing machine.

Products and results: Area prepared for obtaining of veneered work decorative. Operations of first level, maintenance of machinery and equipment used in the production of veneered decorative. Operations executed in marquetry, marking, cutting and decorating the different pieces of wood. Executed operation of cutting, engraving and marking machine laser in wood veneers. Coupled and gluing veneer to compose the drawing with their different parts.

Used or generated information: production Plan. Production orders. Technical manuals. Technical data sheets. Drawings of inlays. Templates. Record of entry of products. Dimensioning of output products. Leaves of incidents. Book for machine maintenance. Management of quality, environment and occupational risk prevention procedures. With applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

Unit 4 competition: Prepare plywood panels, curved and VENEERED level: 1 code: UC0680_1 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: prepare materials and equipment in the manufacture of boards veneers, curved and plywood, to avoid interruptions in production, fulfilling the applicable law of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment, according to instructions.

1.1 CR components of adhesives used in the production of veneered panels (resin, hardeners, additives and other elements) received, is checked, verifying its correspondence with the quantity and quality required, rejecting those items that do not meet required levels, registering in the established support possible incidents.

CR 1.2 components and adhesives received for veneered panels, are stored in the locations specified for that purpose, in accordance with applicable standards.

CR 1.3 adhesives required for veneered panels are selected depending on the type and composition of the material to join, prepared according to the technical specifications.

CR 1.4 mould for manufacturing curved boards is selected, checking that it is free of deformation.

CR 1.5 veneer is prepared, fulfilling the criteria of use, according to their characteristics and according to the production plan.

CR 1.6 cutters and blades performance parameters are regulated according to the composition and the type of wood to join.

CR 1.7 the machine parameters of union for veneers and plywood boards (speed, temperature of the boiler, pressure, temperature, location of the limit switches) are regulated, according to composition to perform and the type of wood to join.

CR 1.8 parameters splicer (separation of the rollers of the splicer, feedrate, among others) in the production of boards, are regulated in function of the composition and the type of wood to join.

CR 1.9 parameters (temperature and press pressure plates, time, location of the limit switches, among others) in the production of boards, are regulated in function of the composition and the type of wood to join.

2 PR: Get boards plywood or veneers, making different checks throughout the production process, following instructions to prevent disruptions, fulfilling the applicable law of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment, according to instructions.

CR 2.1 glueing liquid viscosity is measured periodically, checking that gelling times, comply with the established values and rejecting those items that do not meet them, according to instructions.

CR 2.2 of plates with stand moisture content is periodically measured with the psicometro or hygrometer, checking that they comply with the specified bounds and rejecting those items that do not meet them, following instructions.

CR 2.3 parts are glued using rollers splicer, verifying the characteristics of the material to join and the environmental conditions, complying with the rules of applicable occupational health, following instructions.

CR 2.4 veneers and boards are pressed, by placing them between the press platens, checking the movements of material between them, whereas the margins of displacement, according to instructions.

CR 2.5 boards are cooled and heal depending on the conditions of the local (cooling of the material and hardening of the adhesive), following instructions.

3 RP: End boards plywood or veneers in the manufacturing programme, controlling quality, to avoid obtaining products that do not conform to the established, fulfilling the applicable law of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment, according to instructions.

CR 3.1 them parameters of it saw (type of tooth, angles of cutting and speed, among others) in the finished of boards plywood is regulate depending on them features of the material, checking the State of them elements of court, fulfilling them standards of security, of health labor and of environment.

CR 3.2 them parameters of the gauge (type and size of grain, type of support and speed of advance), is regulate depending on the features of the material, checking the State of them elements of cutting, fulfilling them standards applicable.

CR 3.3 the flow of materials of the chain of work of finished of Board plywood or veneer is regulates avoiding jams, facilitating the transport of waste to his chipping and recycled, following instructions.

CR 3.4 the quality of them boards produced are controls periodically, separating or rejecting them parts that not is in accordance to the program of manufacture.

Context professional: means of production: sheets. Adhesives. Moulds. Gluing of rollers. Trainer's adhesive. Press of dishes hot. Press bend. Chiller. Panel saw. Disconnect. Gauge. Viscometer. Psychrometer or hygrometer.

Products and results: materials and equipment in the manufacture of veneers, curved and plywood, prepared boards. Boards plywood or veneer, making different checks throughout the production process, obtained. Boards plywood or veneers with final quality control, obtained.

Used or generated information: production Plan. Production orders. Technical manuals. Technical data sheets. Record of entry of products. Dimensioning of output products. Leaves of incidents. Book for machine maintenance. Management of quality, environment and occupational risk prevention procedures. Safety, labor and environmental, applicable health regulations.

TRAINING module 1: handling of loads with trucks FORKLIFTS level: 1 code: MF0432_1 associated with UC: loads with forklifts duration: 90 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: forklifts driving techniques applied conventional operations and basic maneuvers.

CE1.1 locate the controls driving trolleys and control indicators, describing the role of each one.

CE1.2 describe the different points that check to set up forklift.

CE1.3 recognize the risks arising from the manipulation of forklift trucks and the media and equipment used, identifying them.


CE1.4 identify standardized signs that delimit the areas of work and movement, playing each one of them.

CE1.5 identify the luminous and acoustic signals to be carried trolleys, related to their type and location.

CE1.6 explain the basic conditions for stability of loads and chances of overturning depending on the maneuver.

CE1.7 recognize the operations to be performed for the forklift truck parking and for the maintenance of the obstacle-free space.

CE1.8 in a practical course of driving forklifts, from technical specifications:-check the indicators of performance.

-Putting the machine into operation.

-Drive the machine without load and performing specified maneuvers.

-Raise and lower the fork.

-Park trolley the specified place and leave it inoperative.

C2: Apply techniques of loading and unloading of trucks carrying out the receipt, forwarding and storage with different goods.

CE2.1 identify the basic ways of loading units.

CE2.2 explain the conditions that must meet the packaging or packaging to constitute the charging unit.

CE2.3 identify and classify the different types of paddles and explain the fundamental applications of them.

CE2.4 explain the variations mobilized loading weight yield, depending on the utilization of the available volume, according to the forms of products or their packaging.

CE2.5 in a case study of handling of materials and products duly characterized: – interpret the information.

-Locate the physical location of the load.

-Check that packaging, containers, as well as materials or products meet safety conditions.

-Check that type of trowel or small selected metal container is best suited for the handling and transport of the unit of charge, safe.

C3: Interpret and apply the rules concerning the prevention of occupational risks and health of workers.

CE3.1 recognize the risks of manual handling of loads: fall of objects, bruises, lifting postures, repetitive strains, fractures, muscle-skeletal injuries, and others.

CE3.2 acknowledge the risks arising from the management of self-propelled machines and traction or manual push, such as: entrapments, cuts, excessive, repetitive positional fatigue, twists, vibrations, noise, gases, and others.

CE3.3 distinguish the different types of (PPE) personal protective equipment appropriate to each risk.

CE3.4 identify measures for action in emergency situations.

CE3.5 before a simulated course of loading, transport and unloading, perfectly defined:-identify the most appropriate personal protective equipment.

-Recognize the risks arising from the handling of the cargo.

-Identify them risks derived of it driving of the transport, of the stowage / unloading, stacking / destacking of it load.

-Detailing the possible emergencies that may occur.

C4: Interpret the symbology used in signals from the environment and transportation.

CE4.1 enumerate the duties, rights and rules of conduct of persons handling and transport loads.

CE4.2 identify signals and mandatory informative plaques that refer to the load, as well as other symbols of information that should take the trolley.

CE4.3 identify and interpret standardized signals which should define the specific areas of work, those reserved to pedestrians and others on the roads; and act in accordance with the limitations of the warehouse, handling indoors.

CE4.4 identify the luminous and acoustic signals to be carried trolleys, relating them to their typology and standard location.

C5: Identify the elements of machines provided for safe driving, as well as maintenance of first level.

CE5.1 interpret on trucks (or models) controls, systems and elements of driving and handling; as well as the indicators of fuel, battery charge level and others included in the trolley control panel.

CE5.2 interpret the instructions in the maintenance manual, operations that correspond to a primary level of the same.

CE5.3 identify those anomalies that affect driving or safe handling, must be communicated for immediate repair and can cause the arrest of the truck.

CE5.4 in a practical course in which BARROW accused anomalies:-detect anomalies.

-Identify which are possible caused by defects in manufacture or maintenance.

-Determine whether breakdowns whose repairs exceeds its responsibility and should be subject to communication to whom it may concern.

-Carry out peacekeeping operations corresponding to their level of responsibility.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.8; C2 regarding CE2.8; C3 on CE3.5; C4 on CE4.6.

Other capabilities: keep the work area with the degree of order and cleanliness required by the organization.

Communicate effectively with the right people at any given time, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Responsible for the work that develops.

Complete the work according to criteria of fitness, speed, economy and efficiency.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Respect the procedures and the internal rules of the organization.

Contents: 1. Management and driving of trucks location of elements of the trolley.

Operation of the machine: axle steerable. Start-up pre-start checklist. Start and stop of trolley. Maneuvering with and without load. Extraordinary maneuvers. Brakes, starter and arrest of the team.

Operating safety: transport and lifting the load.

System of signalling and traffic on the ground.

Personal protective equipment.

Transverse and longitudinal roll-over: how to avoid them.

Access/down trolley: use of retention, cockpit, seat belt system.

Circulation: speed of displacement, career, nature of the floor, State of the same, among others.

2 loading and unloading loading unit.

Interaction between the Centre of gravity of the load and the trolley.

Loss of stability of the truck unloaded and loaded.

Triangle bearing capacity of the conventional counterbalanced forklift.

Static and dynamic behavior of the truck loaded and unloaded: speeding, overloading, poorly placed, accelerations, incorrect manoeuvres.

Notions of balance. Types. Graphics load.

Application of the law of the lever.

Centre of gravity of the load: basic concept and simple methods for its determination.

Use of accessories.

Loading and unloading: transport, shelving and others.

3. handling of loads of palletizing systems. Types of pallets.

Containers, drums and others.

Stack and retired cargo.

Special maintenance.

Precautions in transport in special environments (chemical industry, explosives and others).

Dangerous goods.

4. maintenance of basic operations of maintenance trucks: visual inspection, first level maintenance.

Internal combustion engine.

Electric motor.

Main elements of manual trolleys.

Main elements of the forklift fork trucks.

Lifting system.

Types of forks, hydraulic cylinders, masts, boards Portal forks and others.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the handling of loads with forklift trucks, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of at least three years in the field of skills relating to this training module 2-accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 2: processes for obtaining sheets level: 2 code: MF0678_2 associated with UC: obtain veneer wood roll duration: 90 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: relate the characteristics of the wood with the possibilities of obtaining of veneer and associated preparation.

CE1.1 distinguish and recognize the main types of national wood, European and tropical.

CE1.2 recognize more traditional figures obtained from wood (water, magnifying glass, wart, palma, mesh, Cathedral, diamond, moquette) through different cutting systems.

CE1.3 discriminate main cubing systems, using measuring instruments.

CE1.4 recognize and distinguish the main defects and diseases of the Woods.


CE1.5 differentiate the main properties of the wood.

CE1.6 select the wood according to the type of sheet metal to obtain.

CE1.7 condition wood, with respect to humidity, regulating the optimal level.

C2: Relate the different extraction procedures of veneer with input and output material.

CE2.1 describe the different extraction of veneer, advantages and disadvantages and applications procedures.

CE2.2 enumerate the necessary spaces for the extraction of veneer in the different procedures.

CE2.3 define the products extracted and its qualities.

CE2.4 explain the importance of the extraction process of veneer on the set of the wood and furniture sector.

C3: Keep getting veneers from wood computer roll (cutting, parboiled and veneer), making preparation of facilities, complying with the applicable rules.

CE3.1 in a practical course of maintenance of equipment, to given conditions:-Insert tooling and machines tools, making the adjustment of parameters while it recognizes, choose good condition, sharp tools and safety devices are mounted.

-Assign the parameters (cutting, parboiled and veneer), different machines based on technical data, which is proven by commissioning tests underway.

-Servicing in the cizalladora of use, controlled by the corresponding tab, identifying elements and operations to be carried out.

-Assign the parameters (input, temperature, humidity and air velocity speed) in the drying tunnel.

-Carry out routine maintenance, file maintenance, where the elements and operations are identified to be controlled in the machine (detection of faults (typology, causes, instrumental and Visual tests), replacement of parts or elements, regulation of the system).

-Perform the implementation to machines in occupational health, safety and quality.

-Put up the post at the cutting of the wood, in such a way that health and hygiene conditions of facilities and machinery, complying with the applicable rules, applying the standards of safety and occupational health.

-Keep in use the machine, controlled by the tab corresponding, identifying elements and operations to perform.

C4: Apply techniques of steaming of the wood, keeping equipment, complying with the applicable rules.

CE4.1 explain vaporizers and estufadores systems.

CE4.2 in a practical course, obtaining of veneer wood roll, from a few materials and a few conditions:-assign the parameters (size, speed, alignment) to different machines according to the technical data and type of tooling, checking them by putting tests underway.

-Get parts sawn with the required characteristics, fulfilling the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

-Adjusted to each type of wood moisture.

-The maintenance of use in saws, vaporizers and estufadores, collecting it on the corresponding tab, which will identify elements and operations to perform.

C5: Remove veneer throughfeed by cut veneer wood, controlling parameters and quality of the product obtained.

CE5.1 explain the process of extraction of veneer in continuous process for veneer wood.

CE5.2 in a practical course of sheet in continuous extraction by cut veneer wood, fulfilling the applicable regulation, starting from a given conditions:-machines tools and useful Regular carrying out the adjustment of the parameters (angles and tilt of the blade's cutting, depth, the location of the pressure bar, claws speed and the location of the logs in the claws) check the good condition of the blades and mounting the necessary safety devices according to the characteristics of the material and the type of product to get.

-Place the log of wood, manual or Automatic centering it and holding it with claws or proper device.

-Check that the cutting is required, depending on the characteristics of material which is unrolled and product to get.

-Check the transport, cutting and storage of plates, avoiding breakage or deformation.

-Servicing on the machine in use, controlled by the corresponding tab, identifying elements and operations to be carried out.

C6: Extract to the flat wooden veneer, complying with the applicable rules.

CE6.1 in a practical course of preparation for the extraction of veneer to the flat wooden:-Insert tooling and tools machines making the adjustment of parameters (cutting angles, depth).

-Select the condition and sharpening blades.

-Fit the safety devices, complying with the applicable rules.

CE6.2 in a practical course, obtaining of veneer to wood, from the prepared pieces and a given project flat:-assign the parameters (size, speed, alignment) to the machine according to the specifications and veneer type get, checking their implementation underway.

-Calculate the characteristic parameters, angles and inclination of blade, bar situation of pressure, speed of the claws and the location of the logs in to the claws.

C7: Operate with teams of shearing and drying, complying with the applicable rules.

CE7.1 explain how is carried out processes of shearing and dried, specifying the machines and their characteristics.

CE7.2 specify the risks associated with the shearing and drying, complying with current regulations.

CE7.3 in a practical course of shearing and drying of wood, from given conditions:-place tools and machines tools, making the adjustment of parameters (cutting angles, depth).

-Select the tools in State of use and sharpening and mounting them devices security.

-Assign the parameters (size, speed, alignment) to the cizalladora according to the technical data and type of tooling, checking it by commissioning tests underway.

-Servicing in the drying tunnel for use, controlled by the corresponding tab, identifying elements and operations to be carried out.

CE7.4 in a so-called practical, of execution of shearing and dried from them sheets obtained:-adjust the temperature and humidity relative of the dryer and the speed of power depending on the material to process, verifying the correct state of them elements of cutting.

-Exploit to the maximum the material in each machine and respecting its characteristics.

-Make the flow of materials in the chain of work, avoiding jams and transporting them waste for its splintering and recycled.

-Carry out the maintenance of use of the machines and media auxiliary, collecting it in the tab corresponding, where is identified elements and operations to perform.

C8: applying criteria of quality to the classification of sheets dry.

CE8.1 in a so-called practical of control of quality in the classification of sheets, fulfilling some features given:-recognize the main defects of them sheets (color, chipped, thicknesses different).

-Classified according to their type of grain veneer (natural, wavy stripes).

-Classify the plates according to its dimensions.

-Stacking plates keeping the start of removal order.

-Mark the plates according to their technical specifications and production plan.

-Packing sheets depending on the composition to make and of the requirements of the customer.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C3 full; C4 regarding CE4.2; C5 complete; Complete C6; C7 CE7.3 and CE7.4; Complete C8.

Other capabilities: interpret and execute work instructions.

Responsible for the work that develops.

Show some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Demonstrate a good make professional.

Keep the work area with the degree of order and cleanliness required by the organization.

Respect the procedures and internal rules of the organization.

Contents: 1. characteristics of woods for extraction of sheet types of Woods used for obtaining of veneers.

Types of compositions.

Systems of cutting of logs.

Measurement and control of volumes and humidity systems.

Defects of wood that influence in obtaining plates.

Properties of wood and its relation to production systems.

Systems of storage and conditioning of Woods to obtain badges.

Concept. Processes for obtaining.

Cooked and steamed logs. Purpose. Techniques and methods.

Treatment times according to the species and the diameter of the log.

2 sawing of logs and parboiled purpose. (Parameters) cutting technology.

Tools cutting (tape and saw blades).

Obtaining medium and paddocks.

Machines and equipment used. Description, features and benefits.

Standards and occupational health and safety elements.

3. techniques of extraction and drying of veneer purpose. Parameters.

Unrolled wood.

Other techniques of extraction sheets.

Positioning of parts.

Machines and tools. Description, features and benefits.

Recogedores-apiladores sheets.

Drying of veneer: concept, technique, types and parameters.

Quality control of the products.


Applicable regulations of safety and environmental protection in the sawing of wood.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the obtaining of veneer wood film which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of at least three years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 3: processes for obtaining of VENEERED decorative level: 2 code: MF0679_2 associated with UC: obtain veneered decorative from veneer duration: 60 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: describing the processes of preparation and composition of marquetry.

CE1.1 relate the different phases of the process of preparation of inlays with products and means used.

CE1.2 recognize the types of sheet metal used in preparation of inlays and their main properties and characteristics (surface texture, color, grain, among others).

CE1.3 Select sheets depending on the type of veneered decorative access.

CE1.4 recognize the types of dyes used in preparation of inlays and its main types, features, benefits and applications.

CE1.5 Select dyes depending on the type of veneered decorative access.

CE1.6 recognize different styles of furniture and the most usual inlays applied on each of them.

CE1.7 linking machines, tools and instruments used in the preparation of inlays.

CE1.8 explain the risks involved in the handling of materials and instruments used in the composition of marquetry, complying with the applicable rules.

CE1.9 explain the elements and processes that influence the quality of the materials, products and the process of preparation of veneer and marquetry compositions.

C2: Maintaining equipment for obtaining of veneered decorative from veneer, preparing facilities, complying with the applicable rules.

CE2.1 in a so-called practical maintenance equipment of production of veneered decorative, from given conditions:-Insert tooling and machines tools, making the adjustment of parameters while it recognizes, choose good condition, sharp tools and safety devices are mounted.

-Assign (cutting parameters, among others), to different machines according to the technical data, where is proven by commissioning tests underway.

-To the machine (shearing, jigsaws, veneer Splicers, portable Sanders, machine cutting, engraving and marking plywood, machine laser) periodic maintenance, controlled by the corresponding tab, identifying elements and operations to be carried out.

-Make the implementation of machines, complying with the applicable rules.

-Prepare the workstation in the obtaining of veneered decorative from sheet, meeting the hygienic-sanitary conditions facilities and machinery, with the applicable rules.

-Perform main operations for basic maintenance of the shear and saw Jig (lubrication, cleaning), collecting it on the corresponding tab, which will identify elements and operations to perform.

C3: Prepare plates for his shearing and draught, by applying established quality criteria.

CE3.1 describe the process of preparation for the shearing and draught of sheets, indicating its purpose.

CE3.2 describe the operation and maintenance of the use of the various machines and useful manuals to be used in the shearing and draught of veneers for compositions.

CE3.3 in a practical course, identification of defects in metal plates (spots, twisted fiber, moisture, desastillados, holes, warped), and realization of compositions of marquetry, from given conditions:-reject those chaparas which does not fulfil the required conditions.

-Draw marquetry compositions, indicating the types of sheets to be used for each of the pieces.

-Grouped parts of the composition with a same contour or veneer.

-Product templates for collection.

C4: Shear plates, making cutouts for the established compositions, complying with the applicable rules.

CE4.1 in a practical course of preparation of tooling for the shearing and draught, given project:-select useful cutting (shear blades and Saws Jig) that they meet the requirements of sharpening and State of conservation.

-Install them on machines using the tools and the equipment required.

-Follow the marks and paths on the plates.

-Position the machine stops at the position indicated.

-Make the healthy and optimized plates.

CE4.2 in a practical course, draught plates obtained from execution:-grouping packages in different sheets.

-Mark contours with help from templates.

-Carry out the draught of the veneer or veneer package.

C5: Cut, engraved or marked with machine laser in plywood for veneered decorative.

CE5.1 in a practical course of making the cut, engraved or marked with laser machine, to given conditions:-fixing wood veneers.

-Load the machining program to use.

-Check the parameters of the loaded program by checking that they correspond to the specified in the production order.

-Check that the machined parts meet the required levels registering in the established support possible incidents.

-Stack machined parts.

-Perform machining operations controlling the team, meet the standards of safety, occupational and environmental health.

C6: Perform the composition of veneer and marquetry for the veneer, complying with the applicable rules.

CE6.1 describe the process of production of veneer and marquetry compositions.

CE6.2 describe the operation and maintenance of the use of the various machines and useful manuals to be used in the production of veneer and marquetry compositions.

CE6.3 relate the decoration processes applicable to parts to perform compositions of marquetry, identifying materials, utensils and their preparation.

CE6.4 describe the different types of materials used for bonding of veneers to perform compositions, identifying the equipment and tools to use, processes to be carried out and its implications with subsequent processes (sanding, plating and finishing).

CE6.5 in a practical course of plates and for the veneer marquetry compositions:-crimp sheets selected according to their characteristics and those of the press.

-Together sheets to develop compositions without intarsia, taking into account the grain, the numbering of sheets and the excess to be used and the appropriate technical means.

-Decorate the pieces through tinted or shaded sand bath preparing the necessary products and obtaining the desired appearance.

-Assemble the parts that compose the marquetry, by placing the Fund on the holes, different parts, making sure its correct position and placing adhesive material to clamp the workpiece in its final location.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C2 full; C3 on CE3.3; Complete C4; C5 complete; C6 with respect to CE6.5.

Other capabilities: interpret and execute work instructions.

Responsible for the work that develops.

Show some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Demonstrate a good make professional.

Keep the work area with the degree of order and cleanliness required by the organization.

Respect the procedures and internal rules of the organization.

Contents: 1. preparation of marquetry and sheet components for marquetry. Identification. Features. Applications. Defects and anomalies.

Drawn and marking of marquetry compositions. Techniques and processes.

Styles of furniture and its influence on the drawings of marquetry.

Shearing of sheets. Techniques. Processes. Teams.

Draught of veneers. Techniques. Processes. Teams.

Quality control of materials.

Standards and occupational health and safety elements.

2. to the composition of veneers and inlays coupled of veneers. Techniques. Processes. Teams.

Pieces of inlay decoration. Tinted and shaded. Other processes.

Composition of marquetry. Description. Technology. Processes. Materials and equipment.

Quality control of the compositions.

Applicable regulations.

Organisation and distribution of work.

Documentation and management.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities:


Spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory or singular space, training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the obtaining of veneered decorative from the sheet, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of at least three years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 4: development of plywood panels, curved and VENEERED level: 1 code: MF0680_1 associated with UC: elaborate boards plywood, curved and veneers duration: 90 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: relate the products obtained with the followed processes, machinery, equipment and materials involved.

CE1.1 describe the main processes of manufacturing.

CE1.2 classify the main products which are obtained depending on: layout sheets, gluing type, manufacturing system and its destination.

CE1.3 adjust the main parameters of the machinery employed in the processes of boards.

CE1.4 specify the dimensions and conditions that must meet the workspaces related to safety, occupational health and environmental standards.

CE1.5 recognize the qualities of those boards depending on their features technical and superficial.

C2: Prepare adhesive according to join veneers and the properties required in the boards, complying with the applicable rules.

CE2.1 recognize the main types of adhesives, their properties and applications (resins, hardeners and additives).

CE2.2 Select adhesive and its components according to the type of Board manufactured, prepared according to the technical specifications.

CE2.3 carry out regular checks of pH, time of pot and Gelation of the adhesive.

C3: Apply the adhesive, using mechanical means, complying with the applicable rules.

CE3.1 in a practical course of applying the adhesive, face established conditions:-select the main types of boards splicer, specifying their characteristics and applications.

-Assign the parameters (speed of advance, pressure, temperature, type of tail, alignment) to splicer and tune it according to the technical data, type of Board to obtain and wood type.

-Carry out the gluing of different plates that make up the Board.

-Apply the adhesive, complying with the applicable rules.

-Place the waste in containers ready for subsequent recycling.

C4: Perform the shearing and gathered sheets, operating with specific machines.

CE4.1 in a practical course of shearing and gathered sheets, face established conditions:-place tools and machines tools, making the adjustment of parameters (cutting angles, depth) and selecting tools and State of use and sharpening tools, by placing the safety devices required according to applicable regulations.

-Assign the parameters (size, speed, alignment) to the cizalladora according to the technical data and type of machining.

-Maintenance in the cizalladora of use, identifying the items to check and conditions to maintain.

-Assign parameters (input speed, type of adhesive, temperature) to the splicer of plate and arrange the plate according to figure to form.

-Perform the shearing and joining of sheets, complying with the applicable rules.

-Make the deposit of waste in containers for subsequent recycling.

C5: Pressed Board, straight or curved, in the hydraulic press, in practical cases properly characterized.

CE5.1 analyze the functioning of the press and tooling and accessories required for pressing.

CE5.2 in a practical course, pressing of the Board with a few conditions:-assign parameters (pressure, type of adhesive, alignment) to the press on the basis of the technical data and type of Board.

-Check the status of the moulds and their cleaning.

-Place the molds in the press and in these parts.

-Servicing in the press use, identifying the items to check and conditions to maintain.

-Pressing, complying with the applicable rules.

C6: Prepare boards plywood and rejected, complying with the applicable rules.

CE6.1 in a practical course of preparation of boards, plywood and veneers, face established conditions:-Insert tooling and tools profiling machines, making the adjustment of parameters (cutting angles, depth) select tooling and tools in good state of conservation and sharpening and assemble the necessary safety devices.

-Assign the parameters (size, speed, alignment) to the Panel saw according to the technical data and type of tooling.

-Machined panels sizing them to measures standard, standard or according to customer requirements, leaving the surfaces without burrs or splintering.

-Place the waste in containers ready for subsequent recycling.

-Place the abrasive in the gauge by the adjustment of the parameters (sense, stress, grain), regulate the speed of input and output material and conditions of occupational health and safety.

-Servicing in profiling machines and sanding/calibrating machines use identifying elements to review and conditions to maintain.

-Carry out machining and sanding, complying with the applicable rules.

C7: Apply techniques of manufacture of curved and veneered plywood boards, complying with the applicable rules.

CE7.1 in a practical course of development of plywood panels, face established conditions:-establish the collection of plates according to the product to manufacture.

-Describe the process of shearing and composition of the plates.

-Explain the adhesive preparation and implementation to the gluing.

-Describe the process of gluing of sheets.

-Set the parameters of the press.

-Describe the process of pressing of panels.

-Detailing the process of conditioning and cooling of the Board.

-Explain the manufacturing process to measure the Board.

-Define the finishing of the Board process, specifying the type of abrasive and surface characteristics.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C3 full; Complete C4; C5 regarding CE5.2; Complete C6; Complete C7.

Other capabilities: interpret and execute work instructions.

Responsible for the work that develops.

Show some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Demonstrate a good make professional.

Keep the work area with the degree of order and cleanliness required by the organization.

Respect the procedures and internal rules of the organization.

Contents: 1. products, materials and equipment that are involved in the manufacture of plywood and veneered boards boards. Concept. Manufacturing process. Applications. Classification.

Sheets. Grades and types.

Stands for veneered Board. Features.

The veneering materials. Types. Features. Handling.

Gluing of wood veneers. Purpose. Systems.

Types of adhesives. Preparation of tails. Dosage.

Gluing of sheets. Description. Features. Benefits.

2. preparation and obtaining of boards, plywood and veneers adhesives. Components. Fitness in the application. Drying times.

Union of metal plates. Types, applications.

Machines and equipment used in the union of metal plates. Description, features and benefits.

Composition of plywood panels. Number and placement of parts.

Gluing machines. Description, features and benefits.

Boards pressing machines. Description, features and benefits.

Curved plywood panels. Moulds. Properties. Temperatures for bending.

Cooling and curing of the Board.

Safety and occupational health standards. Typology of risks. Methods of protection and prevention. Equipments of individual protection and safety in installations and machinery. Used symbols. First aid.

Environmental protection and waste treatment. Waste generated. Use and disposal.

3. termination of Board plywood and veneered squaring and sizing. Techniques. Parameters (feed speed, speed of saw, saw tooth).

Sizing machines: types, description, operation and maintenance. Cutting tools.

Commercial dimensions.

Calibrated. Sanding techniques. Parameters.

Gauge: types, description, operation and maintenance.

Sandpaper: support, grain, pore, type of abrasive.

Quality control of the boards. Factors influencing quality. Technical and superficial characteristics.


Safety and occupational health standards. Typology of risks. Methods of protection and prevention. Equipments of individual protection and safety in installations and machinery. Used symbols. First aid.

Environmental protection and waste treatment. Waste generated. Use and disposal.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the development of curved plywood panels and veneers, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of at least three years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

Annex IX professional skill: Manufacture of boards of PARTICLES and FIBERS of wood family professional: wood, furniture, and Cork level: 2 code: MAM214_2 general competence: get boards of particles and wood fibers, controlling the automated equipment for its manufacture and finish, as well as for the preparation of raw materials in accordance with established procedures, required quality , in conditions of safety, health work and protection environmental.

Units of competency: UC0432_1: loads with forklift trucks UC0681_2: prepare particles and fibers of wood UC0682_2: develop boards of particles and fibers UC0683_1: finish and coated particle board and fibers environment professional: scope professional: carries out his activity in the production department in connection with the maintenance and quality in the area of transformations of the wood and Cork first dedicated to the manufacture of particle board and fibreboard in medium and large companies, normally employed. It develops its activity depending on, where appropriate, functional and/or hierarchical from a superior. You may have staff occasionally, seasonally or stable. In the development of the professional activity apply the principles of universal accessibility in accordance with the applicable legislation.

Productive sectors: Is located in the productive sector of manufacture of veneers and panels in the sub-sector, sub-sector: manufacture of particle boards, fibre boards and boards coatings manufacturing.

Occupations and relevant jobs: the terms of the following list of occupations and jobs are used with generic and all-inclusive nature of women and men.

Operators of machines crushing machines of wood workers to manufacture chipboard operators of sawmills, manufacturing machines of boards and related facilities for the treatment of wood and Cork pawns of the industry of wood and Cork Flakeboard mechanized train operators operators of melamine cutting machines melaminizadoras machines operators drivers forklift trucks general training associate (420 hours) training modules MF0432_1: handling of loads with forklift trucks (90 hours) MF0681_2: preparation of particles and fibers of wood (90 hours) MF0682_2: production of particle board and fibers (120 hours) MF0683_1: preparation of the coating of particles and fibers (120 hours) unit of competition 1 boards: handling loads with trucks FORKLIFTS level : 1 code: UC0432_1 professional accomplishments and performance criteria: RP 1: driving forklifts for the movement of goods, complying the legislation relating to prevention of occupational and environmental risks, and under the supervision of the personnel responsible for.

CR 1.1 the starter of the forklift is carried out previously by checking the performance indicators of the dashboard, such as levels of oil, battery, among others.

CR 1.2 forklift leads using the necessary personal protective equipment and the existing retention systems.

CR 1.3 movements are carried out taking into account the existing signage and avoiding areas of pedestrian circulation.

CR 1.4 the journey in a downward slope is made up back, without carrying out changes of direction on the slope, to avoid the risk of tipping.

CR 1.5 Forklift driving visibility and otherwise, displacement occurs backwards, making use of the acoustic and luminous warning signs.

CR 1.6 movements are performed with the forks lowered to avoiding risks of rollovers by elevation of the center of gravity.

CR 1.7 forklift trucks are parked in the areas allocated and authorized, by removing the key and applying the hand brake, while keeping these areas clean of materials or elements that may involve risks.

2 RP: Charging or discharge of materials and products for receipt, delivery and storage, complying the legislation relating to prevention of occupational and environmental risks, and under the supervision of the personnel responsible for.

2.1 CR quantities will be to deliver or receive are checked by checking on the delivery note of delivery or receipt respectively.

CR 2.2 (packaging, containers or containers) loading unit is checked checking does not present deformations or obvious damage and, if detected, they are communicated to staff.

CR 2.3 maximum load instructions are respected in order to not exceed the limits of capacity of the forklift and ensures stability, avoiding risks of accident in unloading and storage operations.

CR 2.4 goods are handled using appropriate means in each case (conventional, retractable, pallet truck manual or electric trolley, Stacker, among others) avoiding alterations or damage and taking into account particular hazards (hazardous atmospheres, dangerous goods, among others).

CR 2.5 the bit is placed depending on its function, when required by the movement of cargo, not exceeding the carrying capacity or the resistance of the forks and following instructions of the responsible staff.

CR 2.6 load and unloading of means of transport (truck, van, among others) external is ensuring the integrity of the loads and on instructions from staff concerning their placement.

CR 2.7 rigged loads down at ground level before performing maneuvers, to avoid hazards to personnel and the staff of the environment (damage to facilities, tipping, abuses, among others).

CR 2.8 load is deposited in the space or assigned socket (shelf or at the level of the pavement), placing forklift squarely on the shelf or stacked load and with the mast upright.

3 RP: Supply of raw materials and materials for their treatment in the process of production, as well as remove waste generated, depositing them in the planned zones and under the supervision of staff.

CR 3.1 distribution of raw materials is performed using established in the order of production means, in authorized areas to do so, in order to avoid malfunctions in the process.

CR 3.2 raw materials are replaced according to the production needs and before are exhausted in the work area, to prevent stoppages in the process and on instructions from staff.

CR 3.3 waste generated are loaded previously by checking if they are pollutants, harmful or visible defects, taking relevant measures according to instructions of the staff.

CR 3.4 waste generated are transferred safely and are deposited in the areas and, where applicable, corresponding to the type of waste container, to prevent pollution of the environment.

4 RP: Maintenance of first level of forklifts to ensure its operation, complying the legislation relating to prevention of labour, environmental risks and quality, and under the supervision of the personnel responsible for.

CR 4.1 first level maintenance is executed taking into account the technical documentation of the equipment and the procedures established by the company.

CR 4.2 trolley status is checked by visual inspection of the train shooting, lifting equipment, loss of fluids, among other things, communicating to personnel responsible for the existence of any anomaly.

4.3 CR arranged driving and safe-handling elements such as brakes, State of tires, lifting system, leaks of hydraulic fluid or fuel, audible signals and Visual, among others, are checked that they remain in working order.

4.4 CR (belt, helmet, among others) personal protective equipment and safety devices are checked by checking that they remain useful.


CR 4.5 forklift freezes if they are detected malfunctions that may affect the performance and safe handling by communicating to its staff for repair.

CR 4.6 periodic reviews are collected in the book-keeping informing staff of the previous actions carried out.

Professional context: means of production: cart manual, automotive maintenance, electrical or internal combustion engine. Hand trucks. Containers, packaging and pallets. Shelves suitable to the type of loads. Personal protective equipment. Implements.

Products and results: lots and consignments of raw materials. Manufactured products prepared for its transfer to machine. Finished items ready for delivery to the customer. Units of cargo transported, placed or stacked.

Used or generated information: applicable regulations on handling of loads and use of teams of trucks. Applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention. Management of waste or environmental protection legislation. Orders of movement for loading or unloading of products, transport and/or internal supply. Receipts of delivery. Coding of materials and products. Manual use of the machine. Risk identification sheets. Writings and documents in digital format for the control of the movement and transportation of materials and products, materials and products in process and classification of warehouse stock. Book-keeping. Tags. Production orders.

Unit 2 competition: Prepare the PARTICLES and the FIBERS of wood level: 2 code: UC0681_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: prepare teams of reception, refined and adjustment, particles and wood fibers, regulating, operating, for the preparation of the same parameters, complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and environmental.

CR 1.1 information on the preparation of wood fibers and particles, is obtained from application and process data sheets to develop.

CR 1.2 tools of preparation of wood fibers and particles, are selected according to the characteristics of the wood.

CR 1.3 speed of input of the equipment used in the preparation of wood fibers and particles is adjusted, according to the characteristics of the wood.

1.4 CR parameters of equipment of crushing, (feed speed, engine speed, location of the hammers), conform, as set out in the preparation of particles and fibers.

1.5 CR parameters of machines of metal cutting and chipping (sharpening and pressure blades, feeding speed, rotation of cutters, among others), conform, as set out in the preparation of particles and fibers, determining the speed of input material.

1.6 CR splinters preheating parameters (pressure of steam, temperature, cooking time), to soften them conform, as set out in the preparation of particles and fibers.

1.7 CR tools of chipping and chipping, are selected according to the type of wood to be processed.

2 RP: Ensure the first level of the machines and equipment used in the receipt and preparation of particles and fibers of wood to avoid interruptions in production, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 2.1 first level of equipment and auxiliary means required in the preparation of particles and fibers of wood (mills crushers, chippers, chippers, Mills refiners, digesters preparers defibration, Mills defibration, among others), is carried out, in the manner and frequency indicated in the instruction manuals, following the guidelines set instructions for work concerning the manner and with the frequency required.

CR 2.2 possible elements specified as first rate, worn, damaged or possible malfunctions, used in the preparation of particles and wood fibres (splintering machining, grinding, sieving, refining, defibration,) among others, are detected.

2.3 CR tuning machines for debarking and abrasive cutting off operations, wood is, setting different parameters (feed speed, rotation speed).

CR 2.4 tools for debarking and abrasive cutting off operations are selected, according to the wood processing, verifying that they are operational and does not cause damage to materials.

CR 2.5 maintenance of top-level and elements of metal detecting equipment substitution, of chipping, chipping, grinding, sieving, refining, fragile and transport are carried out in conformity with the technical documentation, compliance with the applicable rules.

CR 2.6 ready roll wood is transported with adequate means being stored in the established places, controlling that minimum stock levels keep, following the plan of production established.

CR 2.7 parts or elements specified as first rate, damaged or defective equipment and machines (mills crushers, chippers, chippers, Mills refiners, digesters preparers defibration, Mills defibration, among others), used in the preparation of particles and wood fibres are replaced, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 2.8 documentation concerning maintenance of first level effected, register for the history of incidents, in the established support.

CR 2.9 report anomalies detected in the maintenance of first level of teams that exceed their level of competence, is transmitted to staff or maintenance service.

3 RP: Carry out the collection and storage of materials to obtain particles and fibers prepared wood, controlling its quality, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 3.1 raw material (roll, chips, waste, or wood recycled timber), required in the preparation of particles and prepared wood fibers, is located in the courtyard of stacking, using means of transport envisaged, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 3.2 the amount and quality of the wood received according to the requested levels, checks, rejecting those items that do not meet the required standards.

CR 3.3 reception and cubed of the roundwood, chips and waste wood, is carried out, using measuring utensils, evaluating their quality according to percentage of humidity and bark or other products, grain size of the chip, sawdust and woodchips, among others.

CR 3.4 the place of storage of the roundwood prepares, by assigning the place according to the characteristics of each item received.

3.5 CR entries and exits of raw in the courtyard of stacking occur in manual or computerised form, control, allowing you to know the status of stocks and informing responsible for supplying the attainment of minimum levels.

CR 3.6 raw material (wood in roll, chips and waste wood), is classified depending on the State and characteristics (dimensions, kind, bark content, presence of metallic elements), as set out in the production orders, allocating the means of transport of the raw materials, as well as the shape and storage place.

CR 3.7 raw stacks, with the resources allocated (trucks, truck cranes, shovels loaders, blondines), without causing damage, optimizing material movements, minimizing time and tour.

3.8 CR playground of stack is checked, verifying the functioning of the mouths of drainage, drainage channels and absence of waste, accordance with applicable environmental and labour risk prevention.

4 RP: Prepare the round wood, for particles and fibres, as required in the production process, fulfilling environmental and occupational risk prevention legislation.

CR 4.1 possible metal elements of wood are detected with the detector Arch of metals, away presenting metal parts to avoid damage to the cutting equipment.

CR 4.2 the prepared round wood is transported with the resources required, stored in the established places, controlling minimum stock levels, following the established plan of production, meeting the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

CR 4.3 wood roll is prepared, through the operations of debarking and abrasive cutting off operations with machines established, making the adjustment of parameters with the power of wood, according to the established plan of production and fulfilling the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

CR 4.4 the bark of trunks and other by-products are released in such a way that there is no interruption and complying with applicable safety, health, labor, environmental and quality standards.

5 RP: Splinters and chips are obtained by grinding raw recycled, by adjusting the speed of input material to the needs of the production process in the equipment required, avoiding traffic jams.

CR 5.1 splinters and chips are obtained by grinding raw recycled, by adjusting the speed of input material to the needs of the production process in the equipment required, avoiding traffic jams.


CR 5.2 produced chips are selected, using the metal separation equipment, verifying that interruptions do not occur and complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and environmental.

CR 5.3 splinters and chips are stored in certain places, preventing the caking as well as interruptions, according to production orders, compliance with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and environmental.

CR 5.4 splinters and shavings produced are transported with means of transport established for this purpose to the silos of splinters.

6 RP: Carry out the operations of refining and adjusting particle or Fiberboard, classifying them according to the size required to obtain wood boards, accordance with applicable environmental and labour risk prevention.

6.1 CR State and sharpening of the elements of the equipment of milled, refined and fragile, is checked, before the start of operations of manufacturing and refining of particles and fibers to obtain products with the established quality.

6.2 CR position against blades (angles of blades and position against blades) and the separation of the discs and blades of fragile and calibration, are regulated, according to the size of the particles and fibers, fulfilling security, labor, environmental health and quality standards.

CR 6.3 chips Preheat operation parameters (pressure of steam, temperature and cooking time), regulated, as set out in the production process to soften, making fibers, complying with the applicable rules.

6.4 CR teams of ground particles and fibers are fed with chips, controlling the flow according to established production plan.

CR 6.5 particles or fibers of wood are separated according to their dimensions, by sieving, checking the return of particles or thick fibers to the teams of ground of refining or defibration.

CR 6.6 particles and wood fibres are dried, proceeding to the regulation of parameters (temperature, injection rate, activity of devices, evacuation of moist air, among others).

6.7 CR particles and fibers move in different types of dryers, controlling the moisture content is set as specified.

Professional context: means of production: debarking. Cutting machines. Measurement tools (graduated rulers, tapes, forcipulas, scales, voluminometros, screens). Metal arches, electromagnets. Mills crushers, chippers, chippers. Mills refiners, digesters the defibration preparers. Defibration mills. Burners and boilers, dryers particles or fibers, sieves for classification. Silos, pneumatic transport. Means of transport (trucks, truck cranes, shovels loaders, blondines).

Products and results: preparation of teams welcome, refined and adjustment, particle and fiberboards. Operations of the first level of the machines and equipment used. Collection and storage of materials required to obtain particles and fibers of wood. Round wood prepared for particles and fibers. Matter crushed raw material processed, as well as the recycled from other processes. Operations of refining and adjusting of particles or fibres of wood.

Used or generated information: production orders. Production plan. Delivery notes. Dimensioning of inlet and outlet of products. Technical manuals. Applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and environment. Maintenance of equipment data sheets.

Unit 3 competition: Develop boards of PARTICLES and FIBERS level: 2 code: UC0682_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: organize workspace of production of particle board and fibreboard, preparing the required tools and preparing the surface to start processing, compliance with the applicable rules of occupational and environmental.

CR 1.1 information on the manufacture of particle board and fibreboard, gets sheets of application and on the process to develop.

CR 1.2 tools, machines and equipment (mixing of adhesives, glue, forming, among others), used in the manufacture of particle board and fibers, are prepared from application sheets, complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and environmental.

CR 1.3 manufacture of particle board and fibreboard work area is conditioned in such a way that they comply with provisions of legislation and work instructions.

2 RP: Ensure the first level of the machines and equipment used in the manufacture of particle board and fibreboard to avoid interruptions in production, fulfilling the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

CR 2.1 first level of equipment and auxiliary means required in the manufacture of particle board and fibreboard, occurs, in the manner and frequency specified in the instruction manuals, following the guidelines set instructions for work concerning the manner and with the frequency required.

CR 2.2 the operation of equipment and auxiliary means (mixing of adhesives, glue, forming, among others), required in the process of particle board and fibers, checks, following the guidelines marked on the instructions of maintenance work on equipment.

CR 2.3 the possible malfunctions in the equipment used in the manufacture of particle board and fibers (mortar-adhesive, forming, gluing, laminating presses, equipment transport of particles and fibers, among others), are detected, according to instructions of maintenance of equipment.

CR 2.4 parts or elements specified as first level of elements of formation of blanket and transport of particles and fibers units, shall be replaced, in accordance with the applicable maintenance plan.

CR 2.5 potential bottlenecks due to impurities in the adhesives application equipment, in the manufacture of particle board and fibers removed periodically, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 2.6 simple anomalies affecting the operation of the equipment are corrected, following signs for maintenance.

CR 2.7 documentation concerning maintenance of first level effected, register for the history of incidents, in the established support.

CR 2.8 report anomalies detected in the maintenance of first level of teams that exceed their level of competence, is transmitted to staff or maintenance service.

3 RP: Carry out the collection and storage of raw materials (particles and fibers) and ancillary products, for chipboard and wood fibers, controlling its quality complying the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

CR 3.1 raw materials (particles, fibers, among others) and auxiliary (adhesives, resins, among others), they receive by means of unloading and stacked with the means of transportation required, controlling stock levels and informing responsible for supply, as determined in the production process, complying with the applicable rules.

The quality of the raw materials and auxiliaries received 3.2 CR and its adaptation as specified in the documentation of receipt (delivery notes, shopping, sheets of order, among others) and the requirements of the productive process of particle board and fibers, are checked, rejecting those items that do not comply with the established levels, as determined in the productive process of particle board and fibers.

CR 3.3 received products (raw materials and auxiliaries, among others), are stored, at the places required in production orders, checking the environmental conditions according to their characteristics (application, physical state and expiration date).

CR 3.4 the inputs and outputs of the raw materials and auxiliaries, among others, required in the process of particle board and fibers, are recorded, in accordance with the system established in the company.

4 RP: Glued particle or Fiberboard, controlling characteristics of the adhesive for particle board with the physical and mechanical characteristics established in the production process, fulfilling the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

4.1 CR adhesive prepares and selects according to the Board, controlling the proportions of components (resin, hardener and additives) that should bring the measuring and checking the levels of food deposits, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 4.2 pH and 'gelling' times of the adhesive are checked periodically, verifying that they conform to established values and rejecting those items that do not meet the required standards.

CR 4.3 prepared adhesive quality, control, referring to the laboratory a sample of it, checking the report forwarded by the laboratory quality and proportions of the components (resin, hardener, additives), they are in line with required in the productive process of fibreboards, otherwise disposed.


CR 4.4 particles or fibers of wood are glued with glue machine, controlling the power of these and the adhesive spray pressure, getting the density of the veil of particles and fibers in the splicer inside and the flow of adhesive at required levels, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 4.5 particles or fibers glued are transported to the trainer with the established means to do so, avoiding forming clumping.

5 RP: Regular training of the blanket of particles or fibers glued teams, adjusting parameters to obtain a homogeneous distribution of the blanket of particles.

CR 5.1 the dispersing particles and fibers and trainers of veil of training teams of the blanket (air speed, speed of the rollers launchers), conform to obtain the required gradient of particles or fibres, along the thickness of the Board and the specified weight of the blanket.

CR 5.2 the weight of the blanket and the homogeneity of the supplied mantle of particles or fibers, are evaluated by periodic sampling in different parts of outlet, check that the gradient of particles or fibers in its thickness stays constant, complying with the applicable rules.

6 RP: Pressing the blanket of particles or fibres to manufacture raw Board with features defined in the productive process, fulfilling the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

CR 6.1 boards manufacturing line speed is set to times Board press manufacture.

CR 6.2 the pre-pressing is performed depending on the type of Board manufactured, guaranteeing the percentage of precompression of the blanket, facilitating their pressing.

CR 6.3 it load and download of the blanket of particles or of fibers, is controls in them systems of Chargers of it press, fulfilling the regulations applicable.

CR 6.4 moisture from the blanket to the entrance in press is evaluated by sampling newspaper, proving that conforms to the specified limits and rejecting those items that do not meet the required standards.

CR 6.5 'Pre-pressing' and parameters of pressing of temperature, pressure and time, among others, of the various sections, checks, verifying the coincidence of the pressing cycle theory established, the separation of the bands of the press with the thickness of the Board to make.

CR 6.6 consistency and thickness of the pressed Board are evaluated, periodic sampling to detect possible irregularities.

CR 6.7 possible irregularities of the pressed Board assesses, controlling the evenness and thickness, for periodic sampling.

CR 6.8 boards are introduced into the cooler verifying that jams or any other irregularity does not occur.

Professional context: means of production: adhesive mixer. Splicer. Trainer. Dosing. Laminating presses. Cooling panels; measurement tools (foot of King, scales, hygrometers, thermometers and timers among others).

Products and results: Area organized for the work of particle board and fibreboard. First level of machinery and equipment used peacekeeping operations. Collection and storage of materials (particles and fibers) raw and ancillary products. Gluing of wood fibers or particles. The formation of particles or fibers glued blanket regulation. Raw boards.

Used or generated information: production orders. Technical specifications of product application. Technical specifications for the manufacture of particle board and fibreboard production. Dimensioning of inlet and outlet of products. Technical manuals. Purchase notes. Orders for suppliers. Delivery notes. Machinery technical documentation. Applicable rules on safety and environment. Maintenance of equipment data sheets.

Unit 4 competition: Finish and coated boards of PARTICLES and FIBERS level: 1 code: UC0683_1 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: perform basic operations of premier teams for finishing and coating particles and fibers, boards complying the applicable law of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment, according to instructions.

CR-1.1 tools, materials, and usable accessories in machine or equipment to finish and coated particle board and fibers, saws, Sanders, chiller, among others, continuous and discontinuous, pressing teams are prepared, making simple assemblies, keeping them operational.

CR 1.2 simple and interchangeable elements of the machine or equipment to finish and coated particle board and fibers and others, fit, checking that slack there is no.

CR 1.3 simple and interchangeable elements of machinery or equipment, used for finishing and coating particles and fibers boards clean, checking that there are no traces of dirt, fulfilling the applicable occupational health, safety and environmental standards.

CR 1.4 the functioning of machines or equipment, used to finish and coated particle board and fibers, is proven, detecting any anomalies, informing the upper head, before possible anomalies in each shift, day or in the change batch.

CR 1.5 tools and working equipment used in the cleaning and maintenance as rags, spatulas, spanners, screwdrivers, oil, grease, and others, are ordered, pursuant to.

CR 1.6 implementation of machines for finishing and coating particles and fibers, boards is carried out, whereas the selection of tools, its sharpening and setting parameters depending on the product to get, complying with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment.

1.7 CR records and annotations of maintenance in equipment used for finishing and coating particles and fibers, boards are made in the established support.

2 RP: Cool freshly pressed wood boards, controlling physical parameters to maintain the required quality, complying the applicable law of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment, according to instructions.

CR 2.1 loading and discharge of the boards in the chiller is carried out without causing deformations or cracks in boards, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 2.2 time of cooling is obtained from a few defaults depending on the type of Board to cool and considering different parameters (board thickness and temperature of pressing among others).

CR 2.3 the coordination of the working speed is maintained on the line without breaks.

3 RP: Carry out the operations of squaring, sanding and calibrated, among others, wood boards, classifying them according to quality, meeting the applicable law of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment, according to instructions.

CR 3.1 State of saws (teeth, tooth, curing treatment of tips), is checked for the operation of the Court with the required quality.

CR 3.2 the cutting parameters (speed of saw, feed speed, angle of attack, sawtooth), conform, depending on the properties of the species that make up the dashboard (hardness) and position of the sierras of squaring for sizing up the Board.

CR 3.3 sandpaper grain, the type of support and the abrasive, are selected, depending on the species of wood and the final quality required, periodically checking their status and adjusting equipment of calibration to the specified thickness.

CR 3.4 uniformity and accuracy of the calibration of the sanded surfaces are checked periodically, rejecting those who do not comply with stated specifications and classifying each Board according to defined qualities.

CR 3.5 the final quality of the boards is examined, separating those who defects (stains, colorations, irregularities of the particles, Burns) in accordance with the standards of the company and established production plan.

4 RP: Coated boards of particles or raw fibers with adhesive, finish, controlling quality, complying the applicable law of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment, according to instructions.

CR 4.1 boards are impregnated with adhesive, ensuring uniformity in the application and the amount of applied adhesive.

CR 4.2 union covering the base board, is carried out, whereas the Visual characteristics of the coating material, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 4.3 pressing (temperature, pressure and time) parameters are checked that they coincide with the established theoretical pressing cycle and that separation of dishes or banding is required to the thickness of the Board to cover.

CR 4.4 the line speed is set to the of the pressing time of Board manufacture, controlling the power of the Board of particles or fibers and coatings or coils.

CR 4.5 quality of coated boards is evaluated, separating those who defects (breakage of the laminate, uncoated areas, spots, irregularities).

Professional context: means of production: cooling. Loaders and Unloaders of presses. Coating of panels and finishing machines. Sizing machines. Gauge. Sanders. Measurement tools.

Products and results:


Simple operations for adjustment and installation of machines and equipment-swappable elements to finish and coated boards of particles and fibers. Support operations basic operations of cleaning, maintenance and tuning of equipment. Freshly pressed, chilled wood boards. Operations of machining of wood boards. Particles or crude fibres, coated boards.

Used or generated information: production orders. Dimensioning of inlet and outlet of products. Technical manuals. Orders for suppliers. Production plans. With applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

TRAINING module 1: handling of loads with trucks FORKLIFTS level: 1 code: MF0432_1 associated with UC: loads with forklifts duration: 90 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: forklifts driving techniques applied conventional operations and basic maneuvers.

CE1.1 locate the controls driving trolleys and control indicators, describing the role of each one.

CE1.2 describe the different points that check to set up forklift.

CE1.3 recognize the risks arising from the manipulation of forklift trucks and the media and equipment used, identifying them.

CE1.4 identify standardized signs that delimit the areas of work and movement, playing each one of them.

CE1.5 identify the luminous and acoustic signals to be carried trolleys, related to their type and location.

CE1.6 explain the basic conditions for stability of loads and chances of overturning depending on the maneuver.

CE1.7 recognize the operations to be performed for the forklift truck parking and for the maintenance of the obstacle-free space.

CE1.8 in a practical course of driving forklifts, from technical specifications:-check the indicators of performance.

-Putting the machine into operation.

-Drive the machine without load and performing specified maneuvers.

-Raise and lower the fork.

-Park trolley the specified place and leave it inoperative.

C2: Apply techniques of loading and unloading of trucks carrying out the receipt, forwarding and storage with different goods.

CE2.1 identify the basic ways of loading units.

CE2.2 explain the conditions that must meet the packaging or packaging to constitute the charging unit.

CE2.3 identify and classify the different types of paddles and explain the fundamental applications of them.

CE2.4 explain the variations mobilized loading weight yield, depending on the utilization of the available volume, according to the forms of products or their packaging.

CE2.5 in a case study of handling of materials and products duly characterized: – interpret the information.

-Locate the physical location of the load.

-Check that packaging, containers, as well as materials or products meet safety conditions.

-Check that type of trowel or small selected metal container is best suited for the handling and transport of the unit of charge, safe.

C3: Interpret and apply the rules concerning the prevention of occupational risks and health of workers.

CE3.1 recognize the risks of manual handling of loads: fall of objects, bruises, lifting postures, repetitive strains, fractures, muscle-skeletal injuries, and others.

CE3.2 acknowledge the risks arising from the management of self-propelled machines and traction or manual push, such as: entrapments, cuts, excessive, repetitive positional fatigue, twists, vibrations, noise, gases, and others.

CE3.3 distinguish the different types of (PPE) personal protective equipment appropriate to each risk.

CE3.4 identify measures for action in emergency situations.

CE3.5 before a simulated course of loading, transport and unloading, perfectly defined:-identify the most appropriate personal protective equipment.

-Recognize the risks arising from the handling of the cargo.

-Identify the risks arising from the conduct of transport, loading/unloading, stacking/destacking of load.

-Detailing the possible emergencies that may occur.

C4: Interpret the symbology used in signals from the environment and transportation.

CE4.1 enumerate the duties, rights and rules of conduct of persons handling and transport loads.

CE4.2 identify signals and mandatory informative plaques that refer to the load, as well as other symbols of information that should take the trolley.

CE4.3 identify and interpret standardized signals which should define the specific areas of work, those reserved to pedestrians and others on the roads; and act in accordance with the limitations of the warehouse, handling indoors.

CE4.4 identify the luminous and acoustic signals to be carried trolleys, relating them to their typology and standard location.

C5: Identify the elements of machines provided for safe driving, as well as maintenance of first level.

CE5.1 interpret on trucks (or models) controls, systems and elements of driving and handling; as well as the indicators of fuel, battery charge level and others included in the trolley control panel.

CE5.2 interpret the instructions in the maintenance manual, operations that correspond to a primary level of the same.

CE5.3 identify those anomalies that affect driving or safe handling, must be communicated for immediate repair and can cause the arrest of the truck.

CE5.4 in a practical course in which BARROW accused anomalies:-detect anomalies.

-Identify which are possible caused by defects in manufacture or maintenance.

-Determine whether breakdowns whose repairs exceeds its responsibility and should be subject to communication to whom it may concern.

-Carry out peacekeeping operations corresponding to their level of responsibility.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.8; C2 regarding CE2.8; C3 on CE3.5; C4 on CE4.6.

Other capabilities: keep the work area with the degree of order and cleanliness required by the organization.

Communicate effectively with the right people at any given time, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Responsible for the work that develops.

Complete the work according to criteria of fitness, speed, economy and efficiency.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Respect the procedures and the internal rules of the organization.

Contents: 1. Management and driving of trucks location of elements of the trolley.

Operation of the machine: axle steerable. Start-up pre-start checklist. Start and stop of trolley. Maneuvering with and without load. Extraordinary maneuvers. Brakes, starter and arrest of the team.

Operating safety: transport and lifting the load.

System of signalling and traffic on the ground.

Personal protective equipment.

Transverse and longitudinal roll-over: how to avoid them.

Access/down trolley: use of retention, cockpit, seat belt system.

Circulation: speed of displacement, career, nature of the floor, State of the same, among others.

2 loading and unloading loading unit.

Interaction between the Centre of gravity of the load and the trolley.

Loss of stability of the truck unloaded and loaded.

Triangle bearing capacity of the conventional counterbalanced forklift.

Static and dynamic behavior of the truck loaded and unloaded: speeding, overloading, poorly placed, accelerations, incorrect manoeuvres.

Notions of balance. Types. Graphics load.

Application of the law of the lever.

Centre of gravity of the load: basic concept and simple methods for its determination.

Use of accessories.

Loading and unloading: transport, shelving and others.

3. handling of loads of palletizing systems. Types of pallets.

Containers, drums and others.

Stack and retired cargo.

Special maintenance.

Precautions in transport in special environments (chemical industry, explosives and others).

Dangerous goods.

4. maintenance of basic operations of maintenance trucks: visual inspection, first level maintenance.

Internal combustion engine.

Electric motor.

Main elements of manual trolleys.

Main elements of the forklift fork trucks.

Lifting system.

Types of forks, hydraulic cylinders, masts, boards Portal forks and others.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.


Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the handling of loads with forklift trucks, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of at least three years in the field of skills relating to this training module 2-accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 2: preparation of PARTICLES and FIBERS of wood level: 2 code: MF0681_2 associated with UC: prepare the particles and fibers from wood duration: 90 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: relate the characteristics of the wood with the obtaining of particles and fibers.

CE1.1 describe the main properties of wood characteristics relating to their applications on boards.

CE1.2 recognize the physical and chemical changes that occur in the stack of wood, wood chips and sawdust.

CE1.3 distinguish and recognize the main types of wood (coniferous and leafy) class and its hardness.

CE1.4 relate the influence of hardness, humidity and kind of wood with obtaining chips, particles and fibers.

CE1.5 recognize the products obtained after prepared the wood: chips of crushed, sliver of Chipper, chip, sawdust, particles, fibres and dust.

CE1.6 differentiate the surface specific (surface of the particles in a given weight) of each type of product prepared and the influence that has in the dosage of the adhesive.

CE1.7 explain the influence of the slenderness of the particles in the strength of the Board.

CE1.8 select the wood according to the size and type of crushed to make.

C2: Perform the operations of preparation and maintenance of first level, the machines and equipment used in the receipt and preparation of particles and fibers of wood.

CE2.1 compare the operation of the equipment and media auxiliary, required in the receipt and preparation of particles and fibers of wood.

CE2.2 in a practical course of maintenance of first level, the machines and equipment used in the receipt and preparation of particles and fibers from wood, from given conditions:-identify the possible malfunctions in the equipment required at the reception and preparation of particles and wood fibers, acting according to instructions of maintenance of equipment.

-Replace specified items or parts as first rate in poor condition (faulty or defective) in equipment and machines used in the receipt and preparation of particle and fiberboards.

-Periodically check that no jams by impurities in the teams.

-Solve small anomalies affecting the operation of the equipment required in the receipt and preparation of particle and fiberboards.

-Set a record with first effected level, for the history of incidents.

-Detect incidents that exceed their level of competence, informing staff, through a report anomalies.

C3: Control the material of preparation of particles and fibers of wood in the Park.

CE3.1 relate the different phases of the process of receiving, assorted of the raw.

CE3.2 describe type namespaces and necessary for the storage and handling of the received material.

CE3.3 linking machines, tools and instruments required in the classification of wood (rules forcipulas, hygrometers, scales).

CE3.4 describe the unloading equipment and transportation of materials relating them with their applications.

CE3.5 explain the risks associated with materials, products, waste and storage, its toxicity, degree of flammability and combustibility, according to applicable regulations.

CE3.6 in a practical course of reception of materials, to given conditions:-cube wood (real and apparent volume), determining its weight using scales, its volume, moisture content using hygrometers or weight after stove drying and the percentage of bark through the debarking from a sample.

-Determine the weight of waste and recyclable materials and their humidity hygrometers or by weight after stove drying and its quality through sampling and analysis.

-Identify the basic documents used in the control of inputs of materials, by associating them with its purpose.

C4: Applied technologies of debarking and abrasive cutting off operations.

CE4.1 explain the process of peeling, indicating their purpose and specifying the characteristics of the equipment used in the factories of particle board and fibers.

CE4.2 describe the process of cutting, indicating their purpose and specifying the equipment required, the sizing of the logs, according to their characteristics of wood and the equipment of chipping and splintering.

CE4.3 identify the risks associated with the debarking and cutting, according to applicable regulations.

CE4.4 in a practical course of debarking and abrasive cutting off operations a base of wood, with some given conditions:-determine the tools to use as wood to be processed.

-Select the means of transport of materials and machines required.

-Adjust the parameters of machines for debarking and abrasive cutting off operations with the power of wood.

-Store the bark of trunks and other by-products.

C5: Obtain particles and fibers, by adjusting the parameters of the machines, complying with the applicable rules.

CE5.1 in a practical course of regulation of parameters, obtaining particles and fibers from given conditions:-assign to each type of machine (shredder, Chipper, pzkr, refining, predesfibrado and fragile digester mill) tools to be used and its characteristics (angles of cut, distance to bars of pressure).

-Assign the parameters (dimension, speed, feed rate, alignment of the logs, steam pressure, steam) to different machines depending on the characteristics of the wood and the performance of the team, which is proven by commissioning tests underway.

C6: Carry out the maintenance operations of first level, the machines and equipment used in the reception and preparation of particles and wood fibers, complying with the applicable rules.

CE6.1 in a practical course of first level of machinery and equipment used in the receipt and preparation of particles and fibers from wood, to given conditions:-perform maintenance on first level of equipment and auxiliary means required in the preparation of particles and fibers of wood (mills crushers, chippers, chippers, Mills refiners, prepared the defibration digesters (, Mills defibration, among others), in the manner and frequency indicated in the instruction manuals, following the guidelines concerning manner and with the required frequency, compliance with the applicable rules.

-Differentiate the possible elements specified as first rate, worn, damaged or malfunctions are observed in equipment and machines used in the preparation of wood fibers and particles.

-Monitoring the State and equipment sharpening of grinding, refined and fragile to perform the operations of manufacturing and refining of particles and fibers with the required quality.

-Replace specified items or parts as first rate in poor condition (faulty or defective) in equipment and machines used in the preparation of wood fibers and particles.

-Set a record with first effected level, for the history of incidents.

-Identify anomalies that exceed their level of competence, communicating to staff, through a report.

C7: Apply techniques of preparation and screening of particles and fibers, operating the equipment.

CE7.1 explain the risks associated with the preparation and screening of particles of fibers, complying with the applicable rules.

CE7.2 in a practical course of preparation and screening of particles and fibers, to given conditions:-skillfully place tooling and tools machines making the adjustment of the parameters.

-Supervise the operation of the equipment, through visual analysis of particles and fibers produced and right auditory and visual perception of the engines.

-Have screens in the required accommodation, according to the established work programme.

-Select the correct speeds in systems of input depending on the characteristics of the wood to be machined.

-Check the percentage of thin and thick that they obtained, communicating when this percentage deviates from expected.

-Check the State of maintenance of the screens, making the switch, when by dirt or other circumstances not performed with quality the intended function.

C8: Adjust the parameters of the boilers and the drying of particles and fibers, adjusting them to obtain the stated values.

CE8.1 recognize the influence of the moisture of the fibers and particles on the quality of the manufacturing process.

CE8.2 differentiate particles and fibers drying systems, linking them with the quality of the products obtained.


CE8.3 discriminate variables that influence the drying of the particles and fibers (size of the material, initial moisture and wood finish, class type of wood, amount of wood to be dried per unit of time), the parameters of boilers (type and quantity of fuel, draught, temperature, air flow in heat exchangers), and dryers (feed speed (, speed of movement of the particles or fibres, and temperature).

CE8.4 in a practical course, drying of particles and fibers, before a certain humidity and dimension of the particle (indoor or outdoor):-determine the final moisture that must be obtained.

-Set the temperature of the dryer.

-Adjust the flow rate of the particles.

-Adjust the time of the particles in the dryer.

-Assess controls temperature and humidity the dryer and particle during drying.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C2 concerning CE2.2; C3 on CE3.6; C4 on CE4.4; C5 complete; C6 regarding CE6.2; C7 regarding CE7.2; C8 to CE8.4.

Other capabilities: interpret and execute work instructions.

Responsible for the work that develops.

Comply with the rules of proper production.

Show some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Demonstrate a good make professional.

Keep the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Contents: 1. collection and storage of materials of wood for the preparation of particle and fiberboards characterization of the roundwood according to groups of species (conifer and hardwood, hard and soft), sawdust, chip, splinter, coastal and cuts sawmill, cylindrical, and wood recycling (containers, pallets).

Cubage of the wood. Measured in bulk volume (stereo) and real volume. Apparent weight. Calculation. Cubage of roundwood. Techniques, equipment (scales, forcipulas, tape). Cubage of sawdust, shavings, chips, coastal, cuts and other waste and recycled material. Techniques and equipment.

Conformity of the reception. Cases of non-conformity and performances. Classification of materials and products at the reception. Criteria (quality of wood, dangerous products, destination, size).

Coding and marking of materials and products received. Systems. Storage. Types. Features.

Venues & spaces for storage of wood in roll, chips, shavings, sawdust, coastal and material recycling. Handling and transport of materials and products internal. Systems and equipment. Applicable regulations. Planning and organization of the store.

Distribution and location. Stack. Costs of storage.

Damage and defects in materials and storage products. Causes. Consequences. Corrections.

Documentation. Documents. Types. Interpretation. Applications. Fate of the warehouse documents.

2. operations of first level of machinery and equipment for preparation of particles and fiberboard troubleshooting of machines used in the preparation of wood fibers and particles. Machines, equipment, supplies and tools. Wear of parts. Levels of control. Anomalies type.

Maintenance of equipment used.

Machines, tools, equipment and tools.

Typology of faults in sheet metal extraction systems. Different causes that determine problems in systems. Instrumental tests and Visual tests.

Replacement of parts or elements of the machinery used.

Machines, tools, equipment and tools. System of chipping, of crushed and defibration. Commissioning.

Regulation of the system of machinery used.

Machines, tools, equipment and tools. Correction of anomalies. Protocols, communications to higher levels.

Documentation on machines and equipment used in the preparation of wood fibers and particles. Book Maintenance machines. Updating of protocols. Production orders. Sheet of incidents. Technical manuals for the machines and tools. Maintenance plan for the company.

3. technologies of the debarking and wood cutting, grinding and fragile wood bark. Techniques. Purpose.

Debarking and cutting machines: types, description, operation and maintenance of first level.

Crushers and electromagnets of separation of metallic elements. Purpose. Technology. Types of crushers (description, operation and maintenance of first level). Size and shape of the obtained chips. Useful for crushing first-level maintenance. Electromagnets purpose and techniques.

Chippers. Purpose. Technology. Size and shape of the chips. Types, description, operation and maintenance of first level). Chips. Court, first level maintenance tooling.

Chippers. Purpose. Technology. Size and shape of the chips. Types, description, operation and maintenance of first level. Chips. Court, first level maintenance tooling.

Shredders. Purpose. Techniques. Grinders or digesters (types, description, operation and maintenance of first level). Preparation of fibres, types and performance.

Particles refining mills. Purpose. Technology. Size and shape of the particles. Types, description, operation and maintenance of first level. Particles. Court, first level maintenance tooling.

Legislation in the debarking and cutting of wood.

4 classification, storage and drying of particles and fibers classification of particles and fibers. Purpose. Techniques. Types of classifiers. Classification of particles and fibers equipment: screens and other sorting machines. Characteristics and maintenance of first level.

Storage. Silos. Characteristics, description, applications.

Dust removal equipment. Cyclones and filters. Operation and maintenance of first level.

Transport of particles and fibers. Equipment: description and operation. Advantages and disadvantages. First level maintenance.

Drying techniques. Purpose. Technology. Boilers (type, description, operation and maintenance of first level).

Types of dryers of particles and fibers. Operation and maintenance of first level.

Treatment of waste. Waste generated in the manufacture of boards. Capture, transport and storage of waste in the factory. Systems and media. Treatment, utilization and disposal of waste. Methods and means used. With rules.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the preparation of particles and wood fibers, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 3: elaboration of boards of PARTICLES and FIBERS level: 2 code: MF0682_2 associated with UC: develop boards of particles and fibers duration: 120 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: organize the production of particleboard and fiberboard work area.

CE1.1 establish planning procedures in the manufacture of particle board and fibers, with information obtained from data sheets on products application and process to develop.

CE1.2 Select the tools, machines and equipment (mixing of adhesives, glue, forming, among others), required in the manufacture of particle board and fibers, using application sheets.

CE1.3 determine the tools, machines and equipments, in the productive processes of particle board and fibers (particle sizing, formation of particles blanket, pressed the blanket of particles, among others), using application sheets.

CE1.4 prepare job, according to the procedures laid down in the datasheet of the manufacture of particle board and fibreboard production, in such a way that the conditions sanitary facilities and machinery are maintained, according to requirements that establish work instructions and current regulations.

C2: Perform maintenance operations of first level, the machines and equipment used in the processes of particle board and fibreboard.

CE2.1 compare the operation of the equipment and media assistants (mixing of adhesives, glue, forming among others), required in the processes of particle board and fibers, following the guidelines marked on the instructions of maintenance work on equipment.


CE2.2 in a practical course of maintenance of first level, the machines and equipment used in the processes of particle board and fibreboard, from given conditions:-identify the possible malfunctions in the equipment required in the processes of particle board and fibers, acting according to instructions of maintenance of equipment.

-Replace specified items or parts as first rate in poor condition (faulty or defective) in equipment and machines used in the manufacture of particle board and fibreboard.

-Check periodically that no jams by impurities in the teams of application of adhesives, used in the manufacture of particle board and fibers, conducting their disposal if necessary.

-Solve small anomalies affecting the operation of the equipment required in the processes of elaboration of particle board and fibers.

-Set a record with first effected level, for the history of incidents.

-Detect incidents that exceed their level of competence, informing staff, through a report anomalies.

C3: Relate the products obtained with the followed processes, machinery, equipment and materials involved in the production of particle board and fibers.

CE3.1 differentiate the main processes of manufacture of particle board and fibers (cycle dry and wet cycle).

CE3.2 recognize the main products obtained (by the arrangement of the particles or fibres; the type of gluing; manufacturing and target system).

CE3.3 relate the main parameters to be applied to machines, depending on the type of machining and the characteristics of the material to be machined.

CE3.4 the main types of boards can be distinguished by their composition and quality.

CE3.5 specified spaces for manufacturing, indicating environmental conditions, complying with the applicable rules.

C4: Prepare adhesives depending on the particles or fibers to join and properties who want to get on the boards.

CE4.1 recognize the main types of resins, their properties and applications, and the function of the hardeners and additives.

CE4.2 in a practical course of preparation of the adhesive from given conditions:-check the level.

-Fill deposits of the various components of the adhesive.

-Regulate the different dosages of the mixture.

-Select modifiers the adhesives and components.

-Check the pH and time of Gelation of the adhesive.

C5: Prepare adhesives based on board drafting, complying with the applicable rules.

CE5.1 determine the risks associated with the preparation of adhesives, complying with the applicable rules.

CE5.2 in a practical course of preparation of adhesives from given conditions:-perform the implementation to nozzles for spraying and check that the speed of particles and fibers conforms to the established program.

-Cleaning of tooling and equipment of gluing with adequate means controlling the fate of residues, compliance with the applicable rules.

C6: Control parameters of training blanket, the pre-pressing and pressing boards, complying with the applicable rules.

CE6.1 explain the risks associated in the formation of the blanket, preprensado and pressed Board, complying with the applicable rules.

CE6.2 in a practical course of control of formation of blanket in preparation of fibreboards:-adjust the projection of particles or fibers on the bands or conveyor belts depending on the caliber of the Board form, quality, and speed of the conveyor belt.

-Check the weight of the blanket, verifying that it conforms to the established program.

-Place the press stops in position depending on the size of the Board to get.

-Check the blanket from entering the press preventing irregularities.

-Check the closing of the press and that is evenly through the lock control devices and otherwise communicate it to regulate dosage blanket or humidity of the particles.

-Interpret the graphic record of the press and check the correct operation of this register with indications of time, pressure and temperature.

-Check the output of the press and cooler preventing material jams that stop manufacturing.

-Assign parameters (temperature, pressure and time) to the press on the basis of the technical data of the formation of the Board according to the established program.

C7: Applied techniques of plywood, curved and veneered boards.

CE7.1 describe the preparation of the adhesive mixture, establishing differences depending on the type of Board to get.

CE7.2 explain the installation and adaptation of the safety devices, complying with the applicable rules.

CE7.3 detail is the adhesive dispensing, establishing differences depending on the type of Board to get.

CE7.4 describe the process of adjustment of nozzles, establishing differences depending on the type of Board to get.

CE7.5 explain the procedure to control the viscosity and Gelation of the formed adhesive time.

CE7.6 specify how controls the flow and the suspension of particles and fibers.

CE7.7 in a practical course of development of particle a certain thickness and a composition of coarse and fine particles:-deduct the adjustment of the training and the speed of the conveyor belt to obtain a certain density of the final product (both outer layer as internal).

-Controlling the density of the formed blanket.

-Perform first level maintenance operation to perform.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C2 concerning CE2.2; C4 regarding CE4.2; C5 regarding CE5.2; C6 regarding CE6.2; C7 with respect to CE7.6.

Other capabilities: interpret and execute instructions from work.

Responsibility are of the work that develops.

Comply with the rules of proper production.

Show some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Demonstrate a good make professional.

Keep the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Contents: 1. preparation of the production of particleboard and fiberboard planning job. Technical specifications of production. Sequenced operations. Types, features, benefits, and applications. Leaves of incidence. Filling. Elements of movement and transportation of material among others. Workstreams: reception, application of the treatment, concentrations and times.

Selection of tools, machines and precise equipment, according to the technical specifications of the application. Technical specifications of application. Processes involved. Machines associated with each process.

Preparation of machines and materials to be used, according to the sheet of particle board and fiber processing. Technical documentation for the manufacture of particle board and fibreboard. Orders preparation of machines (mixing of adhesives, glue, forming, among others). Programming parameters in production of particleboard and fiberboard machines.

Conditioning of the job for the manufacture of particle board and fibers. Health and hygiene conditions of the workplace. Degrees of cleanliness of facilities.

Legislation in the conditioning of surface preparation of particle board and fibreboard.

2. operations of maintenance of first level, the machines and equipment used in process of elaboration of particle board and fibreboard checking performance of equipment and auxiliary means required in the manufacture of particle board and fibers.

Operation and maintenance of machines and equipment manuals. The company maintenance manual.

Preventive and corrective maintenance of machines and equipment required in the manufacture of particle board and fibers. Operating anomalies. Features.

Detection of worn or damaged elements.

Put on the verge of machines.

Correction of simple anomalies affecting the operation. Procedures. Replacement of damaged or worn simple elements. Lubrication and cleaning; Regulation and adjustment.

Maintenance of machines and equipment required in the manufacture of particle board and fibers. Interpretation of technical documentation of machines and equipment.

Felting equipment. Principles of operation, adjustment and maintenance of first level.

History of the State of machinery and tools. Report of the conservation and maintenance of finishing machines.

Reports of revision or maintenance needs.

Use of equipment, machines, tools and accessories for maintenance: types and features. Applications. Tools and useful conservation and maintenance. Equipment mounting and dismounting. Measuring equipment and parameter control.

3. sizing of particles and fibers purpose. Types of adhesives. Selection criteria and techniques of use. Preparation of encolantes mixtures: adhesive dispensing, loads, supplements and additives.


Gluing: types, description of controls and operation. Gluing tabs. Parameters of adhesive (pressure and flow of sprayers, density of the veil, suspension of particles/fibers, circulation, amount of glue in felted wet systems).

Transport of particles and fibers.

Quality control. Factors influencing quality.

Legislation in the sizing of particles and fibers.

4. formation of blanket order. Process. Techniques. Thickness and density of blanket needed to manufacture the programming Board. Transport of the blanket.

Forming (types, description, operation and maintenance of first level). Analysis of samples.

Wood fibers felting: process. Homogenization of the suspension of fibers, adhesives and additives. Felted wet and dry procedures.

Analysis of samples. Chargers automatic of the press.

Discontinuous presses (type, description, operation and maintenance of first level). Continuous presses (type, description, operation and maintenance of first level).

Quality control. Factors influencing quality.

Legislation on the formation of the blanket.

5 pre-pressing of pre-pressing blanket: purpose. Pre-pressing parameters. Pre-presses (types, description, operation and maintenance of first level). Pre-pressing and pressing process indicators.

Pressing: purpose. Techniques. Graphics press. The press parameters. Calculation of the pressure. Types of presses.

Quality control. Factors influencing quality.

Regulations applicable to the pressing of the blanket.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the development of particle board and fibers, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 4: preparation of the coating of boards of PARTICLES and FIBERS level: 1 code: MF0683_1 associated with UC: finishing and coating particles and fibers lasting boards: 120 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: rating the various products obtained, relating them to their visual characteristics, sense of quality, physical and mechanical properties.

CE1.1 relate the different processes involved in the finish of Flakeboard, relating them to each other and with the rest of the production process.

CE1.2 relate different types of Board with ' market' measures.

CE1.3 analyze the types and characteristics of machining applicable to different boards according to their properties and their possible coatings.

CE1.4 relate the different materials used for the lining of Flakeboard relating different adhesives used.

CE1.5 recognize the possibilities for storage and shipment of panels (packages, blocks and maximum weights, among others).

C2: Play support operations in the basic operations of cleaning, maintenance and commissioning of equipment in finishing and coating of panels.

CE2.1 in a handy maintenance and fine tuning, so-called from given conditions:-perform the basic operations of cleaning and maintenance, equipment and auxiliary means required in the processes of particle board and fibers finish, following the guidelines marked on the instructions of maintenance work on equipment.

-Check that the machinery or equipment, used and auxiliary means required in the processes of particle board and fibers finish, are operational, identifying possible anomalies and informing the responsible superior.

-Place the tools and working equipment used in the work of cleaning and maintenance in the finishing processes of particle board and fibers, in order according to instructions given under the conditions laid down.

C3: Control parameters of cooling of Flakeboard operations.

CE3.1 specify the risks associated with the cooled boards, according to applicable regulations.

In a practical course of cooling of a chipboard CE3.2:-select the equipment cooling more suitable.

-Calculate the time for its cooling.

-List the problems that could result in a reduction of the time of cooling.

-Enumerate the PPE to adopt.

-Control the loading and unloading of material avoiding damage in this that alleviate their quality.

-Coordinate the speed of the different teams preventing line breaks.

-Perform the operations of first level, scoring the potential incidents.

-Perform all operations in conditions of safety and occupational health.

C4: Perform the operations of machining of wood (squaring, sanding and calibration), classifying them according to quality and instructions.

CE4.1 relate machines with tooling to be used and the materials to squaring and sanding / calibrating.

CE4.2 in a practical course of machining of wood from a given conditions:-locate tooling and tools in operational status of sharpening, the Panel saw.

-Adjusting the parameters (cutting angles, depth), assembling the safety devices.

-Interpret the coding of the abrasive belts and applications according to the type of bean (material, fineness, among others.

-Check that the speed of the Board in the sliding table is required, not producing chips or breaks, regulating it otherwise.

-Place the belts on the gauge, making the setting of parameters (sense, stress, grain), and leveling speeds in and out of the material.

-Check that the entrance and exit of the material in the Sizer is made and that, after operation, its visual appearance (absence of stripes and uniformity, among others) and caliber responds to the manufacturing program.

-Describe operations of first level, file maintenance, where elements and operations are identified to be controlled.

C5: End boards particle or fiberboard raw with coatings, complying with the applicable rules.

CE5.1 describe the process of laminated boards, parts that compose it and the materials involved, linking them together.

CE5.2 characterize machines and equipment involved in the process of laminated boards (function, performance, among others, developing a schema type of the process.

CE5.3 in a practical course of finish of Particleboard from established conditions:-impregnated boards with the required adhesive, whereas uniformity across the surface and the amount of applied adhesive, according to instructions.

-Be the union of the coating to the base board, whereas the Visual characteristics of the coating material.

-Pressed Board, regulating parameters (temperature, pressure and time) media, so that match established theoretical press cycle and the separation plates or bands is required depending on the thickness of the Board to cover, according to instructions.

-Coated particle board, controlling that feeding of Board particles or fibers in the process, conforms to the flow of material in the production line and at the time of pressing the Board to manufacture, according to instructions.

CE5.4 in a practical course of controls of Particleboard from established conditions:-check the quality of the pressing, separating boards that defects (breakage of the laminate, uncoated areas, spots, irregularities) in the laminate or coating process.

-Describe the (EPIs) personal protective equipment and of protection of the machines relate them to the risks that can be avoided.

-Describe operations of first level, file maintenance, where elements and operations are identified to be controlled.

-Relate waste treatment to apply, according to current regulations and the plan for the company.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C2 full; C3 on CE3.2; C4 regarding CE4.2; C5 CE5.3 and CE5.4.

Other capabilities: interpret and execute work instructions.

Responsible for the work that develops.

Comply with the rules of proper production.

Show some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Demonstrate a good make professional.

Keep the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Contents:


1. simple operations of adjustment and mounting of elements interchangeable in the machines for preparation of the coating of particle board and fiber finishing particle board planning specific technical documentation. Process diagrams. Route diagrams. Processes of Assembly of parts of fabrics and laminates. List of sequenced operations.

Working methods: operating process. Control parameters.

List of all machines, tools and supplies.

Types, features, benefits, and applications.

Presses, saws.

Measurement and control equipment: types, features and applications.

2-support operations in the basic operations of cleaning, maintenance and updating of coating equipment for particle board and checking of equipment and auxiliary means required performance fibers in process finishing boards of particles and fibers.

Operation and maintenance of machines and equipment manuals. The company maintenance manual.

Preventive and corrective maintenance of machines and equipment required in the process of finishing of boards of particles and fibers.

Operating anomalies. Features. Detection of worn or damaged elements. Correction of simple anomalies affecting the operation. Procedures.

Replacement of damaged or worn simple elements. Lubrication and cleaning; Regulation and adjustment. Put on the verge of machines.

Technical documentation of the equipment and machines for the maintenance of machines and equipment required in process finishing boards of particles and fibers.

History of the State of machinery and tools. Report of the conservation and maintenance of finishing machines. Reports of revision or maintenance needs.

Equipment, machines, tools and accessories for maintenance: types and features. Applications. Tools and useful conservation and maintenance. Equipment mounting and dismounting. Measuring equipment and parameter control.

3 cool boards load and unloading of panels in the chiller.

Equipment for the transportation and handling of boards. Types. Uses and functions.

Transport of materials techniques. Management of non-conformities.

Process of cooling of particle board and fibreboard.

Systems and methods for cooling. Purpose and spaces.

Teams. Types. Uses and applications. Times and speeds. Quality control.

Adjustment of parameters of cooling and conditioning (temperature, humidity, pressure).

Types of fibres of wood particle board. Features. Thicknesses.

4 boards machining machining. Preparation of machinery. Selection of cutting elements (type of teeth, angle of attack and incidence, nº teeth among others).

Types of machining and tools according to hardness of the Board. Blade sharpening.

Machining and resizing panels: process of squaring and sizing. Purpose, technical.

Sizing machines, types, operation and maintenance.

Adjust parameters (speed, speed, number of teeth, teeth type, position of the sierra, among others).

Adjustment measures (automatic bumpers, manuals, height of disc).

Types of machining. Applications and uses. Commercial dimensions.

Calibration of boards. Sanding boards. Selection of abrasives (grain, pore, abrasive type).

Calibration of boards. Purpose and techniques.

Sizing, types, operation and maintenance.

Selection of elements (type of wood, types of finishes). Regulation of parameters (thickness, feed speed, belt tension, pressure of Skate). Standard thickness adjustment.

Quality control. Quality protocols (flatness, tolerance dimensions, uniformity, pressure of calibrated, among others).

Classification of products. Types. Dimensions. Quality control tests.

Technical and superficial characteristics. Defects (stains, coloured, irregularities, burns among others). Standards and production plan.

Legislation in the machining of panels.

5 finishing boards particle or fiberboard raw with coatings gluing of wooden boards.

Types of adhesives.

Nature. Membership systems.

Coating materials. Types, purpose, applications and controls of reception.

Preparation of adhesives.

Coating materials and decorative plywood gluing systems. Quality controls. Gluing machines. Types, operation and maintenance.

Regulation of parameters: weight, applied flow, viscosity, dosage among others.

Pressed wood coated boards.

Procedures of union of coatings to the base board.

Visual characteristics of the coating material. Types and applications.

Disposal of the coating (texture, direction and face). Presses. Types (cold and hot), operation and maintenance.

Parameters (temperature, pressure and time) pressed. Parameters of dishes (dimensions of thickness, separation of bands).

Board production flows. Pressing time. Displacement of boards. Power control of material in production line.

Quality control of wooden board cladding. Defects: breaks the coating, absences, stains and irregularities. Procedures of separation of elements defective. Quality control. Factors influential.

Regulations applicable in the finishing of boards.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Profile professional of the trainer or forming: 1. domain of them knowledge and them technical related with the finish of boards of particles and fibers, that is credited by an of them two forms following:-training academic of level 1 (frame Spanish of qualifications for it education top) or of others of upper level related with the field professional.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

Annex X qualification professional: application of varnishes and LACQUERS in elements of CARPENTRY and Cabinet family professional: wood, Cabinet and Cork level: 1 code: MAM275_1 competition general: perform them finished in elements of carpentry and Cabinet, using tools, equipment and machines specific for the conditioning of surfaces, the application of varnishes and lacquers, as well as its drying controlled, obtaining products with the quality required , in accordance with the procedures established, in conditions of safety, health work and protection environmental.

Units of competency: UC0880_1: prepare the equipment and means of implementation of varnishes and lacquers in elements of carpentry and furniture UC0881_1: condition the surface for the application of the final product and control drying in carpentry and furniture UC0167_1 products: application of surface with mecanico-manuales media in carpentry and furniture finishing environment professional products : Professional: develops his professional activity in the production department in close relationship with the maintenance, in the area of carpentry and furniture, dedicated to the application of finishing products in general, in entities of private nature, in large, medium and small enterprises, by employed or self-employed person. It develops its activity depending on, functional and/or hierarchical from a superior. In the development of the professional activity apply the principles of universal accessibility in accordance with the applicable legislation.

Productive sectors: It is located in the productive sector of furniture manufacturing subsector manufacture elements of carpentry.

Occupations and relevant jobs: the terms of the following list of occupations and jobs are used with generic and all-inclusive nature of women and men.

Finishers of wooden furniture Acuchilladores-barnizadores of parquet Varnishers-lacadores of wooden handicraft Varnishers-lacadores of wood product operators of train training associate (210 hours) training modules MF0880_1 furniture finish: preparation of equipment and means of implementation of varnishes and lacquers in elements of carpentry and furniture (60 hours) MF0881_1: preparation of the surface and drying operations in carpentry and furniture (60 hours) MF0167_1 products : Application of surface finishing products in carpentry and furniture (90 hours) unit of competition 1: prepare the equipment and means of application of varnishes and LACQUERS in elements of CARPENTRY and furniture level: 1 code: UC0880_1 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: basic operations of maintenance of machines for application of varnishes and lacquers in carpentry and furniture elements to guarantee the operability of the same, following instructions and in compliance with the applicable rules of safety, labor and environmental risks.


CR 1.1 trucks and other means of transport of parts are kept in operating condition, checking the existence of possible anomalies in the operation.

CR 1.2 elements of ventilation and air purification are revised, replacing with the media and equipment required, interchangeable parts in the event of malfunctions.

CR 1.3 verification of the functioning of systems and means of pressurization is carried out, controlling the operation thereof and sealing systems, proceeding to repair, if required, or alerting service maintenance.

CR 1.4 maintenance or replacement of filters is carried out, on a regular basis, thus, maintaining the level of pressurization and application quality.

CR 1.5 the development of coating equipment is carried out, checking the status of its components and the operation of the team.

CR 1.6 varnishing equipment worn or faulty components are replaced, if they are within its competence, by eliminating the components disposed of at the site established for recycling, fulfilling production plan.

2 RP: Carry out operations of cleaning and preparation of equipment and installations of painting to get the operation thereof, complying with the applicable rules of occupational and environmental safety, following instructions.

CR 2.1 coating facilities are cleaned, using media vacuum, blowing and other means of cleaning.

CR 2.2 (guns, rollers, buckets, among others) varnishing equipments, are cleaned using the required products, without causing damage or deformations in needles, rollers and other components, making cutting, fulfilling the applicable safety, health and environmental standards.

2.3 CR equipment, machinery and varnishing elements are prepared, regulating the parameters in the operations to be carried out.

2.4 CR supplies and cleaning products are disposed of and removed, fulfilling production plan.

3 RP: Locate the varnishing application work area equipment, to optimize the space and the operation of equipment, fulfilling the applicable regulation, of labour and security environment, according to instructions.

CR 3.1 quality of surfaces before the application is checked, visually, verifying the absence of dust, stains and fineness.

CR 3.2 pieces of carpentry and furniture that do not meet the requirements established for the application of the coating are rejected or conditioned with the resources required.

CR 3.3 location of pieces of carpentry and furniture in the place of implementation is carried out, according to characteristics and magnitudes of the same (size, shape, volume, weight), complying with the applicable rules.

CR 3.4 them means and equipment are reviewed, before the application, checking the operation.

CR 3.5 parts before and after the application of varnish move, optimizing space and movements, complying with the applicable rules.

Professional context: means of production: equipment and facilities of varnishing, elements of movement and transportation (truck, forklift, pallet truck, hand trucks, among others), rotary tables for positioning of parts.

Products and results: airlines of work prepared and coatings application equipment maintenance, performed. Varnishing equipment, preparations. Location of parts, means and equipment of coating at the site of application, optimizing space and movements.

Used or generated information: MSDS of the products. Technical specifications of the equipment. Production orders. Leaves of incidents. Prevention of occupational and environmental risks applicable legislation. Instructions.

2 competition unit: Conditioning the surface for the application of the product end and control the drying in products of CARPENTRY and Cabinet level: 1 code: UC0881_1 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: maintaining equipment and work areas of facilities conditioning elements of carpentry and furniture surfaces, tuning the sanding equipment and polishing to get the operation, complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational and environmental health, following instructions.

CR 1.1 the maintenance of environmental conditions in facilities for preparation of surfaces of elements of carpentry and furniture for application of the final product, is performed, by checking the systems of extraction and purification of air, as required.

1.2 CR to develop teams of sanding and polishing is carried out, by adjusting the parameters established in the production plan.

CR 1.3 abrasive substitution takes place, complying with the applicable rules of occupational and environmental health and safety.

CR 1.4 the choice of the size of the abrasive, grain and pasta grinding type occurs, whereas, the type of product to apply and the established final finish.

CR 1.5 equipment cleaning is carried out, without damaging the elements (rolls and surfaces among others) and with the means provided for that purpose.

1.6 CR to develop teams of sanding and polishing is carried out with the established media, complying with the applicable rules of occupational and environmental health and safety.

2 RP: Carry out the operations of sanding and final polishing of the surfaces of elements of carpentry and furniture, for the application of the final product, complying with the applicable rules of safety, labour and health environment, according to instructions.

CR 2.1 preparation of the surface to be treated for the purposes of the final product, is controlled by eliminating visual imperfections, which does not interfere with the finishing operations.

CR 2.2 the caulk of carpentry and furniture elements is done with the required techniques, based on imperfections showing, depending on the type of support and finish to apply.

CR 2.3 elements of carpentry and furniture surface sanded, after the caulk with the techniques established in the direction consistent with the nature of the support, grain abrasive and with the required pressure, complying with the applicable rules of occupational and environmental health and safety.

CR 2.4 polishing tools (rollers, disks) are placed, adjusting them, depending on the surface to be polished, adding the paste polishing, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 2.5 grinding operations are coordinated to the drying and hardening times and the State of the surfaces to Polish, complying with the applicable rules of occupational and environmental health and safety.

CR 2.6 the functioning of machines and equipment of sanding and polishing is checked, making appropriate corrections.

3 RP: Control the drying area to keep it in operating conditions, making the set-up, complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational and environmental health, following instructions.

CR 3.1 grounding point and the maintenance of the place of drying of carpentry and furniture products, is carried out with the media and required products.

CR 3.2 environmental conditions of pressure and absence of particles in suspension among others, are checked, before the introduction of the pieces for drying, avoiding their deposit on surfaces not cured, complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational and environmental health.

CR 3.3 preparation of the equipment you use is controlled by adjusting the parameters of temperature and speed of advance, among others, set out in the plan of production means, complying with the applicable rules of occupational and environmental health and safety.

CR 3.4 adjustment and checking of extraction and drying cabin filtration systems, is carried out depending on the product to be applied.

4 RP: Move pieces of carpentry and furniture to the drying area to proceed to the drying operation, complying with the applicable rules, instructions.

CR 4.1 handling the pieces of carpentry and furniture in the drying, is carried out, saving time and travels, accordance with applicable occupational and environmental health and safety.

CR 4.2 parts of carpentry and furniture moved to the place of drying is carried out with equipment and established media, without drafts, or elements in suspension in the atmosphere and with clear access, allowing the movement of parts in the dryer, without causing damage or surfaces to cure people.

CR 4.3 place of drying, such as environmental conditions: humidity, temperature, absence of dust, among others, is controlled, keeping them under the conditions laid down, using the required equipment, increasing the quality of the treated surface.

Professional context: means of production: portable sanding machines (vibrating, of disk) and band. Grinding portable and bench top machines. Sanding facilities. Trucks and transport elements. Drying booths.

Products and results: Areas of work prepared and maintenance carried out preparation of surfaces of elements of woodworking equipment and furniture. Operations of sanding and final polishing of the surfaces of carpentry and furniture elements. Sunset point of the place of drying of carpentry and furniture products. Parts moved carpentry and furniture, for drying.

Used or generated information:


Leaf products techniques to apply. Leaves sandpaper and pasta techniques of polishing. Catalogues and rules of operation of sanding and polishing machines. Leaves of incidents. With applicable rules of prevention of occupational and environmental risks and quality. Instructions.

Unit 3 competition: Make the application of products of finish surface with media MECANICO-MANUALES in CARPENTRY and Cabinet level: 1 code: UC0167_1 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: apply finishing spray products and other manual means, surfaces of carpentry and furniture to get the finish established, complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational health environmental and quality, according to instructions.

Finish products 1.1 CR: lacquers, varnishes, and auxiliary means of finishing surfaces of woodwork and auxiliary means: guns, brushes, rollers, among others, are prepared according to apply finish and available media.

CR 1.2 finish products are applied with machines, equipment and tools established, according to product type and finish to apply, in accordance with technical specifications, compliance with the applicable rules of safety, labor, environmental health and quality.

CR 1.3 varnishing product flow is controlled with viscometer, indicating, the addition or not, of solvents in order to facilitate the application, in accordance with the technical specifications.

CR 1.4 application of finished product is carried out, by means of manual operations and handling of tools and media, so as to obtain the result set.

1.5 CR applicator and parts which constitute it is checked, verifying they are in ideal conditions for utilization of the material and increase the quality of the application.

CR 1.6 applying the finish product quality is achieved, ensuring the parameters of pressure and flow through the visual control of the application.

2 RP: Apply from finishing automatic machines of continuous process, on surfaces of carpentry and furniture products, to obtain the finish established, fulfilling the applicable regulations, in occupational and environmental safety, following instructions.

CR 2.1 machines for the application of finishing products are regulated in accordance with the parameters set, according to the characteristics of the support and the material to be used, by controlling parameters of: speed and break of shade, among others.

CR 2.2 parts are placed in the finishing machines, making sure that you get an even flow of product, optimizing the process.

CR 2.3 the application of finishes with automatic machines of continuous process, conforms to the geometry of the parts and the parameters established in the production plan.

CR 2.4 deviations detected in the process of implementation of finishes with automatic machines of continuous process communicate, top manager.

3 RP: Run control actions in the implementation process of finishing automatic machines of continuous process products, joinery and furniture for the established finish, following instructions.

CR 3.1 parameters of the equipment used in the application of finishing products with automatic machines of continuous process, in carpentry and furniture are adjusted, depending on the product used, checking the evaporation of solvents and curing products.

CR 3.2 the constant flow of products to apply, takes place, maintaining control of levels, preventing disruptions in production.

CR 3.3 the finish product is applied, by controlling the environmental conditions of: temperature, renewal and clean air, proceeding to restore them in the event of diversion of the same, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 3.4 quality control over the application of finishing automatic machines of continuous process products, is carried out, according to established criteria.

3.5 CR equipment and accessories may be cleaned at the end of the work of application of finishing products, leaving them in conditions of use for later use.

4 RP: Separate waste from the product of finishing machines and tools used in the application of finishes, to carry out handling and treatment according to the established, following instructions.

CR 4.1 waste separation is carried out during the application process, at the end of this and with the frequency established in the production plan, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 4.2 waste are stored in containers in places previously established, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 4.3 handling of waste is carried out, using the individual means of protection and protections complying with the applicable rules.

Professional context: means of production: equipment of guns: airspray, 'airmix', 'airless', electrostatic, continuous machines: roller, curtain, application robots coaters. Tunnels and drying ovens convection or radiation (IR, UV). Air renewal application booths.

Products and results: finishing products, applied with spray gun and other manual means. Finished products applied with automatic machines of continuous process. Executed control actions to make the application process of finishing automatic machines of continuous process products. Waste separated from the finished product.

Used or generated information: leaves techniques and safety. Technical specifications of the equipment. Results of quality control sheets. Environmental parameters. Leaves of incidents. Prevention of occupational and environmental risks and quality, applicable regulations. Work instructions.

TRAINING module 1: preparation of equipment and means of application of varnishes and LACQUERS in elements of CARPENTRY and Cabinet level: 1 code: MF0880_1 associated with UC: prepare the equipment and means of implementation of varnishes and lacquers in carpentry and furniture elements duration: 60 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: describing the processes of preparation of equipment and means of implementation.

CE1.1 relate the various phases of the processes of implementation of contact elements and equipment involved.

CE1.2 explain the importance of maintaining the conditions according to applicable safety, risk prevention and environmental of the place and the means of implementation.

CE1.3 specify how affects the finishing process the development of equipment and facilities and the impact of the non-implementation to point.

CE1.4 relate the movements that require parts, their situation and elements of application with the efficiency of the process.

C2: Carry out checks and controls of the environmental conditions of the site of application of varnishes and lacquers.

CE2.1 in a practical course of application of varnishes and lacquers, from established conditions:-order the area with computers and media appropriate without altering environmental conditions, removing the elements that may cause accidents and allowing the free movement of people and parts.

-Check filter and place of application temperature, elements addressing irregularities detected by cleaning or replacing filters.

-Check the State of trucks and other means of transport, greasing moving parts when necessary and keeping dust-free surfaces.

-Check the functioning of systems and means of pressurisation, checking tightness and communicating the identified deficiencies.

C3: Carry out the development of the equipment for the application of lacquers and varnishes, as established, complying with the applicable rules of risk prevention, occupational and environmental health.

CE3.1 explain how is carried out cleaning teams with media and appropriate products and keep them in terms of use by checking its operation in vacuum.

CE3.2 indicate how implementation is done point-to-point tooling (guns, rollers, trays), getting regulation and burden of suitable products.

CE3.3 describe how the cleaning of components (needles, rollers and others), without causing damage or deformations, as well as wear or rust, which impede the proper functioning of the equipment is carried out.

CE3.4 define as properly removed tools and products used in cleaning, respecting the rules of safety, occupational health and environment.

CE3.5 determine how detected and replaced worn or defective components until they can affect the performance of the equipment.

CE3.6 in a practical course of preparation of equipment for the application of lacquers and varnishes, from given conditions:-cleaning of equipment with the means and suitable products.

-Select the components and mix according to technical specifications, compliance with the applicable rules of risk prevention, occupational and environmental health.

-Conditioned implementation of the workplace temperature to the type of product to apply.

-Check certain parameters: speed, viscosity, pressure and material dosing.

C4: Locate parts, media and equipment application of varnishes and lacquers to achieve optimal working conditions, complying with the applicable rules of risk prevention, occupational and environmental health.

CE4.1 explain the risks associated with the movement of parts and means, according to applicable regulations.


CE4.2 in a so-called practical of the parts location, media and equipment application of varnishes and lacquers for use in carpentry and furniture elements:-the visual check of surfaces on which finishing, checking the absence of dust, stains or defects and its fineness, and restore or reject parts that do not meet the requirements for application.

-Place the parts, controlling their movements during the application, checking its operation in vacuum.

-Check the functioning of the elements of air renewal (extractors, impellers, filters, water if necessary).

-Select truck or adequate based on properties of the workpiece support.

-Have the equipment and products to apply.

-Put the item in the cart to support.

-Carry out the movement of the piece during application minimizing the expenditure of material applied, complying with the applicable rules of risk prevention, occupational and environmental health.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C2 full; C3 on CE3.6; C4 regarding CE4.2.

Other capabilities: interpret and execute work instructions.

Responsible for the work that develops.

Comply with the rules of proper production.

Demonstrate a good make professional.

Show some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Keep the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Contents: 1. maintenance of application of varnishes and lacquers in elements of carpentry and furniture cleaning facilities: products used in cleaning installations, tools and cleaning machinery.

Maintenance of first level of trucks and transport of application of varnishes and lacquers.

Elements of ventilation and air purification.

Applicable regulations of: safety and health work in the maintenance of application of varnishes and lacquers in elements of carpentry and furniture.

Characteristic of facilities and finishing processes risks: fire, explosion and toxicity.

Machines for the application of varnishes and lacquers.

Facilities of application of varnishes and lacquers in carpentry and furniture elements.

2 methods of preparing surfaces for finishing surfaces: details for the finish.

Sanding surfaces for the coating: caulk. Sanding with coating.

Polishing the finished surfaces.

Sanding and polishing tooling and machines: application.

Abrasive for sanding of finishing.

Classification of sandpaper.

Factors influencing the quality of materials and products.

Preparation of supports for the finish: during the preparation and correction of defects.

The State of the surfaces.

Applicable regulations of: occupational safety and health in the preparation of surfaces for finishing.

Security elements. Personal. Machines. Facilities.

Treatment and disposal of waste generated by the finish: dust extraction sanding, waste of application, remains of products not used booths. Containers. First aid.

3. techniques of preparation of products finishing, parts location, media and equipment application varnishes and paints. Product types and main characteristics.

Solvents and thinners.

Factors influencing the quality of the products.

Process of preparation of media and products for finishing.

Preparation and correction of defects of surfaces.

Security elements. Personal. Machines. Facilities.

Treatment and disposal of waste generated by the finish.

Extraction of sanding dust.

Waste application booths.

Remains of products not used. Containers. First aid.

Elements of movement and transportation: manual and automatic.

Movement and optimized positioning of parts.

Defects of parts or elements of carpentry and furniture.

Applicable regulations of: occupational safety and health in the preparation of products finishing, parts location, media and application equipment.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the preparation of equipment and means of implementation of varnishes and lacquers in elements of carpentry and furniture, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of at least 5 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 2: conditioning of the surface and operations of drying in products of CARPENTRY and Cabinet level: 1 code: MF0881_1 associated with UC: prepare the surface for the application of the final product and control drying in carpentry and furniture products duration: 60 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: explain the processes of surface conditioning and drying of carpentry and furniture products indicating the importance within the finishing process.

CE1.1 differentiate the different procedures of conditioning and drying, relating the types of applied finishes.

CE1.2 relate the various phases of the processes of conditioning and drying of surfaces with machines and equipment involved.

CE1.3 recognize the value added which provides the conditioning and secado-curado, in relation to the final quality of the product.

CE1.4 specify the risks according to regulations applicable to the preparation of surfaces and drying of carpentry and furniture products.

C2: Prepare teams of sanding and polishing, making implementation to point, complying with the applicable rules of risk prevention, occupational and environmental health.

CE2.1 describe the sanding equipment cleaning and polishing media and appropriate products to keep them in terms of use.

CE2.2 define how is carried out starting to point tooling (abrasives, brushes and paste among others), getting the regulation and proper loading of products.

CE2.3 in a course of preparation of teams of sanding and polishing, from established conditions:-carry out the cleaning of equipment, means and places that Act.

-Select required tooling, depending on the characteristics of the piece and finish to get.

-Check certain parameters: abrasive, toothbrush, toothpaste and speed of the piece among others.

-The maintenance of first level of equipment and tools (rollers and abrasive among others) for its operation changes, complying with the applicable rules of risk prevention, occupational and environmental health.

C3: Apply the techniques of sanding and polishing of parts of carpentry and furniture, complying with the applicable rules of risk prevention, occupational and environmental health.

CE3.1 explain the risks associated, according to regulations applicable to the operations of sanding and polishing.

CE3.2 in a so-called sanding and polishing pieces of carpentry and furniture:-place the parts in the equipment to get the required result, complying with the applicable rules of risk prevention, occupational and environmental health.

-Handling devices of control of equipment performance keeping parameters throughout the process.

-Visually check the quality of the processed surface or polished, rejecting that do not reach the level of finish required.

-Clean the bands when you decrease your performance, breaks occur in this or affects the quality of sanding and polishing.

C4: apply technical of drying in products of carpentry and Cabinet, manipulating them parts established, fulfilling the normative applicable of prevention of risks, health work and environmental.

CE4.1 in a so-called practical of drying of parts, starting from some conditions established:-select the medium of transport depending on the type of piece, avoiding damage or malfunctions.

-Download the trucks to not damage the parts and a time elapsed the time established in the plan of production.

-Make them movements (carts, stands, among others) for the drying of the parts.

-Manipulate them parts and move them trucks using them EPIS, fulfilling the normative applicable of prevention of risks, health work and environmental.

C5: keep the place of dried and curing and them equipment in conditions of security, health labor and environmental, fulfilling the regulations applicable of prevention of risks, health labor and environmental.

CE5.1 in a so-called practical drying and curing of joinery and furniture:-define the importance of maintaining the drying area in perfect conditions of occupational health and safety.

-Order zone drying (tunnel, cabin) with equipment and means appropriate, maintaining the environmental conditions, complying with the applicable rules.


-Store the waste generated in the activity of maintenance of spaces and means employed in the secado-curado according to the waste of the company plan, complying with the applicable rules of risk prevention, occupational and environmental health.

-Prepare the area of drying in the environmental conditions in the production plan.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C2 with respect to CE2.3; C3 on CE3.2; Complete C4; C5 complete.

Other capabilities: interpret and execute work instructions.

Responsible for the work that develops.

Comply with the rules of proper production.

Demonstrate a good make professional.

Show some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Keep the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Contents: 1. maintenance facilities for preparation of surfaces of elements of carpentry and furniture for the application of the final product installations cleaning Protocol.

Products used in the cleaning of the facilities.

Tools and cleaning machinery.

Sanding equipment. Features. Regulation of parameters.

Components of sanding equipment: rollers, brushes, among others.

Types of Sanders: manual and automatic.

2. methods of preparing surfaces for finish carpentry and furniture elements surface finishing process.

Application surfaces.

Features for the finish.

Preparation of media and products for sanding and polishing: during the preparation and correction of defects.

Sanding surfaces before coating.

Caulk.

Sanding with coating.

Polishing the finished surfaces.

Sanding and polishing tooling and machines: application.

Abrasives for sanding of finishing: types and functionality.

Techniques of the preparation of sanding and polishing: products, types and main characteristics.

Precautions for the handling and application of products of finish.

Caulk, sanding machines. Features facilities.

Treatment and disposal of waste generated by the finish.

Extraction of sanding dust.

Applicable regulations of health and safety, occupational and environmental health.

3 methods and techniques of dry areas of drying (tunnel, cab, cameras).

Dried according to the used finish products.

Use of machinery and drying facilities.

Appropriate means and equipment (trolleys and stands).

Means of transport.

Handling.

Factors influencing the quality of drying.

Verification of the drying process.

Residues drying booths.

Applicable regulations of health and safety, occupational and environmental health.

4 transfer of pieces of carpentry and furniture for drying equipment and drying: types and applications.

Control box.

Elements of movement and transportation: use.

Movement and optimized positioning of parts.

Containers for useful sorting.

Storage of waste.

Parameters of context of it training: spaces and facilities: them spaces e facilities will give response, in form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop of practices, laboratory or space singular, to them needs training, in accordance with the context professional established in the unit of competition associated, taking in has the normative applicable of the sector productive, prevention of risks, health labor, accessibility universal and protection environmental.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the conditioning of the surface for the application of the final product and the control of drying into products of woodworking and furniture, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of at least 5 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 3: application of products surface finishing in CARPENTRY and Cabinet level: 1 code: MF0167_1 associated with UC: application of products surface finish with mecanico-manuales media in carpentry and furniture duration: 90 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: explain the processes of implementation machinery and equipment and the application of surface finishing with mecanico-manuales media products.

CE1.1 relate the different phases of the implementation processes of products among themselves and in the process of finishing of parts.

CE1.2 recognize the properties of finishes depending on the technical characteristics of its components and surfaces on which apply.

CE1.3 linking machines and equipment for the application of finishes to apply products and types of desired finishes.

CE1.4 list the most common defects produced during the application process, its causes and its correction.

CE1.5 list the risks involved in the handling and management of products application, according to applicable regulations.

C2: Applying agents with pistols and other manual means, getting pieces of carpentry and furniture with defined characteristics.

CE2.1 specify the risks associated with the implementation of agents, according to the applicable regulations.

CE2.2 in a practical course of application of finishing, from given conditions products:-check that machines, equipment and tools to be used in the application as well as products to apply, are required to the type of work and material.

-Place the pieces in the workplace, allowing an application with minimal waste of material, obtaining the highest final quality.

-Select the means of implementation whereas different parameters (material surface on which apply and type of finish desired among others).

-Use (EPIS) individual protective equipment, complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational health and environment, so that the application is carried out with minimal impact.

-Apply the finish product, visually checking the quality of the application and adapting parameters (pressure, viscosity and flow among others) to correct possible deviations, improving the quality of the application.

CE2.3 in a practical course of application and depending on the product to achieve and its subsequent implementation:-determine the equipment and products to use in your application.

-Determine the optimal sequence of operations to perform.

-Carry out the movement and placement of parts.

-Place the applicator and parts.

C3: Apply the finishing, operating machines and automatic equipments application, obtaining parts with defined characteristics.

CE3.1 describe anomalies or most frequent defects that may occur during the application of the product.

The CE3.2 is recognizing the role of the various devices of control of operation of machines and equipment and the risks posed by its mishandling.

CE3.3 in a practical course of application of finish, starting from a given conditions:-properly dispose of materials in feed and equipment to get the required result.

-Keep the application parameters, by regulating devices (flow, rupture of curtain, speed of starter among others).

-Visually check the levels of product during application by removing them and preventing unemployment from the application or deficiencies in this.

-Communicate the defects detected during the application to the upper head, interrupting the process if deemed necessary.

-Handle waste complying the legislation of environment.

C4: Differentiate results for finishing of parts and elements of carpentry and furniture, by checking compliance with the required characteristics.

CE4.1 explain the risks arising from the application of finish, according to applicable regulations.

CE4.2 in a practical course of quality control of finished parts and elements of carpentry and furniture:-related defects that often occur in parts during the finishing work with the probable causes of the same.

-Check the quality obtained with the specifications or results expected and if necessary correct the deviations.

-Check the application equipment, verify proper operation and correct possible deviations.

Skills whose acquisition should be completed in an environment real of work: C2 concerning CE2.2 and CE2.3; C3 on CE3.3; C4 regarding CE4.2.

Other capabilities: interpret and execute work instructions.

Responsible for the work that develops.

Comply with the rules of proper production.

Demonstrate a good make professional.

Show some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Keep the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Contents: 1. manual application of finish procedures and operations in the manual application.

Products manual finishing. Preparation. Mixtures.

Useful in manual application, guns: types, preparation, operation and other useful for manual application (brush, roller).

The support technology that is done finish.

Defects in the manual finishing.


Correction of defects.

Control of operations.

State of the surfaces and product to apply.

Conditions of the application. Subsequent to the application control.

2. industrial application of finishing machines and application equipment. Features. Application. Regulation. Operations.

Industrial application of finishing techniques. Phases.

Facilities and complementary equipment for the application (curtains, cabins, ventilation, compressed air). Operation and regulation.

The support technology that is done finish.

Handling and transport of the workpieces during application and drying. Systems. Media. Precautions.

Organisation and distribution of work.

Techniques of work organization.

Sequencing of operations of the application industrial of the finish.

Industrial finish defects.

Correction of defects.

Control of operations.

State of the surfaces and product to apply. Conditions of the application. Subsequent to the application control.

3. applicable standard in the finish characteristic of facilities and finishing processes risks.

Fire. Explosion. Toxicity.

Precautions to be taken during handling and application of components and finished products.

Security elements. Personal. EPIS. Machines. Facilities.

Treatment and disposal of waste generated by the finish. Extraction of sanding dust. Waste application booths. Remains of products not used. Containers. Documentation.

First aid.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the carried out of the application of finishing products with mecanico-manuales media in carpentry and furniture, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

Annex XI professional qualification: Works of CARPENTRY and furniture family professional: wood, furniture, and Cork level: 1 code: MAM276_1 general competence: basic operations of manufacturing, Assembly and installation of joinery and furniture elements, using tools, equipment and machines specific for conventional machining of wood and its derivatives, placing hardware, mechanisms and complementary elements, and for the preparation of products in accordance with the procedures established, required quality and in conditions of safety, occupational health and environmental protection.

Units of competition: UC0162_1: machined wood and derivatives UC0173_1: adjust and packing products and elements of carpentry and Cabinet UC0882_1: support in the mounting e installation of elements of carpentry and Cabinet environment professional: scope professional: develops its activity professional in the Department of production, in contact with them departments of maintenance and quality, in wood, furniture and Cork , in the area of carpentry and furniture dedicated to the manufacturing of furniture and of elements of carpentry, in entities of nature private, in companies small, medium and large, normally by has others. Develops its activity depending on in its case, functional or hierarchically of a superior. In the development of the activity Professional is apply the principles of accessibility universal in accordance with the regulations applicable.

Productive sectors: Is located in the sector of wood and the functional elements of woodworking and furniture manufacturing sub-sector and the installation of carpentry and furniture.

Occupations and relevant jobs: the terms of the following list of occupations and jobs are used with generic and all-inclusive nature of women and men.

Montadores-ensambladores of elements of joinery assemblers of products of wood and/or woodwork, in general Flakeboard mechanized train operators carpenters Operadores-armadores in Bank training associate (300 hours) training modules MF0162_1: machining of wood and derivatives (90 hours) MF0173_1: setting and packed furniture and woodworking (90 hours) MF0882_1 elements: Assembly and installation of elements of carpentry and furniture (120 hours) unit of competition 1 : MACHINING of wood and derived level: 1 code: UC0162_1 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: carrying out basic maintenance of first level and implementation of machines, equipment and work area of machining of wood and derivatives, to keep them operational, compliance with the applicable rules of occupational health, safety and environment, according to instructions.

CR 1.1 basic maintenance operations, are made in wood and derivatives, such as machining equipment: manual or automatic machines, bandsaw, router Tupi among others, in accordance with the form and periodicity specified.

CR 1.2 tools, materials, and accessories can be used in the machine or equipment of woodworking and derivatives are prepared, making simple assemblies, keeping them operational, according to indications.

CR 1.3 simple and interchangeable machine or equipment of woodworking and derivative elements conform, checking that slack there is no.

CR 1.4 simple and interchangeable elements of the machine or equipment for machining wood and derivatives, are cleaned, making sure that there are no remains of dirt.

CR 1.5 the functioning of machines or equipment used in the machining of wood and derivatives are checked, detecting any anomalies, informing the upper head, before possible anomalies in each shift, day or in the change batch.

CR 1.6 tools and working equipment used in the cleaning and maintenance as rags, spatulas, spanners, screwdrivers, oil, grease, and others, are ordered according to the established order.

CR 1.7 the machining of wood and derived machines tuning is performed, whereas the selection of tools, its sharpening and setting parameters depending on the product to get.

CR 1.8 job is conditioned, making use available materials and tools used in machining of wood (flat and curves) and derived, following instructions and eliminating accumulated debris of the productive process, performing security, labor, environmental health and quality standards.

1.9 CR records and annotations of maintenance in equipment used in woodworking and derivatives operations are performed in the established support.

2 RP: Machined flat pieces of wood and derived with manual or automatic machines to obtain parts with quality established, complying with the applicable rules of safety, labor, environmental health and quality, according to instructions.

CR 2.1 Manual machines feed, taking into account the defects of form and quality of the wood, the direction of the fiber and guiding the pieces on the table, as I work to be done, complying with the applicable rules of safety, labor, environmental health and quality.

CR 2.2 automatic machines feed, whereas the process to develop and the parameters of the machine such as: number of mechanized, feedrate, among others.

CR 2.3 workpieces in machining centers position themselves, whereas the table anchor system and using the clamping devices suitable to it, in accordance with applicable standards.

CR 2.4 machined parts containing boxes, spikes, drills, recalados are controlled, by checking templates and/or visual observation, separating defective parts, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 2.5 parts sanded and/or calibrated test is verified by touch, checking its thickness and discarding defective parts according to instructions and comply with the applicable rules.

3 RP: Machining curved pieces of wood and derivatives, driving the bandsaw, to obtain parts with the established quality, complying with the applicable rules and instructions.

CR 3.1 parts to be machined are marked, by selecting the markup template to use, depending on the workpiece to outline, obtaining maximum advantage of wood or Board, considering the direction of the fiber and the characteristics of the wood, complying with the applicable rules of safety, labor, environmental health and quality.

CR 3.2 marked parts separate, roughly, in the sierra tape so they get individual pieces for easier handling.

CR 3.3 parts are outlined in the sierra tape in such a way that the Court, following the marks, using the auxiliary elements required, fits thus reducing the number of disposable parts breakage or other defects.


4 RP: Machined wood parts and derivatives, driving the tupi, using templates or outdoor router to obtain parts with the established quality, complying with the applicable rules, following instructions.

4.1 CR wood and derivatives parts machined with the router tupi are attached to the template, using the fixing elements, whereas the physical mechanical properties of the workpiece (knots, the grain, among others), complying with the applicable rules of safety, labor, environmental health and quality.

4.2 CR templates or curved remachining outdoor pieces are fastened, adopting positions that minimize the risks.

CR 4.3 parts of wood or subject derivatives, are outlined, by adjusting the copycat in the required position, following the contour of the template or part marks, complying with the applicable rules of safety, labor, environmental health and quality.

RP 5: Distribute parts machined for subsequent machining processes, complying with the applicable rules, following instructions.

CR 5.1 classification of machined parts is carried out according to its quality and sequence of processes, meeting safety, health, labor, environmental and quality standards.

CR 5.2 machined parts are stacked on elements of transportation required, suitable parts, facilitating their mobility and subsequent management, compliance security, labor, environmental health and quality standards.

5.3 CR parts machining stacked are transported, in a way that is not damaged nor made batteries, disordered meeting Security, labor, environmental health and quality standards.

CR 5.4 the part of work is completed, indicating the number of elaborate pieces and the incidents that have arisen during the machining and the time spent.

Professional context: means of production: bandsaw. Milling machine Tupi. Planer. Thicknesser. Multiple circular saw. Tupi. 4-sides. Moulding. Saw tape or worm. Numerical control machining centers. Banding edges.

Products and results: basic maintenance of first level and development of machinery, equipment and work area. Parts machined wood and derivatives, flat and curves. Machined parts, using templates. Machined parts for subsequent machining processes.

Used or generated information: production orders. Planes. Manual of machines. Quality manuals. Part of production. Signing of times. Parts of non-conformity. List of cutting. Roadmap. With applicable rules of safety, labor, environmental health and quality.

Unit 2 competition: Adjust and packing products and elements of CARPENTRY and Cabinet level: 1 code: UC0173_1 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: adjust parts, accessories and mechanisms for carpentry and furniture for the composition of the product, complying with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational and environmental risks, according to instructions.

CR 1.1 connections of products are reviewed and adjusted with portable tools until they are flush.

CR 1.2 mobile elements conform with portable tools until they slip or fit smoothly, complying with the applicable rules of labor and environmental risk prevention.

CR 1.3 the different components of the product are removed, and where required, its position is numbered so that different parts can be assembled in the required position.

CR 1.4 used setting equipment are maintained according to maintenance instructions, keeping them in a State of use and operation.

RP 2: Quality control of the finished product of carpentry and furniture, according to stated specifications, following instructions.

CR 2.1 finished carpentry and furniture products are selected, according to indications and located in the place of quality control.

CR 2.2 controlled finished products that present non-conformities are identified and adjusted.

CR 2.3 control records are completed to their level on the basis of the results of the inspection.

CR 2.4 completed control records are delivered to the responsible take corrective actions that proceed.

3 RP: Pack the products finished, for commercialization, complying with the applicable rules of labor and environmental risk prevention, according to instructions.

CR 3.1 plastic heat shrink wrapping parameters fit depending on the product packing, considering parameters of: size of the plastic roll, the mat speed and temperature of the oven, among others.

CR 3.2 packing with plastic heat shrink products are protected with the materials specified in packing instructions prior to their entry to the tunnel.

CR 3.3 packaged parts are reviewed by checking that they are completely covered and with the guards fixed in the right place, and deviate for its reprocessing should submit non-conformities.

CR 3.4 packing machines that do not apply heat or manual is done with packing materials specified in packing instructions, and checks to see that the products are subject and with the guards fixed in the right place, complying with the applicable rules of labor and environmental risk prevention.

CR 3.5 packaged products are identified by labels or other specified means.

CR 3.6 the used packaging equipment are maintained according to the instructions of maintenance, to keep in perfect state of use and operation.

Professional context: means of production: shrink wrapping. Strapping machine. Packing machine. Instruments of measurement (measuring tape, bracket, gauge, level). Equipment computer. Barcode readers. Radio frequency equipment. Electronic tags or tags and identification elements.

Products and results: adjustments of components and accessories for woodworking and furniture. Finish carpentry and furniture product quality control. Packing of finished wood products and furniture.

Used or generated information: revised packing orders. Reports of non-compliance. Prevention of labor, environmental, risk and quality, applicable regulations. Manual of use and maintenance of machinery and packaging equipment.

Unit 3 competition: Support in the Assembly and installation of elements of CARPENTRY and furniture level: 1 code: UC0882_1 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: participate in the transport of materials, equipment and tooling for Assembly and installation of joinery and furniture elements, following instructions, complying with the applicable rules of safety, labor, environmental health and quality.

CR 1.1 them materials, equipment and useful for the installation of the product of carpentry and furniture is prepared before load them, checking that is has of all them elements, verifying that the packing is in perfect state, as well as the operation of them equipment and useful, informing of any anomaly to the responsible.

CR 1.2 them materials, equipment and useful is loaded and downloaded, whereas the type of piece, and the half of transport, using them means of fixing necessary for avoid displacement of the load in the transport of them same.

CR 1.3 equipment and tooling for the installation of carpentry and furniture products are collected in the place of installation, checking that they are all, withdrawing and separating waste, complying with the applicable rules of applicable quality, labor, environmental health and safety.

2 RP: Distribute the materials, equipment and tools for the installation of the product of carpentry and furniture, complying with the applicable rules of safety, labor, environmental health and quality instructions.

CR 2.1 elements of carpentry and furniture material distributed at the place of installation, considering the conditions of the place, without causing damage, complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational health, and environment.

CR 2.2 equipment, machines and tools used in the Assembly and installation of joinery and furniture elements, are distributed at the place of installation, in the established order, checking that all the elements are available.

CR 2.3 elements of carpentry and furniture, will unpack, checking that the items are in the requested State, according to label instructions, in accordance with applicable standards.

3 RP: Install elements of carpentry and furniture, preparing the auxiliary elements, for the installation, complying with the applicable rules of security, labor, environmental health and quality, according to instructions.

3.1 CR materials to install themselves, according to the needs of Assembly and installation, checking materials for Assembly.

CR 3.2 the assembly drawings, are interpreted to proceed with the installation of elements of carpentry and furniture, on time and with materials and specified media.

CR 3.3 elements of carpentry and furniture, are fixed, whereas the technical characteristics of the architectural elements that support, complying with the applicable rules of applicable quality, labor, environmental health and safety.

CR 3.4 carpentry and furniture elements are installed on a surface free of dirt, preventing people and architectural elements damaged, complying with the applicable rules of applicable quality, labor, environmental health and safety.


4 RP: Adjust parts, hardware and mechanisms to complete the product of carpentry and furniture Assembly, complying the legislation, following instructions.

4.1 CR parts, elements, hardware and mechanisms are placed, according to Assembly instructions, verifying that it is required and they serve the function for which they were installed.

4.2 CR moving parts and mechanisms are checked, verifying the operation according to the specifications of the project.

CR 4.3 installation place conditions, resets, eliminating waste, complying with the applicable rules of applicable quality, labor, environmental health and safety.

Professional context: means of production: equipment, hand tools portable tooling and electro. Portable pneumatic machines. Sets and subsets prefabricated for carpentry and furniture.

Products and results: effected distribution of materials, equipment and tools for carpentry and furniture. Elements of carpentry and furniture installed. parts, fittings and its mechanisms, adjusted.

Used or generated information: projects, drawings and installation (incidents, mounting and installation sheet) manuals. With applicable rules of safety, labor, environmental health and quality. Work instructions.

TRAINING module 1: MACHINING of wood and derived level: 1 code: MF0162_1 associated with UC: machining of wood and derivatives duration: 90 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: perform cleaning operations, preparation and maintenance of first level of machinery and equipment machining of wood and derivatives, complying with the applicable rules of security, labor, environmental health and quality following instructions.

CE1.1 recognize performance, Constitution and safety devices on machinery and equipment used in the machining of wood and derivatives.

CE1.2 identify the first level of machining of wood and derivatives operations.

CE1.3 explain anomalies or major basic operating problems more frequently, during the use of equipment for machining wood and derivative, indicating in each case correction.

CE1.4 in a practical course of maintenance of equipment for machining of wood and derivatives, from given conditions:-replace items of equipment and installations at the time and condition marked by the maintenance plan.

-Carry out the maintenance of use and replace elements of the different teams and motion systems and materials.

-Keep the conditions of cleaning and protection environmental of the different spaces.

-Cleaning of machines, equipment and areas, achieving levels required in woodworking machines and derived.

C2: Machined wood and derivatives, using basic machines of workshop to obtain parts with defined characteristics, complying with the applicable rules of safety, labor, environmental health.

CE2.1 specify the arrangement of the parts in the machines, considering the characteristics of the wood.

CE2.2 identify devices start up and operational control.

CE2.3 in a practical course of machining, using conventional machines for chip of a given product of carpentry and furniture:-put parts on the machine depending on the characteristics of the parts to be machined (faces, orientation, among others).

-Check protections and useful depending on the machining to be carried out.

-Check the placement and fastening elements and tools of safety (feeder, guards and bumpers, among others).

-Check the setting to machine.

-Machined part, complying with the applicable rules of safety, occupational health.

-Check the quality of the machined part.

C3: Machining of wood and derived with the saw countless, obtaining parts with defined characteristics, complying with the applicable rules of safety, labor, environmental health.

CE3.1 in a practical course of machining with the saw countless, from given conditions:-handling devices of implementation underway.

-Control the preset parameters and correct deviations.

-Select the template following the instructions in the sheet fabrication.

-Machined parts, using the guidance devices for shaped parts.

-Fix parts in systems of support for their subsequent machining.

-Machined parts of double curvature, using media and devices required.

C4: Machined wood and derivatives with the milling machine, obtaining parts with defined characteristics, complying with the applicable rules, of security, labor, environmental health.

CE4.1 specify the risks associated to the machining of wood and derived with the milling machine, according to the applicable regulations of safety, labor, environmental health.

CE4.2 in a practical course of machining with the router, from a given conditions:-handling of start up and control devices.

-Check the preset parameters and correct deviations.

-Machined parts shaped by semi-automatic feed systems.

-Machined parts with shape about templates, complying with the applicable rules, of security, labor, environmental health.

-Make parts amortajadas over bumps arranged for this purpose.

C5: Classified parts machined wood and derivatives, according to characteristics (master faces, positions, defects).

CE5.1 in a practical course of classification of parts machined wood and derived from a given characteristics:-sort parts according to their size, quality and content in moisture, color and grain.

-Check and complete notes of wood (number of pieces, measures, moldings).

-Use means of transport to carry parts to the following manufacturing process.

C6: Feed manually main industrial machines, obtaining pieces with dimensional characteristics and quality required.

CE6.1 in a practical course of manual feeding of industrial machines, from a given characteristics:-carry out the collection of parts according to the road map.

-Check the input and output of material in automatic or semi-automatic systems getting pursued quality.

-Feed machines, checking the characteristics of the parts (master faces, sense of grain, location, dimensions and orientation of defects).

-Position the device depends on the characteristics of the parts to be machined (parts with different sizes or profiles).

-Maintain the parameters preset by the machine control devices.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.4; C2 regarding CE2.3; Complete C3; C4 regarding CE4.2; C5 complete; Complete C6.

Other skills: be responsible for the work that develops.

Comply with the rules of production set by the organization.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Respect the procedures and the internal rules of the organization.

Get used to the pace of work of the organization.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Contents: 1. distribution of the machined parts for machining processes parts obtained in machining types: characteristics of machined parts.

Classification of machined parts: utilities.

Stacking of parts in the production process of machining parts: characteristics.

Transport of machined parts: types of transport, machined parts in the transport stack.

The machining sequence: phases and stages of the machining.

2. machining with machines of workshop (universal and conventional) basic and basic tools. Types, characteristics, performance, applications, operations of machining sequence, power, checks.

More frequent operations with machines and useful risks.

Machines and personal protection measures.

With applicable rules of safety, occupational and environmental health.

Most frequent risks in machining workshop basic machines.

3. machining with industrial equipment machining centers. Operation.

Computerized machining: applications, workholding systems.

Machining centers: preparation, implementation and control checks.

Machining operations. Power supply and placement of the material.

Control of machining.

More frequent machining with industrial equipment risks.

4. maintenance of industrial equipment basic maintenance or use.

Operations. Maintenance instructions. Interpretation.

Monitoring for maintenance.

Aspects and elements of machines that require it.

Cutting tools. Maintenance. Sharpening.

Parameters of context of it training: spaces and facilities: them spaces e facilities will give response, in form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop of practices, laboratory or space singular, to them needs training, in accordance with the context professional established in the unit of competition associated, taking in has the normative applicable of the sector productive, prevention of risks, health labor, accessibility universal and protection environmental.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the mechanisation of wood and derivatives, which will be using one of the following ways:


-Academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 2: adjust and packed furniture and elements of CARPENTRY level: 1 code: MF0173_1 associated with UC: adjust and packing products and carpentry and furniture elements duration: 90 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: classify the different systems of adjustment of furnishings and carpentry on the basis of their applications, features and machines and equipment involved.

CE1.1 explain the process of adjustment of furniture and carpentry elements, indicating its purpose.

CE1.2 describe the different settings that can be performed in furnishings and carpentry (cabinets, tables, chests of drawers, chairs), specifying the Assembly processes involved and the subassemblies, components and accessories used.

CE1.3 identify the main hardware used in furnishings and carpentry for unions that do not require movement, linking them with the technology of machining and adjustment required by each of them, as well as its principal uses.

CE1.4 indicate the equipment which are used for adjustment of furniture and carpentry elements, describing its tuning and performance, as well as operations that require for their maintenance and upkeep.

CE1.5 the parameters to consider the insertion of fittings with automatic machines, and specify which variables are adjusted.

CE1.6 list the factors to be considered in the setting of subsets.

C2: Execute the operation of components and accessories for woodworking and furniture, getting mounted products, according to the established specifications.

CE2.1 in a practical course, adjustment of components and accessories:-select the machines and tools to be used depending on the type of adjustment to make, tuning them for later use.

-Make up the joints between the parts that make up each product, reviewing them and adjusting them with tools or portable machines.

-Adjustment of the elements mobile, accessories and their mechanisms with tools or portable machines, in conditions of safety and occupational health.

-Remove, once proven adjustment and operation, the different components of the product, numbering his position in such a way that different parts can return to assemble.

-Carry out cleaning operations, first level maintenance and the replacement of tools or supplies following the existing maintenance plan.

C3: Analyze the processes of the quality control of the final product, leaving it able to be packed.

CE3.1 explain the process of final quality of furniture and carpentry items control, indicating the minimum control to be performed on each unit, specifying criteria for rejection.

CE3.2 locate defective furnishings and carpentry, indicating the severity of each defect, how to solve it and completing the appropriate documentation.

C4: Characterize the techniques to make the packed elements of carpentry and furniture, obtaining elements protected according to specifications.

CE4.1 indicate the different types of materials used for packing furniture and carpentry elements (cardboard, bubble plastic, polyurethane foam, among others), detailing the characteristics, applications and protection degree of the same.

CE4.2 explain the process of packing, indicating the different systems existing, relating them with the materials of packing, protection of the element to packing and cost total.

CE4.3 in a properly characterized practical course of packed products of furniture or elements of carpentry:-indicate the equipment used, describing its operation and operations that require for their maintenance and upkeep.

-Enumerate the parameters of machine to adjust specifying depending on which variables are regulated.

-Packing furniture and elements of carpentry, manually and using the automatic baling, prior preparation of materials, setting parameters and load of the machine.

-Perform basic maintenance of used machines.

-Specify prevention measures and safety elements to be used.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C2 full; C4 on CE4.3.

Other capabilities: keep the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Communicate effectively with the right people at any given time, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Responsible for the work that develops.

Adapt to the Organization, to its organisational and technological changes; as well as to new contexts or situations.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Respect the procedures and internal rules of the organization.

Contents: 1. order finished products inspection. Techniques.

Criteria of acceptance and rejection. Sampling.

Inspection instructions.

2. packing of furniture and carpentry concept elements. Material. Types (cardboard, bubble, shrink plastic, polyurethane foam).

Characteristics and properties. Parameters of packed (gauge, temperature). Levels of protection.

Common applications.

Fully automatic: description, preparation and adjustment of parameters, operation and maintenance.

Quality control. Factors that influence. Purpose. Techniques.

3. warehouse of finished product concept. Purpose. Techniques.

Worker documentation.

Storage conditions.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the adjustment and packed products and elements of carpentry and furniture, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of at least 5 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 3: mounting and installation of elements of CARPENTRY and Cabinet level: 1 code: MF0882_1 associated with UC: support in the Assembly and installation of joinery and furniture elements duration: 120 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: describe the processes of Assembly and installation of furniture and carpentry items.

CE1.1 recognize the different types of installation and its purposes.

CE1.2 describe the different types of installation with their Assembly processes.

CE1.3 relate the different fastening systems of elements with brackets that fix.

CE1.4 identify the main hardware used in furnishings and carpentry, with or without movement joints, relating them with the technology of machining and adjustment required by each of them, as well as its principal uses.

CE1.5 indicate the equipment which are used for adjustment of furniture and carpentry elements, describing its tuning and performance, as well as operations that require for their maintenance and upkeep.

CE1.6 indicate the parameters to consider the insertion of fittings with automatic machines, and specify which variables are adjusted.

CE1.7 list the factors to be considered in the setting of subsets in the installation of furniture.

C2: Carry out loading and unloading operations in transportation for the installation of furnishings and carpentry.

CE2.1 in a properly characterized practical course of transport of materials for the installation of furniture or elements of carpentry:-prepare the materials, equipment and tools, ensuring that they have all the elements.

-Check the condition of the packing.

-Check the operation of the equipment and tooling.

-Load and unload materials, equipment and supplies in the means of transport according to the order and position of elements, according to instructions.

-Use fixing means necessary to avoid damage due to movements of the load in transport.

-Distribute the material according to the plan of work and without causing damage to persons, facilities or materials.

-Perform the unpacking of the material at the place of installation, avoiding any damage and following the instructions in the labelling.

-Check that all unpacked material matches the intended.

-Carry out unloading and unpacking in terms of occupational health, using the appropriate personal protective equipment.

C3: Make the interpretation of Assembly and installation plans, checking lists of materials, place of installation and proposed measures.


CE3.1 in a case of installation of furniture with a few conditions:-check the plans indicate the exact location of the installation.

-Check that materials correspond to stated by features and services.

-Review the sketches and templates to incorporate the data and measures necessary to be able to successfully perform the installation.

-Measurements with adequate means for the proper execution of the work.

C4: Act according to procedures of preparation of laptop computers, hand tools and products for mounting, applying occupational safety and health measures.

CE4.1 in a practical course of furniture Assembly:-Verify that you have all the equipment, tools and products needed for installation and handling and application status.

-Differentiate the tools, machines and supplies needed for the assembling of the elements that compose the installation, according to the established work plan.

-Prepare for installation and portable machinery and the necessary means, taking into account the type of support (extensions and fasteners, among others).

-Check the status of operation of the equipment to be used, by communicating any detected anomaly.

-Consider and implement measures of occupational health and safety.

C5: Carried out according to the specifications of the project, the fixing of the components of the installation.

CE5.1 in a practical case of fixing of the components of the installation:-select the tools considering your suitability for the job, and characteristics of the bracket to fix the installation.

-Assist in the fixing of parts accurately and without causing damage to media, materials or persons.

-Have the media work neatly and reducing the risk of accidents.

-Make connections so allow further modifications in cases where possible.

-Adopt the necessary occupational health and safety measures in the manipulation of the elements.

C6: Apply the techniques to make the placement of fittings and accessories.

CE6.1 in a practical course of placement of fittings and accessories:-Verify that hardware and its mechanisms are in perfect condition, with all its components and do not have damage affecting his performance or that can reduce your time.

-Perform the fixing of fittings with machines and tools suitable, accurate pressure, ensuring proper operation and avoiding tears which weaken the strength of the elements.

-Mount hardware according to directions and specifications of technical documentation as well as the instructions received from the immediate superior.

-Check that opening systems tolerances are achieved depending on their conditions of movement.

-Carry out placement of fittings and accessories, adopting the necessary occupational health and safety measures in handling.

-Restore them conditions environmental and hygiene of the place of installation with them means appropriate and in conditions of security and health labor.

-Make the recycling of the materials comply with the applicable rules.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C2 full; Complete C3; Complete C4; C5 complete; Complete C6.

Other skills: be responsible for the work that develops.

Comply with the rules of production set by the organization.

Interpret and execute the instructions of work.

Respect the procedures and the internal rules of the organization.

Get used to the pace of work of the organization.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Contents: 1. transportation and distribution of machines and woodworking and furniture elements loading and unloading of carpentry and furniture elements.

Personal protection elements.

Distribution of machines and woodworking and furniture elements.

Handling and transportation of pieces of furniture (crystals, mirrors, among others).

Symbols used in the packaging.

Safety and occupational health standards. Typology of risks. Methods of protection and prevention. Equipments of individual protection and safety devices. Used symbols. First aid.

2 unpacking and Assembly of elements of carpentry and furniture frequently asked packing systems.

Materials used in the packing.

Recycling of packaging materials.

Mounting systems.

Tools, machines and accessories used in the Assembly. Handling.

Safety and occupational health standards. Typology of risks. Methods of protection and prevention. Equipments of individual protection and safety devices. Used symbols. First aid.

3. installation of carpentry and furniture elements work preparation. Setting out at work.

Machines, tooling and tools used in installation. Electro-portable machines and hand tools. Operations. Installation of furniture and woodworking operations.

Regulations applicable in occupational safety and health in the installation of elements of carpentry and furniture typology of risks. Methods of protection and prevention. Equipments of individual protection and safety devices. Used symbols. First aid.

Quality carpentry and cabinet installation. Quality of installation. Factors involved. Assessment of quality. Elements to consider.

4. Assembly of parts, hardware and mechanisms of carpentry and Cabinet fastening systems. Applications. Characteristics of the brackets. Fittings and accessories. Types, characteristics and applications. Documentation, catalogues and technical sheets.

Regulations applicable in occupational safety and health in the Assembly of parts, fittings and mechanisms of carpentry and furniture typology of risks. Methods of protection and prevention. Equipments of individual protection and safety devices. Used symbols. First aid.

Quality in the Assembly. Quality of installation. Factors involved.

Assessment of quality. Elements to consider.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related support in the Assembly and installation of elements of carpentry and furniture, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of at least 5 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.